Technical Documentation: apache/zookeeper
ℹ️ Provenance: Multi-Tier Ingestion · CodeWiki Reference
Overview (`README.md`)
Apache ZooKeeper [![GitHub Actions CI][ciBadge]][ciLink] [![Travis CI][trBadge]][trLink] [![Maven Central][mcBadge]][mcLink] [![License][liBadge]][liLink]
For the latest information about Apache ZooKeeper, please visit our website at:
and our wiki, at:
https://cwiki.apache.org/confluence/display/ZOOKEEPER
Packaging/release artifacts
Either downloaded from https://zookeeper.apache.org/releases.html or
found in zookeeper-assembly/target directory after building the project with maven.
apache-zookeeper-[version].tar.gz
Contains all the source files which can be built by running:
mvn clean install
To generate an aggregated apidocs for zookeeper-server and zookeeper-jute:
mvn javadoc:aggregate
(generated files will be at target/site/apidocs)
apache-zookeeper-[version]-bin.tar.gz
Contains all the jar files required to run ZooKeeper
Full documentation can also be found in the docs folderAs of version 3.5.5, the parent, zookeeper and zookeeper-jute artifacts
are deployed to the central repository after the release
is voted on and approved by the Apache ZooKeeper PMC:
https://repo1.maven.org/maven2/org/apache/zookeeper/zookeeper
Contributing
We always welcome new contributors to the project! See How to Contribute for details on how to submit patches as pull requests and other aspects of our contribution workflow.
Overview (`dev/docker/README.md`)
About
Just run dev/docker/run.sh and you will have a Linux environment with all that is needed to build ZooKeeper, even on MacOs.
Overview (`zookeeper-contrib/zookeeper-contrib-fatjar/README.md`)
ZooKeeper Fatjar
This package contains build to create a fat zookeeper jar. Fatjar can be used to run:
- zookeeper server
- zookeeper client
- distributed load generator for testing (generateLoad)
- container that will instantiate classes as directed by an instance manager (ic)
- system test (systest)
- jmh micro benchmarks (jmh)
Use following command to build fatjar
mvn clean install -P fatjar -DskipTestsTo run the fatjar use:
java -jar zoookeeper-<version>-fatjar.jarOverview (`zookeeper-server/src/test/resources/data/ssl/README.md`)
SSL test data
Create keystore with certificate
keytool -genkeypair -alias test -keyalg RSA -keysize 2048 -dname "CN=localhost,OU=ZooKeeper,O=Apache,L=Unknown,ST=Unknown,C=Unknown" -keypass testpass -keystore keystore.jks -storepass testpass -ext SAN=DNS:localhost,IP:127.0.0.1Export certificate to file
keytool -exportcert -alias test -keystore keystore.jks -file test.cer -rfcCreate truststore
keytool -importcert -alias test -file test.cer -keystore truststore.jks -storepass testpasstestKeyStore.jks
Testing keystore, password is "testpass".
testTrustStore.jks
Testing truststore, password is "testpass".
Overview (`zookeeper-metrics-providers/zookeeper-prometheus-metrics/src/test/resources/data/ssl/README.md`)
SSL test data
Testing client/server keystore, password is "testpass".
Testing client/server truststore, password is "testpass".
Zookeeper Website App Pages Docs Docs Mdx Index (`zookeeper-website/app/pages/_docs/docs/_mdx/index.mdx`)
title: "Overview"
export const pageTitle = ${__CURRENT_VERSION__} Overview;
export const pageDescription = Official Apache ZooKeeper ${__CURRENT_VERSION__} documentation covering installation, configuration, the data model, client APIs, administration, and operations.;
ZooKeeper: A Distributed Coordination Service for Distributed Applications
ZooKeeper is a distributed, open-source coordination service for
distributed applications. It exposes a simple set of primitives that
distributed applications can build upon to implement higher level services
for synchronization, configuration maintenance, and groups and naming. It
is designed to be easy to program to, and uses a data model styled after
the familiar directory tree structure of file systems. It runs in Java and
has bindings for both Java and C.
Coordination services are notoriously hard to get right. They are
especially prone to errors such as race conditions and deadlock. The
motivation behind ZooKeeper is to relieve distributed applications the
responsibility of implementing coordination services from scratch.
Design Goals
ZooKeeper is simple. ZooKeeper
allows distributed processes to coordinate with each other through a
shared hierarchical namespace which is organized similarly to a standard
file system. The namespace consists of data registers - called znodes,
in ZooKeeper parlance - and these are similar to files and directories.
Unlike a typical file system, which is designed for storage, ZooKeeper
data is kept in-memory, which means ZooKeeper can achieve high
throughput and low latency numbers.
The ZooKeeper implementation puts a premium on high performance,
highly available, strictly ordered access. The performance aspects of
ZooKeeper means it can be used in large, distributed systems. The
reliability aspects keep it from being a single point of failure. The
strict ordering means that sophisticated synchronization primitives can
be implemented at the client.
ZooKeeper is replicated. Like the
distributed processes it coordinates, ZooKeeper itself is intended to be
replicated over a set of hosts called an ensemble.
The servers that make up the ZooKeeper service must all know about
each other. They maintain an in-memory image of state, along with a
transaction logs and snapshots in a persistent store. As long as a
majority of the servers are available, the ZooKeeper service will be
available.
Clients connect to a single ZooKeeper server. The client maintains
a TCP connection through which it sends requests, gets responses, gets
watch events, and sends heart beats. If the TCP connection to the server
breaks, the client will connect to a different server.
ZooKeeper is ordered. ZooKeeper
stamps each update with a number that reflects the order of all
ZooKeeper transactions. Subsequent operations can use the order to
implement higher-level abstractions, such as synchronization
primitives.
ZooKeeper is fast. It is
especially fast in "read-dominant" workloads. ZooKeeper applications run
on thousands of machines, and it performs best where reads are more
common than writes, at ratios of around 10:1.
Data model and the hierarchical namespace
The namespace provided by ZooKeeper is much like that of a
standard file system. A name is a sequence of path elements separated by
a slash (/). Every node in ZooKeeper's namespace is identified by a
path.
ZooKeeper's Hierarchical Namespace
Nodes and ephemeral nodes
Unlike standard file systems, each node in a ZooKeeper
namespace can have data associated with it as well as children. It is
like having a file-system that allows a file to also be a directory.
(ZooKeeper was designed to store coordination data: status information,
configuration, location information, etc., so the data stored at each
node is usually small, in the byte to kilobyte range.) We use the term
znode to make it clear that we are talking about
ZooKeeper data nodes.
Znodes maintain a stat structure that includes version numbers for
data changes, ACL changes, and timestamps, to allow cache validations
and coordinated updates. Each time a znode's data changes, the version
number increases. For instance, whenever a client retrieves data it also
receives the version of the data.
The data stored at each znode in a namespace is read and written
atomically. Reads get all the data bytes associated with a znode and a
write replaces all the data. Each node has an Access Control List (ACL)
that restricts who can do what.
ZooKeeper also has the notion of ephemeral nodes. These znodes
exists as long as the session that created the znode is active. When the
session ends the znode is deleted.
Conditional updates and watches
ZooKeeper supports the concept of watches.
Clients can set a watch on a znode. A watch will be triggered and
removed when the znode changes. When a watch is triggered, the client
receives a packet saying that the znode has changed. If the
connection between the client and one of the ZooKeeper servers is
broken, the client will receive a local notification.
New in 3.6.0: Clients can also set
permanent, recursive watches on a znode that are not removed when triggered
and that trigger for changes on the registered znode as well as any children
znodes recursively.
Guarantees
ZooKeeper is very fast and very simple. Since its goal, though, is
to be a basis for the construction of more complicated services, such as
synchronization, it provides a set of guarantees. These are:
- Sequential Consistency - Updates from a client will be applied
in the order that they were sent. - Atomicity - Updates either succeed or fail. No partial
results. - Single System Image - A client will see the same view of the
service regardless of the server that it connects to. i.e., a
client will never see an older view of the system even if the
client fails over to a different server with the same session. - Reliability - Once an update has been applied, it will persist
from that time forward until a client overwrites the update. - Timeliness - The clients view of the system is guaranteed to
be up-to-date within a certain time bound.
Simple API
One of the design goals of ZooKeeper is providing a very simple
programming interface. As a result, it supports only these
operations:
- create : creates a node at a location in the tree
- delete : deletes a node
- exists : tests if a node exists at a location
- get data : reads the data from a node
- set data : writes data to a node
- get children : retrieves a list of children of a node
- sync : waits for data to be propagated
Implementation
ZooKeeper Components shows the high-level components
of the ZooKeeper service. With the exception of the request processor,
each of
the servers that make up the ZooKeeper service replicates its own copy
of each of the components.
The replicated database is an in-memory database containing the
entire data tree. Updates are logged to disk for recoverability, and
writes are serialized to disk before they are applied to the in-memory
database.
Every ZooKeeper server services clients. Clients connect to
exactly one server to submit requests. Read requests are serviced from
the local replica of each server database. Requests that change the
state of the service, write requests, are processed by an agreement
protocol.
As part of the agreement protocol all write requests from clients
are forwarded to a single server, called the
leader. The rest of the ZooKeeper servers, called
followers, receive message proposals from the
leader and agree upon message delivery. The messaging layer takes care
of replacing leaders on failures and syncing followers with
leaders.
ZooKeeper uses a custom atomic messaging protocol. Since the
messaging layer is atomic, ZooKeeper can guarantee that the local
replicas never diverge. When the leader receives a write request, it
calculates what the state of the system is when the write is to be
applied and transforms this into a transaction that captures this new
state.
Uses
The programming interface to ZooKeeper is deliberately simple.
With it, however, you can implement higher order operations, such as
synchronizations primitives, group membership, ownership, etc.
Performance
ZooKeeper is designed to be highly performance. But is it? The
results of the ZooKeeper's development team at Yahoo! Research indicate
that it is. It is especially high
performance in applications where reads outnumber writes, since writes
involve synchronizing the state of all servers. (Reads outnumbering
writes is typically the case for a coordination service.)
The "ZooKeeper Throughput as the Read-Write Ratio Varies" is a throughput
graph of ZooKeeper release 3.2 running on servers with dual 2Ghz
Xeon and two SATA 15K RPM drives. One drive was used as a
dedicated ZooKeeper log device. The snapshots were written to
the OS drive. Write requests were 1K writes and the reads were
1K reads. "Servers" indicate the size of the ZooKeeper
ensemble, the number of servers that make up the
service. Approximately 30 other servers were used to simulate
the clients. The ZooKeeper ensemble was configured such that
leaders do not allow connections from clients.
the previous 3.1 release.
Benchmarks also indicate that it is reliable, too.
Reliability in the Presence of Errors shows how a deployment responds to
various failures. The events marked in the figure are the following:
- Failure and recovery of a follower
- Failure and recovery of a different follower
- Failure of the leader
- Failure and recovery of two followers
- Failure of another leader
Reliability
To show the behavior of the system over time as
failures are injected we ran a ZooKeeper service made up of
7 machines. We ran the same saturation benchmark as before,
but this time we kept the write percentage at a constant
30%, which is a conservative ratio of our expected
workloads.
There are a few important observations from this graph. First, if
followers fail and recover quickly, then ZooKeeper is able to sustain a
high throughput despite the failure. But maybe more importantly, the
leader election algorithm allows for the system to recover fast enough
to prevent throughput from dropping substantially. In our observations,
ZooKeeper takes less than 200ms to elect a new leader. Third, as
followers recover, ZooKeeper is able to raise throughput again once they
start processing requests.
The ZooKeeper Project
ZooKeeper has been
successfully used
in many industrial applications. It is used at Yahoo! as the
coordination and failure recovery service for Yahoo! Message
Broker, which is a highly scalable publish-subscribe system
managing thousands of topics for replication and data
delivery. It is used by the Fetching Service for Yahoo!
crawler, where it also manages failure recovery. A number of
Yahoo! advertising systems also use ZooKeeper to implement
reliable services.
All users and developers are encouraged to join the
community and contribute their expertise. See the
Zookeeper Project on Apache
for more information.
Zookeeper Website App Pages Docs Docs Mdx Admin Ops Administrators Guide Index (`zookeeper-website/app/pages/_docs/docs/_mdx/admin-ops/administrators-guide/index.mdx`)
title: "Administrator's Guide"
Zookeeper Website App Pages Docs Docs Mdx Developer Programmers Guide Index (`zookeeper-website/app/pages/_docs/docs/_mdx/developer/programmers-guide/index.mdx`)
title: "Programmer's Guide"
The first four sections of this guide present a higher level
discussions of various ZooKeeper concepts. These are necessary both for an
understanding of how ZooKeeper works as well how to work with it. It does
not contain source code, but it does assume a familiarity with the
problems associated with distributed computing.
The next four sections provide practical programming
information.
Most of the information in this document is written to be accessible as
stand-alone reference material. However, before starting your first
ZooKeeper application, you should probably at least read the chapters on
the ZooKeeper Data Model and ZooKeeper Basic Operations.
Links to Other Information
Outside the formal documentation, there're several other sources of
information for ZooKeeper developers.
- API Reference :
The complete reference to the ZooKeeper API - ZooKeeper Talk at the Hadoop Summit 2008 :
A video introduction to ZooKeeper, by Benjamin Reed of Yahoo!
Research - Barrier and Queue Tutorial :
The excellent Java tutorial by Flavio Junqueira, implementing
simple barriers and producer-consumer queues using ZooKeeper. - ZooKeeper - A Reliable, Scalable Distributed Coordination System :
An article by Todd Hoff (07/15/2008) - ZooKeeper Recipes :
Pseudo-level discussion of the implementation of various
synchronization solutions with ZooKeeper: Event Handles, Queues,
Locks, and Two-phase Commits.
Zookeeper Website App Pages Docs Docs Mdx Meta.Json (`zookeeper-website/app/pages/_docs/docs/_mdx/meta.json`)
{
"title": "Multi-Page Documentation",
"description": "Apache ZooKeeper multi-page reference",
"root": true,
"pages": [
"---Getting Started---",
"index",
"...overview",
"---Developer---",
"programmers-guide",
"...developer",
"---Admin & Ops---",
"...admin-ops",
"---Miscellaneous---",
"...miscellaneous"
]
}
Zookeeper Website App Pages Docs Docs Mdx Admin Ops Cli (`zookeeper-website/app/pages/_docs/docs/_mdx/admin-ops/cli.mdx`)
title: "CLI"
Connecting
# connect to localhost on the default port 2181
bin/zkCli.sh
# connect to a remote host with a 3-second timeout
bin/zkCli.sh -timeout 3000 -server remoteIP:2181
# wait for connection before executing commands
bin/zkCli.sh -waitforconnection -timeout 3000 -server remoteIP:2181
# use a custom client configuration properties file
bin/zkCli.sh -client-configuration /path/to/client.propertieshelp
Show all available ZooKeeper commands.
[zkshell: 1] help
ZooKeeper -server host:port cmd args
addauth scheme auth
close
config [-c] [-w] [-s]
connect host:port
create [-s] [-e] [-c] [-t ttl] path [data] [acl]
delete [-v version] path
deleteall path
delquota [-n|-b|-N|-B] path
exit
get [-s] [-w] path
getAcl [-s] path
getAllChildrenNumber path
getEphemerals path
history
listquota path
ls [-s] [-w] [-R] path
printwatches on|off
quit
reconfig [-s] [-v version] [[-file path] | [-members serverID=host:port1:port2;port3[,...]*]] | [-add serverId=host:port1:port2;port3[,...]]* [-remove serverId[,...]*]
redo cmdno
removewatches path [-c|-d|-a] [-l]
set [-s] [-v version] path data
setAcl [-s] [-v version] [-R] path acl
setquota -n|-b|-N|-B val path
stat [-w] path
sync path
versionaddauth
Add an authorized user for ACL authentication.
[zkshell: 9] getAcl /acl_digest_test
Insufficient permission : /acl_digest_test
[zkshell: 10] addauth digest user1:12345
[zkshell: 11] getAcl /acl_digest_test
'digest,'user1:+owfoSBn/am19roBPzR1/MfCblE=
: cdrwa
# add a super user
# set zookeeper.DigestAuthenticationProvider.superDigest, e.g.:
# zookeeper.DigestAuthenticationProvider.superDigest=zookeeper:qW/HnTfCSoQpB5G8LgkwT3IbiFc=
[zkshell: 12] addauth digest zookeeper:adminclose
Close the current client session.
[zkshell: 0] close
2019-03-09 06:42:22,178 [myid:] - INFO [main-EventThread:ClientCnxn$EventThread@528] - EventThread shut down for session: 0x10007ab7c550006
2019-03-09 06:42:22,179 [myid:] - INFO [main:ZooKeeper@1346] - Session: 0x10007ab7c550006 closedconfig
Show the current quorum membership configuration.
[zkshell: 17] config
server.1=[2001:db8:1:0:0:242:ac11:2]:2888:3888:participant
server.2=[2001:db8:1:0:0:242:ac11:2]:12888:13888:participant
server.3=[2001:db8:1:0:0:242:ac11:2]:22888:23888:participant
version=0connect
Connect to a ZooKeeper server.
[zkshell: 4] connect
2019-03-09 06:43:33,179 [myid:localhost:2181] - INFO [main-SendThread(localhost:2181):ClientCnxn$SendThread@986] - Socket connection established, initiating session, client: /127.0.0.1:35144, server: localhost/127.0.0.1:2181
2019-03-09 06:43:33,189 [myid:localhost:2181] - INFO [main-SendThread(localhost:2181):ClientCnxn$SendThread@1421] - Session establishment complete on server localhost/127.0.0.1:2181, sessionid = 0x10007ab7c550007, negotiated timeout = 30000
connect "localhost:2181,localhost:2182,localhost:2183"
# connect to a remote server
[zkshell: 5] connect remoteIP:2181create
Create a znode.
# persistent node
[zkshell: 7] create /persistent_node
Created /persistent_node
# ephemeral node (deleted when session ends)
[zkshell: 8] create -e /ephemeral_node mydata
Created /ephemeral_node
# persistent sequential node
[zkshell: 9] create -s /persistent_sequential_node mydata
Created /persistent_sequential_node0000000176
# ephemeral sequential node
[zkshell: 10] create -s -e /ephemeral_sequential_node mydata
Created /ephemeral_sequential_node0000000174Create a node with an ACL schema:
[zkshell: 11] create /zk-node-create-schema mydata digest:user1:+owfoSBn/am19roBPzR1/MfCblE=:crwad
Created /zk-node-create-schema
[zkshell: 12] addauth digest user1:12345
[zkshell: 13] getAcl /zk-node-create-schema
'digest,'user1:+owfoSBn/am19roBPzR1/MfCblE=
: cdrwaCreate a container node (automatically deleted when its last child is deleted):
[zkshell: 14] create -c /container_node mydata
Created /container_node
[zkshell: 15] create -c /container_node/child_1 mydata
Created /container_node/child_1
[zkshell: 16] create -c /container_node/child_2 mydata
Created /container_node/child_2
[zkshell: 17] delete /container_node/child_1
[zkshell: 18] delete /container_node/child_2
[zkshell: 19] get /container_node
org.apache.zookeeper.KeeperException$NoNodeException: KeeperErrorCode = NoNode for /container_nodeCreate a TTL node (requires zookeeper.extendedTypesEnabled=true; otherwise returns KeeperErrorCode = Unimplemented):
[zkshell: 20] create -t 3000 /ttl_node mydata
Created /ttl_node
# after 3 seconds
[zkshell: 21] get /ttl_node
org.apache.zookeeper.KeeperException$NoNodeException: KeeperErrorCode = NoNode for /ttl_nodedelete
Delete a node at the specified path.
[zkshell: 2] delete /config/topics/test
[zkshell: 3] ls /config/topics/test
Node does not exist: /config/topics/testdeleteall
Delete a node and all of its descendants.
[zkshell: 1] ls /config
[changes, clients, topics]
[zkshell: 2] deleteall /config
[zkshell: 3] ls /config
Node does not exist: /configdelquota
Delete the quota on a path.
[zkshell: 1] delquota /quota_test
[zkshell: 2] listquota /quota_test
absolute path is /zookeeper/quota/quota_test/zookeeper_limits
quota for /quota_test does not exist.
# delete specific quota types
[zkshell: 3] delquota -n /c1
[zkshell: 4] delquota -N /c2
[zkshell: 5] delquota -b /c3
[zkshell: 6] delquota -B /c4get
Get the data stored at a path.
[zkshell: 10] get /latest_producer_id_block
{"version":1,"broker":0,"block_start":"0","block_end":"999"}
# -s: also show node stats
[zkshell: 11] get -s /latest_producer_id_block
{"version":1,"broker":0,"block_start":"0","block_end":"999"}
cZxid = 0x90000009a
ctime = Sat Jul 28 08:14:09 UTC 2018
mZxid = 0x9000000a2
mtime = Sat Jul 28 08:14:12 UTC 2018
pZxid = 0x90000009a
cversion = 0
dataVersion = 1
aclVersion = 0
ephemeralOwner = 0x0
dataLength = 60
numChildren = 0
# -w: set a watch on data changes (requires printwatches to be on)
[zkshell: 12] get -w /latest_producer_id_block
{"version":1,"broker":0,"block_start":"0","block_end":"999"}
[zkshell: 13] set /latest_producer_id_block mydata
WATCHER::
WatchedEvent state:SyncConnected type:NodeDataChanged path:/latest_producer_id_blockgetAcl
Get the ACL permissions for a path.
[zkshell: 4] create /acl_test mydata ip:127.0.0.1:crwda
Created /acl_test
[zkshell: 5] getAcl /acl_test
'ip,'127.0.0.1
: cdrwa
[zkshell: 6] getAcl /testwatch
'world,'anyone
: cdrwagetAllChildrenNumber
Get the total number of descendant nodes under a path.
[zkshell: 1] getAllChildrenNumber /
73779
[zkshell: 2] getAllChildrenNumber /ZooKeeper
2
[zkshell: 3] getAllChildrenNumber /ZooKeeper/quota
0getEphemerals
Get all ephemeral nodes created by the current session.
[zkshell: 1] create -e /test-get-ephemerals "ephemeral node"
Created /test-get-ephemerals
[zkshell: 2] getEphemerals
[/test-get-ephemerals]
[zkshell: 3] getEphemerals /
[/test-get-ephemerals]
[zkshell: 4] create -e /test-get-ephemerals-1 "ephemeral node"
Created /test-get-ephemerals-1
[zkshell: 5] getEphemerals /test-get-ephemerals
test-get-ephemerals test-get-ephemerals-1
[zkshell: 6] getEphemerals /test-get-ephemerals
[/test-get-ephemerals-1, /test-get-ephemerals]
[zkshell: 7] getEphemerals /test-get-ephemerals-1
[/test-get-ephemerals-1]history
Show the most recent 11 commands executed in this session.
[zkshell: 7] history
0 - close
1 - close
2 - ls /
3 - ls /
4 - connect
5 - ls /
6 - ll
7 - historylistquota
List the quota configured for a path.
[zkshell: 1] listquota /c1
absolute path is /zookeeper/quota/c1/zookeeper_limits
Output quota for /c1 count=-1,bytes=-1=;byteHardLimit=-1;countHardLimit=2
Output stat for /c1 count=4,bytes=0ls
List the child nodes of a path.
[zkshell: 36] ls /quota_test
[child_1, child_2, child_3]
# -s: also show node stats
[zkshell: 37] ls -s /quota_test
[child_1, child_2, child_3]
cZxid = 0x110000002d
ctime = Thu Mar 07 11:19:07 UTC 2019
mZxid = 0x110000002d
mtime = Thu Mar 07 11:19:07 UTC 2019
pZxid = 0x1100000033
cversion = 3
dataVersion = 0
aclVersion = 0
ephemeralOwner = 0x0
dataLength = 0
numChildren = 3
# -R: recursively list all descendant nodes
[zkshell: 38] ls -R /quota_test
/quota_test
/quota_test/child_1
/quota_test/child_2
/quota_test/child_3
# -w: set a watch on child changes (requires printwatches to be on)
[zkshell: 39] ls -w /brokers
[ids, seqid, topics]
[zkshell: 40] delete /brokers/ids
WATCHER::
WatchedEvent state:SyncConnected type:NodeChildrenChanged path:/brokersprintwatches
Toggle whether watch events are printed to the console.
[zkshell: 0] printwatches
printwatches is on
[zkshell: 1] printwatches off
[zkshell: 2] printwatches
printwatches is off
[zkshell: 3] printwatches on
[zkshell: 4] printwatches
printwatches is onquit (or exit)
Quit the CLI. Both quit and exit work.
[zkshell: 1] quitreconfig
Change ensemble membership at runtime. Before using this command, read the details in Dynamic Reconfiguration, especially the Security section.
Prerequisites:
- Set
reconfigEnabled=trueinzoo.cfg. - Add a super user or set
skipACL; otherwise you will getInsufficient permission. For example:addauth digest zookeeper:admin.
# Change follower 2 to an observer on port 12182, add observer 5, remove observer 4
[zkshell: 1] reconfig --add 2=localhost:2781:2786:observer;12182 --add 5=localhost:2781:2786:observer;2185 -remove 4
Committed new configuration:
server.1=localhost:2780:2785:participant;0.0.0.0:2181
server.2=localhost:2781:2786:observer;0.0.0.0:12182
server.3=localhost:2782:2787:participant;0.0.0.0:2183
server.5=localhost:2784:2789:observer;0.0.0.0:2185
version=1c00000002
# -members: specify the full new membership list
[zkshell: 2] reconfig -members server.1=localhost:2780:2785:participant;0.0.0.0:2181,server.2=localhost:2781:2786:observer;0.0.0.0:12182,server.3=localhost:2782:2787:participant;0.0.0.0:12183
Committed new configuration:
server.1=localhost:2780:2785:participant;0.0.0.0:2181
server.2=localhost:2781:2786:observer;0.0.0.0:12182
server.3=localhost:2782:2787:participant;0.0.0.0:12183
version=f9fe0000000c
# -file with -v: apply config from file only if current version matches
[zkshell: 3] reconfig -file /data/software/zookeeper/zookeeper-test/conf/myNewConfig.txt -v 2100000010
Committed new configuration:
server.1=localhost:2780:2785:participant;0.0.0.0:2181
server.2=localhost:2781:2786:observer;0.0.0.0:12182
server.3=localhost:2782:2787:participant;0.0.0.0:2183
server.5=localhost:2784:2789:observer;0.0.0.0:2185
version=220000000credo
Re-execute a command from history by its index.
[zkshell: 4] history
0 - ls /
1 - get /consumers
2 - get /hbase
3 - ls /hbase
4 - history
[zkshell: 5] redo 3
[backup-masters, draining, flush-table-proc, hbaseid, master-maintenance, meta-region-server, namespace, online-snapshot, replication, rs, running, splitWAL, switch, table, table-lock]removewatches
Remove watches from a node.
[zkshell: 1] get -w /brokers
null
[zkshell: 2] removewatches /brokers
WATCHER::
WatchedEvent state:SyncConnected type:DataWatchRemoved path:/brokersset
Set or update the data at a path.
[zkshell: 50] set /brokers myNewData
# -s: show the node stats after the update
[zkshell: 51] set -s /quota_test mydata_for_quota_test
cZxid = 0x110000002d
ctime = Thu Mar 07 11:19:07 UTC 2019
mZxid = 0x1100000038
mtime = Thu Mar 07 11:42:41 UTC 2019
pZxid = 0x1100000033
cversion = 3
dataVersion = 2
aclVersion = 0
ephemeralOwner = 0x0
dataLength = 21
numChildren = 3
# -v: optimistic locking (CAS) — version from dataVersion in stat
[zkshell: 52] set -v 0 /brokers myNewData
[zkshell: 53] set -v 0 /brokers myNewData
version No is not valid : /brokerssetAcl
Set ACL permissions on a node.
[zkshell: 28] addauth digest user1:12345
[zkshell: 30] setAcl /acl_auth_test auth:user1:12345:crwad
[zkshell: 31] getAcl /acl_auth_test
'digest,'user1:+owfoSBn/am19roBPzR1/MfCblE=
: cdrwaUse -R to set ACL recursively on all child nodes:
[zkshell: 32] ls /acl_auth_test
[child_1, child_2]
[zkshell: 33] getAcl /acl_auth_test/child_2
'world,'anyone
: cdrwa
[zkshell: 34] setAcl -R /acl_auth_test auth:user1:12345:crwad
[zkshell: 35] getAcl /acl_auth_test/child_2
'digest,'user1:+owfoSBn/am19roBPzR1/MfCblE=
: cdrwaUse -v to set ACL with optimistic locking (version from aclVersion in stat):
[zkshell: 36] stat /acl_auth_test
cZxid = 0xf9fc0000001c
ctime = Tue Mar 26 16:50:58 CST 2019
mZxid = 0xf9fc0000001c
mtime = Tue Mar 26 16:50:58 CST 2019
pZxid = 0xf9fc0000001f
cversion = 2
dataVersion = 0
aclVersion = 3
ephemeralOwner = 0x0
dataLength = 0
numChildren = 2
[zkshell: 37] setAcl -v 3 /acl_auth_test auth:user1:12345:crwadsetquota
Set a quota on a path. Soft limits (-n, -b) log a warning but do not block operations. Hard limits (-N, -B) reject operations that exceed the quota.
# -n: soft limit on node count (includes the node itself)
[zkshell: 18] setquota -n 2 /quota_test
[zkshell: 19] create /quota_test/child_1
Created /quota_test/child_1
[zkshell: 20] create /quota_test/child_2
Created /quota_test/child_2
[zkshell: 21] create /quota_test/child_3
Created /quota_test/child_3
# soft limit: creation succeeds but a warning is logged
2019-03-07 11:22:36,680 [myid:1] - WARN [SyncThread:0:DataTree@374] - Quota exceeded: /quota_test count=3 limit=2
2019-03-07 11:22:41,861 [myid:1] - WARN [SyncThread:0:DataTree@374] - Quota exceeded: /quota_test count=4 limit=2
# -b: soft limit on data bytes
[zkshell: 22] setquota -b 5 /brokers
[zkshell: 23] set /brokers "I_love_zookeeper"
# soft limit: write succeeds but a warning is logged
WARN [CommitProcWorkThread-7:DataTree@379] - Quota exceeded: /brokers bytes=4206 limit=5
# -N: hard limit on node count
[zkshell: 3] create /c1
Created /c1
[zkshell: 4] setquota -N 2 /c1
[zkshell: 5] listquota /c1
absolute path is /zookeeper/quota/c1/zookeeper_limits
Output quota for /c1 count=-1,bytes=-1=;byteHardLimit=-1;countHardLimit=2
Output stat for /c1 count=2,bytes=0
[zkshell: 6] create /c1/ch-3
Count Quota has exceeded : /c1/ch-3
# -B: hard limit on bytes
[zkshell: 3] create /c2
[zkshell: 4] setquota -B 4 /c2
[zkshell: 5] set /c2 "foo"
[zkshell: 6] set /c2 "foo-bar"
Bytes Quota has exceeded : /c2
[zkshell: 7] get /c2
foostat
Show the metadata (stat) of a node.
[zkshell: 1] stat /hbase
cZxid = 0x4000013d9
ctime = Wed Jun 27 20:13:07 CST 2018
mZxid = 0x4000013d9
mtime = Wed Jun 27 20:13:07 CST 2018
pZxid = 0x500000001
cversion = 17
dataVersion = 0
aclVersion = 0
ephemeralOwner = 0x0
dataLength = 0
numChildren = 15sync
Sync the data of a node between the leader and followers (asynchronous).
[zkshell: 14] sync /
[zkshell: 15] Sync is OKversion
Show the ZooKeeper CLI version.
[zkshell: 1] version
ZooKeeper CLI version: 3.6.0-SNAPSHOT-29f9b2c1c0e832081f94d59a6b88709c5f1bb3ca, built on 05/30/2019 09:26 GMTwhoami
Show all authentication information for the current session.
[zkshell: 1] whoami
Auth scheme: User
ip: 127.0.0.1
[zkshell: 2] addauth digest user1:12345
[zkshell: 3] whoami
Auth scheme: User
ip: 127.0.0.1
digest: user1Zookeeper Website App Pages Docs Docs Mdx Admin Ops Dynamic Reconfiguration (`zookeeper-website/app/pages/_docs/docs/_mdx/admin-ops/dynamic-reconfiguration.mdx`)
title: "Dynamic Reconfiguration"
Prior to the 3.5.0 release, the membership and all other configuration
parameters of ZooKeeper were static — loaded during boot and immutable at
runtime. Operators resorted to "rolling restarts" — a manually intensive
and error-prone method of changing the configuration that has caused data
loss and inconsistency in production.
Starting with 3.5.0, rolling restarts are no longer needed.
ZooKeeper comes with full support for automated configuration changes: the
set of ZooKeeper servers, their roles (participant / observer), all ports,
and even the quorum system can be changed dynamically, without service
interruption and while maintaining data consistency. Reconfigurations are
performed immediately, just like other operations in ZooKeeper. Multiple
changes can be done using a single reconfiguration command. The dynamic
reconfiguration functionality does not limit operation concurrency, does
not require client operations to be stopped during reconfigurations, has a
very simple interface for administrators, and adds no complexity to other
client operations.
New client-side features allow clients to find out about configuration
changes and to update the connection string (list of servers and their
client ports) stored in their ZooKeeper handle. A probabilistic algorithm
is used to rebalance clients across the new configuration servers while
keeping the extent of client migrations proportional to the change in
ensemble membership.
This document provides the administrator manual for reconfiguration.
For a detailed description of the reconfiguration algorithms, performance
measurements, and more, see:
Shraer, A., Reed, B., Malkhi, D., Junqueira, F. Dynamic Reconfiguration of Primary/Backup Clusters. In USENIX Annual Technical Conference (ATC) (2012), 425–437.
Links: paper (pdf), slides (pdf), video, hadoop summit slides
Changes to Configuration Format
Specifying the Client Port
A client port is the port on which the server accepts plaintext (non-TLS) client connection requests.
A secure client port is the port on which the server accepts TLS client connection requests.
Starting with 3.5.0, the clientPort and clientPortAddress configuration parameters should no longer be used in zoo.cfg.
Starting with 3.10.0, the secureClientPort and secureClientPortAddress configuration parameters should no longer be used in zoo.cfg.
Instead, this information is now part of the server keyword specification:
server.<positive id> = <address1>:<quorum port>:<leader election port>[:role];[[<client port address>:]<client port>][;[<secure client port address>:]<secure client port>]- [New in ZK 3.10.0] The client port specification is optional and is to the right of the
first semicolon. The secure client port specification is also optional and is to the right
of the second semicolon. However, both the client port and secure client port specification
cannot be omitted — at least one of them must be present. If the user intends to omit the client
port specification and provide only the secure client port (TLS-only server), a second
semicolon should still be specified to indicate an empty client port specification (see last
example below). In either spec, the port address is optional and defaults to0.0.0.0. - Role is also optional — it can be
participantorobserver(participantby default).
Examples of legal server statements:
server.5 = 125.23.63.23:1234:1235;1236 (non-TLS server)
server.5 = 125.23.63.23:1234:1235;1236;1237 (non-TLS + TLS server)
server.5 = 125.23.63.23:1234:1235;;1237 (TLS-only server)
server.5 = 125.23.63.23:1234:1235:participant;1236 (non-TLS server)
server.5 = 125.23.63.23:1234:1235:observer;1236 (non-TLS server)
server.5 = 125.23.63.23:1234:1235;125.23.63.24:1236 (non-TLS server)
server.5 = 125.23.63.23:1234:1235:participant;125.23.63.23:1236 (non-TLS server)
server.5 = 125.23.63.23:1234:1235:participant;125.23.63.23:1236;125.23.63.23:1237 (non-TLS + TLS server)
server.5 = 125.23.63.23:1234:1235:participant;;125.23.63.23:1237 (TLS-only server)Specifying Multiple Server Addresses
Since ZooKeeper 3.6.0 it is possible to specify multiple addresses for each
ZooKeeper server (see ZOOKEEPER-3188).
This helps to increase availability and adds network-level resiliency to ZooKeeper. When multiple
physical network interfaces are used for the servers, ZooKeeper is able to bind on all interfaces
and switch to a working interface at runtime in case of a network error. Multiple addresses are
separated by a pipe (|) character.
Examples of valid configurations using multiple addresses:
server.2=zoo2-net1:2888:3888|zoo2-net2:2889:3889;2188
server.2=zoo2-net1:2888:3888|zoo2-net2:2889:3889|zoo2-net3:2890:3890;2188
server.2=zoo2-net1:2888:3888|zoo2-net2:2889:3889;zoo2-net1:2188
server.2=zoo2-net1:2888:3888:observer|zoo2-net2:2889:3889:observer;2188The `standaloneEnabled` Flag
Prior to 3.5.0, one could run ZooKeeper in Standalone mode or in
Distributed mode. These are separate implementation stacks and switching
between them at runtime is not possible. By default (for backward
compatibility) standaloneEnabled is set to true. The consequence is that
if started with a single server the ensemble will not be allowed to grow,
and if started with more than one server it will not be allowed to shrink
below two participants.
Setting the flag to false instructs the system to run the Distributed
software stack even if there is only a single participant in the ensemble.
To achieve this the static configuration file should contain:
standaloneEnabled=falseWith this setting it is possible to start a ZooKeeper ensemble containing
a single participant and to dynamically grow it by adding more servers.
Similarly, it is possible to shrink an ensemble so that just a single
participant remains by removing servers.
Since running the Distributed mode allows more flexibility, we recommend
setting the flag to false. The legacy Standalone mode is expected to be
deprecated in the future.
The `reconfigEnabled` Flag
Starting with 3.5.0 and prior to 3.5.3, there is no way to disable
dynamic reconfiguration. To address the security concern that a malicious
actor could make arbitrary changes to the ensemble configuration, thereconfigEnabled option was introduced in 3.5.3. Any attempt
to reconfigure a cluster through the reconfig API — with or without authentication —
will fail by default unless reconfigEnabled is set to true.
To enable reconfiguration, add the following to zoo.cfg:
reconfigEnabled=trueDynamic Configuration File
Starting with 3.5.0, ZooKeeper distinguishes between dynamic configuration
parameters (which can be changed during runtime) and static configuration
parameters (which are read from a configuration file at boot and do not change
during execution). The dynamic configuration keywords are: server, group,
and weight.
Dynamic configuration parameters are stored in a separate file on the server
(the dynamic configuration file), linked from the static config file using thedynamicConfigFile keyword.
Example 1
zoo_replicated1.cfg
tickTime=2000
dataDir=/zookeeper/data/zookeeper1
initLimit=5
syncLimit=2
dynamicConfigFile=/zookeeper/conf/zoo_replicated1.cfg.dynamiczoo_replicated1.cfg.dynamic
server.1=125.23.63.23:2780:2783:participant;2791
server.2=125.23.63.24:2781:2784:participant;2792
server.3=125.23.63.25:2782:2785:participant;2793When the ensemble configuration changes, the static configuration parameters
remain the same. The dynamic parameters are pushed by ZooKeeper and overwrite
the dynamic configuration files on all servers. Thus the dynamic configuration
files on different servers are usually identical (they can differ momentarily
while a reconfiguration is in progress or before a new configuration has
propagated to all servers). Once created, the dynamic configuration file should
not be manually altered — changes are made only through the reconfiguration
commands described below. Changing the config of an offline cluster could
result in an inconsistency with configuration information stored in the
ZooKeeper log and is therefore highly discouraged.
Example 2
Users may prefer to initially specify a single configuration file. The
following is also legal:
zoo_replicated1.cfg
tickTime=2000
dataDir=/zookeeper/data/zookeeper1
initLimit=5
syncLimit=2
clientPort=The configuration files on each server will be automatically split into
dynamic and static files if they are not already in this format. The
configuration above will be automatically transformed into the two files in
Example 1. Note that the clientPort and clientPortAddress lines (if
specified) will be automatically removed during this process if they are
redundant (as in the example above). The original static configuration file
is backed up (as a .bak file).
Backward Compatibility
The old configuration format is still supported. For example, the
following configuration file is acceptable (but not recommended):
zoo_replicated1.cfg
tickTime=2000
dataDir=/zookeeper/data/zookeeper1
initLimit=5
syncLimit=2
clientPort=2791
server.1=125.23.63.23:2780:2783:participant
server.2=125.23.63.24:2781:2784:participant
server.3=125.23.63.25:2782:2785:participantDuring boot, a dynamic configuration file is created containing the dynamic
part of the configuration as explained earlier. In this case, however, the
line clientPort=2791 will remain in the static configuration file of
server 1 since it is not redundant — it was not specified as part ofserver.1=... using the format described in
Changes to Configuration Format. If a
reconfiguration is invoked that sets the client port of server 1, clientPort=2791
is removed from the static configuration file (the dynamic file then contains
this information as part of the server 1 specification).
Upgrading to 3.5.0
Upgrading a running ZooKeeper ensemble to 3.5.0 should be done only
after upgrading to the 3.4.6 release. This is only necessary for rolling
upgrades — if you are fine with shutting down the system completely, you
do not need to go through 3.4.6. If you attempt a rolling upgrade without
going through 3.4.6 (for example from 3.4.5), you may get the following error:
2013-01-30 11:32:10,663 [myid:2] - INFO [localhost/127.0.0.1:2784:QuorumCnxManager$Listener@498] - Received connection request /127.0.0.1:60876
2013-01-30 11:32:10,663 [myid:2] - WARN [localhost/127.0.0.1:2784:QuorumCnxManager@349] - Invalid server id: -65536During a rolling upgrade, each server is taken down in turn and rebooted
with the new 3.5.0 binaries. Before starting a server with 3.5.0 binaries,
we highly recommend updating the configuration file so that all server
statements server.x=... contain client ports (see
Specifying the Client Port). You may leave
the configuration in a single file and may also leave theclientPort/clientPortAddress statements (although if you specify client
ports in the new format, these statements become redundant).
Dynamic Reconfiguration of the ZooKeeper Ensemble
The ZooKeeper Java and C APIs were extended with getConfig and reconfig
commands that facilitate reconfiguration. Both commands have a synchronous
(blocking) variant and an asynchronous one. The examples below use the Java
CLI, but you can similarly use the C CLI or invoke the commands directly from
a program just like any other ZooKeeper command.
API
There are two sets of APIs for both Java and C clients.
Reconfiguration API: Used to reconfigure the ZooKeeper cluster.
Starting with 3.5.3, reconfiguration Java APIs are moved into theZooKeeperAdmin
class from theZooKeeperclass. Use of this API requires ACL setup and user
authentication (see Security for more information).Get Configuration API: Used to retrieve ZooKeeper cluster configuration
information stored in the/zookeeper/configznode. Use of this API does not
require specific setup or authentication, because/zookeeper/configis readable
by any user.
Security
Prior to 3.5.3, there is no enforced security mechanism over reconfig,
so any ZooKeeper client that can connect to the ensemble has the ability to
change its state via reconfig. It is thus possible for a malicious client to
add a compromised server to an ensemble or remove legitimate servers, which
can be a security vulnerability.
Starting from 3.5.3, access control over reconfig is enforced: only a
specific set of explicitly configured users can use reconfig commands or APIs,
and the ZooKeeper cluster must have authentication enabled so that clients can
be authenticated.
An escape hatch is provided for users operating in a secured environment (e.g.
behind a company firewall) who want to use reconfiguration without the overhead
of configuring an explicit authorized user list: settingskipACL to yes skips
ACL checks and allows any user to reconfigure the cluster.
Access Control: The dynamic configuration is stored in the special znode
ZooDefs.CONFIG_NODE = /zookeeper/config. This node is read-only for all users
by default, except the super user and users explicitly configured for write access.
Clients that need to use reconfig commands or the reconfig API must be configured
with write access toCONFIG_NODE. Additional users can be granted write access
through the superuser by setting an ACL with write permission. Examples of how to
set up ACLs and use the reconfiguration API with authentication can be found inReconfigExceptionTest.javaandTestReconfigServer.cc.Authentication: Authentication is orthogonal to access control and is
delegated to ZooKeeper's pluggable authentication schemes. See
ZooKeeper and SASL
for more details.Disable ACL check: ZooKeeper supports the
skipACLoption such that
ACL checks are completely skipped whenskipACLis set toyes. In such cases
any unauthenticated user can use the reconfig API.
Retrieving the Current Dynamic Configuration
The dynamic configuration is stored in a special znodeZooDefs.CONFIG_NODE = /zookeeper/config. The config CLI command reads
this znode (it is essentially a wrapper around get /zookeeper/config). As
with normal reads, to retrieve the latest committed value you should do async first.
[zk: 127.0.0.1:2791(CONNECTED) 3] config
server.1=localhost:2780:2783:participant;localhost:2791
server.2=localhost:2781:2784:participant;localhost:2792
server.3=localhost:2782:2785:participant;localhost:2793Notice the last line of the output — this is the configuration version. The
version equals the zxid of the reconfiguration command that created this
configuration. The version of the first established configuration equals the
zxid of the NEWLEADER message sent by the first successfully established leader.
When a configuration is written to a dynamic configuration file, the version
automatically becomes part of the filename and the static configuration file is
updated with the path to the new dynamic configuration file. Configuration files
corresponding to earlier versions are retained for backup purposes.
During boot, the version (if it exists) is extracted from the filename. The
version should never be manually altered — it is used by the system to determine
which configuration is most up-to-date, and manipulating it can result in data
loss and inconsistency.
Like the get command, the config CLI command accepts the -w flag for
setting a watch on the znode and the -s flag for displaying its stats. It
additionally accepts a -c flag that outputs only the version and the client
connection string for the current configuration. For example:
[zk: 127.0.0.1:2791(CONNECTED) 17] config -c
400000003 localhost:2791,localhost:2793,localhost:2792Note that when using the API directly, this command is called getConfig.
As any read command, it returns the configuration known to the follower your
client is connected to, which may be slightly out-of-date. Use the sync
command for stronger guarantees. For example using the Java API:
zk.sync(ZooDefs.CONFIG_NODE, void_callback, context);
zk.getConfig(watcher, callback, context);Note: in 3.5.0 it doesn't matter which path is passed to sync() since all
server state is brought up to date with the leader (a different path could be
used instead of ZooDefs.CONFIG_NODE). However, this may change in the future.
Modifying the Current Dynamic Configuration
Configuration is modified through the reconfig command. There are two
modes: incremental and non-incremental (bulk). The non-incremental mode
specifies the complete new dynamic configuration. The incremental mode specifies
changes to the current configuration. The reconfig command returns the new
configuration.
A few examples can be found in: ReconfigTest.java, ReconfigRecoveryTest.java,
and TestReconfigServer.cc.
General
Removing servers: Any server can be removed, including the leader (although
removing the leader will result in a short unavailability, see Figures 6 and 8 in
the paper).
The server will not be shut down automatically. Instead, it becomes a
"non-voting follower" — similar to an observer in that its votes don't count
towards the quorum, but unlike an observer, a non-voting follower still sees
operation proposals and ACKs them. Thus a non-voting follower has a more
significant negative effect on throughput compared to an observer.
Non-voting follower mode should only be used temporarily before shutting the
server down or adding it back as a follower or observer. Servers are not
shut down automatically for two main reasons: first, to avoid immediately
disconnecting all connected clients and causing a flood of reconnection requests
to other servers; second, because removing a server may sometimes be necessary
as a step to change it from observer to participant (see
Additional comments).
Note that the new configuration must have some minimum number of participants
to be considered legal. If the proposed change would leave fewer than 2
participants and standalone mode is enabled (standaloneEnabled=true, see
The standaloneEnabled Flag), the reconfig
will not be processed (BadArgumentsException). If standalone mode is disabled
(standaloneEnabled=false) then 1 or more participants is legal.
Adding servers: Before invoking a reconfiguration, the administrator must
ensure that a quorum (majority) of participants from the new configuration are
already connected and synced with the current leader. To achieve this, a new
joining server must be connected to the leader before it officially becomes part
of the ensemble. This is done by starting the joining server with an initial
server list that is not a legal configuration but (a) contains the joiner, and
(b) gives the joiner enough information to find and connect to the current leader.
A few safe options for doing this:
The initial configuration of joiners consists of servers in the last committed
configuration plus one or more joiners, where joiners are listed as observers.
For example, if servers D and E are added at the same time to (A, B, C) and C
is being removed, D's initial config could be (A, B, C, D) or (A, B, C, D, E)
with D and E listed as observers. Note that listing joiners as observers does
not actually make them observers — it only prevents them from accidentally
forming a quorum with other joiners. Instead, they contact the servers in the
current configuration and adopt the last committed configuration (A, B, C).
Configuration files of joiners are backed up and replaced automatically.
After connecting to the current leader, joiners become non-voting followers until
the system is reconfigured and they are added to the ensemble.The initial configuration of each joiner consists of servers in the last committed
configuration plus the joiner itself, listed as a participant. For example,
to add a new server D to (A, B, C), start D with an initial config consisting of
(A, B, C, D). If both D and E are added at the same time, D's initial config
could be (A, B, C, D) and E's could be (A, B, C, E). Never list more than one
joiner as participant in the initial configuration (see warning below).Whether listing the joiner as an observer or participant, it is also fine not
to list all current configuration servers, as long as the current leader is
included. For example, when adding D, it could be started with just (A, D) if
A is the current leader. However, this is more fragile since if A fails before
D officially joins, D has no other servers to contact and the administrator
must restart D with another server list.
If the configuration of existing servers changes or they become unavailable before
the joiner succeeds in connecting and learning about configuration changes, the
joiner may need to be restarted with an updated configuration file.
Finally, note that once connected to the leader, a joiner adopts the last committed
configuration (in which it is absent), and the initial config is backed up before
being rewritten. If the joiner restarts in this state it will not be able to boot
since it is absent from its configuration file — you will need to specify an initial
configuration again.
Modifying server parameters: Any of the ports or the role (participant/observer)
of a server can be modified by adding it to the ensemble with different parameters.
This works in both incremental and bulk reconfiguration modes — it is not necessary
to remove the server and re-add it; just specify the new parameters as if the server
is not yet in the system. The server will detect the configuration change and perform
the necessary adjustments. See an example in Incremental mode
and an exception in Additional comments.
It is also possible to change the Quorum System used by the ensemble (for example,
change from a Majority Quorum System to a Hierarchical Quorum System on the fly).
This is only allowed using the bulk (non-incremental) reconfiguration mode. Incremental
reconfiguration only works with the Majority Quorum System. Bulk reconfiguration
works with both Hierarchical and Majority Quorum Systems.
Performance impact: There is practically no performance impact when removing a
follower, since it is not automatically shut down (the effect of removal is that the
server's votes are no longer counted). When adding a server, there is no leader change
and no noticeable performance disruption. For details and graphs see Figures 6, 7 and
8 in the paper.
The most significant disruption occurs when a leader change is triggered, in the
following cases:
- Leader is removed from the ensemble.
- Leader's role is changed from participant to observer.
- The port used by the leader to send transactions to others (quorum port) is modified.
In these cases a leader hand-off is performed where the old leader nominates a new
leader. The resulting unavailability is usually shorter than when a leader crashes
since failure detection is unnecessary and electing a new leader can usually be
avoided during a hand-off (see Figures 6 and 8 in the paper).
When the client port of a server is modified, existing client connections are not
dropped. New connections to the server will use the new client port.
Progress guarantees: Up to the invocation of the reconfig operation, a quorum of
the old configuration must be available and connected for ZooKeeper to make progress.
Once reconfig is invoked, a quorum of both the old and new configurations must be
available. The final transition happens once (a) the new configuration is activated and
(b) all operations scheduled before the new configuration was activated by the leader
are committed. Once both (a) and (b) have happened, only a quorum of the new
configuration is required. Note that neither (a) nor (b) are visible to a client —
when a reconfiguration operation commits it only means that an activation message was
sent by the leader, not that a quorum of the new configuration has received it.
To ensure both (a) and (b) have occurred (for example, before safely shutting down
removed servers), invoke an update (set-data or another quorum operation, but notsync) and wait for it to commit.
Incremental Mode
The incremental mode allows adding and removing servers from the current
configuration. Multiple changes are allowed at once. For example:
> reconfig -remove 3 -add \
server.5=125.23.63.23:1234:1235;1236Both the add and remove options take comma-separated arguments (no spaces):
> reconfig -remove 3,4 -add \
server.5=localhost:2111:2112;2113,6=localhost:2114:2115:observer;2116The format of the server statement is exactly as described in
Specifying the Client Port and includes the client
port. Note that 5= can be used as a shorthand for server.5=. In the example
above, if server 5 is already in the system with different ports or is not an
observer, it is updated — once the configuration commits it becomes an observer
using the new ports. This is an easy way to turn participants into observers and
vice versa, or change any ports, without rebooting the server.
ZooKeeper supports two types of Quorum Systems: the simple Majority system (where
the leader commits operations after receiving ACKs from a majority of voters) and a
more complex Hierarchical system (where votes of different servers have different
weights and servers are divided into voting groups). Incremental reconfiguration is
currently allowed only if the last proposed configuration uses a Majority Quorum
System (BadArgumentsException is thrown otherwise).
Incremental mode — examples using the Java API:
List<String> leavingServers = new ArrayList<String>();
leavingServers.add("1");
leavingServers.add("2");
byte[] config = zk.reconfig(null, leavingServers, null, -1, new Stat());
List<String> leavingServers = new ArrayList<String>();
List<String> joiningServers = new ArrayList<String>();
leavingServers.add("1");
joiningServers.add("server.4=localhost:1234:1235;1236");
byte[] config = zk.reconfig(joiningServers, leavingServers, null, -1, new Stat());
String configStr = new String(config);
System.out.println(configStr);There is also an asynchronous API, and an API accepting comma-separated Strings
instead of List<String>. Seesrc/java/main/org/apache/zookeeper/ZooKeeper.java.
Non-incremental Mode
The non-incremental mode accepts a complete specification of the new dynamic
configuration. The new configuration can be given inline or read from a file:
> reconfig -file newconfig.cfgnewconfig.cfg is a dynamic config file — see Dynamic Configuration File.
> reconfig -members \
server.1=125.23.63.23:2780:2783:participant;2791,server.2=125.23.63.24:2781:2784:participant;2792,server.3=125.23.63.25:2782:2785:participant;2793The new configuration may use a different Quorum System. For example, you may
specify a Hierarchical Quorum System even if the current ensemble uses a Majority
Quorum System.
Bulk mode — example using the Java API:
List<String> newMembers = new ArrayList<String>();
newMembers.add("server.1=1111:1234:1235;1236");
newMembers.add("server.2=1112:1237:1238;1239");
newMembers.add("server.3=1114:1240:1241:observer;1242");
byte[] config = zk.reconfig(null, null, newMembers, -1, new Stat());
String configStr = new String(config);
System.out.println(configStr);There is also an asynchronous API, and an API accepting a comma-separated String
containing the new members instead of List<String>. Seesrc/java/main/org/apache/zookeeper/ZooKeeper.java.
Conditional Reconfig
Sometimes (especially in non-incremental mode) a proposed configuration depends
on what the client believes to be the current configuration, and should only be
applied to that configuration. The reconfig succeeds only if the last
configuration at the leader has the specified version:
> reconfig -file <filename> -v <version>In the Java examples above, instead of -1 you can specify a configuration
version to condition the reconfiguration.
Error Conditions
In addition to normal ZooKeeper error conditions, a reconfiguration may fail for
the following reasons:
- Another reconfig is currently in progress (
ReconfigInProgress). - The proposed change would leave fewer than 2 participants and standalone mode
is enabled, or, if standalone mode is disabled, fewer than 1 participant would
remain (BadArgumentsException). - No quorum of the new configuration was connected and up-to-date with the leader
when reconfiguration processing began (NewConfigNoQuorum). -v xwas specified but the latest configuration versionyis notx
(BadVersionException).- An incremental reconfiguration was requested but the last configuration at the
leader uses a Quorum System other than Majority (BadArgumentsException). - Syntax error (
BadArgumentsException). - I/O exception when reading the configuration from a file (
BadArgumentsException).
Most of these are illustrated by test cases in ReconfigFailureCases.java.
Additional Comments
Liveness: To understand the difference between incremental and non-incremental
reconfiguration, suppose client C1 adds server D while a different client C2 adds
server E. With non-incremental mode, each client first invokes config to find out
the current configuration, then locally creates a new server list by adding its own
suggested server. After both reconfigurations complete, only one of D or E will be
added (not both), depending on which request arrives second at the leader. The other
client can repeat the process until its change takes effect. This guarantees
system-wide progress (for one client) but not for every client. C2 may use
Conditional reconfig to avoid blindly overwriting C1's
configuration if C1's request arrived first.
With incremental reconfiguration, both changes take effect as they are applied by
the leader one after the other to the current configuration. Since both clients are
guaranteed to make progress, this method guarantees stronger liveness. In practice,
multiple concurrent reconfigurations are probably rare. Non-incremental reconfiguration
is currently the only way to dynamically change the Quorum System. Incremental
reconfiguration is currently only allowed with the Majority Quorum System.
Changing an observer into a follower: Changing a voting server into an observer
may fail if fewer than the minimal allowed number of participants would remain (error 2).
Converting an observer into a participant may sometimes fail for a more subtle reason.
Suppose the current configuration is (A, B, C, D), where A is the leader, B and C are
followers, and D is an observer, and B has crashed. If a reconfiguration makes D a
follower, it will fail with error 3 since a majority of voters in the new configuration
(any 3 voters) must be connected and up-to-date with the leader. An observer cannot
acknowledge the history prefix sent during reconfiguration and therefore does not count
towards the 3 required servers. In this case, a client can achieve the task with two
reconfig commands: first remove D from the configuration, then add it back as a
participant. During the intermediate state D is a non-voting follower and can ACK the
state transfer performed during the second reconfig command.
Rebalancing Client Connections
When a ZooKeeper cluster is started and each client is given the same connection
string, the client randomly chooses a server to connect to, making the expected
number of client connections per server equal across all servers. ZooKeeper preserves
this property when the set of servers changes through reconfiguration (see Sections
4 and 5.1 in the paper).
For the method to work, all clients must subscribe to configuration changes by setting
a watch on /zookeeper/config — either directly or through the getConfig API. When
the watch is triggered, the client should read the new configuration by invokingsync and getConfig, and if the configuration is indeed new, invoke updateServerList.
To avoid mass client migration at the same time, each client should sleep a random
short period before invoking updateServerList.
A few examples can be found in StaticHostProviderTest.java and TestReconfig.cc.
Example (simplified to illustrate the general idea, not a production recipe):
public void process(WatchedEvent event) {
synchronized (this) {
if (event.getType() == EventType.None) {
connected = (event.getState() == KeeperState.SyncConnected);
notifyAll();
} else if (event.getPath() != null && event.getPath().equals(ZooDefs.CONFIG_NODE)) {
// in prod code never block the event thread!
zk.sync(ZooDefs.CONFIG_NODE, this, null);
zk.getConfig(this, this, null);
}
}
}
public void processResult(int rc, String path, Object ctx, byte[] data, Stat stat) {
if (path != null && path.equals(ZooDefs.CONFIG_NODE)) {
String config[] = ConfigUtils.getClientConfigStr(new String(data)).split(" "); // similar to config -c
long version = Long.parseLong(config[0], 16);
if (this.configVersion == null) {
this.configVersion = version;
} else if (version > this.configVersion) {
hostList = config[1];
try {
// not blocking, but may cause the client to close the socket and migrate
// to a different server; in practice wait a short random period so clients
// migrate at different times
zk.updateServerList(hostList);
} catch (IOException e) {
System.err.println("Error updating server list");
e.printStackTrace();
}
this.configVersion = version;
}
}
}Zookeeper Website App Pages Docs Docs Mdx Admin Ops Jmx (`zookeeper-website/app/pages/_docs/docs/_mdx/admin-ops/jmx.mdx`)
title: "JMX"
Apache ZooKeeper has extensive support for JMX, allowing you
to view and manage a ZooKeeper serving ensemble.
This document assumes that you have basic knowledge of
JMX. See the Sun JMX Technology page to get started with JMX.
See the JMX Management Guide for details on setting up local and
remote management of VM instances. By default the included
zkServer.sh supports only local management —
review the linked document to enable support for remote management
(beyond the scope of this document).
Starting ZooKeeper with JMX Enabled
The class org.apache.zookeeper.server.quorum.QuorumPeerMain
will start a JMX manageable ZooKeeper server. This class
registers the proper MBeans during initialization to support JMX
monitoring and management of the instance. See bin/zkServer.sh for one
example of starting ZooKeeper using QuorumPeerMain.
Running a JMX Console
There are a number of JMX consoles available which can connect
to the running server. For this example we will use Sun's jconsole.
The Java JDK ships with a simple JMX console
named jconsole
which can be used to connect to ZooKeeper and inspect a running
server. Once you've started ZooKeeper using QuorumPeerMain,
start jconsole, which typically resides in JDK_HOME/bin/jconsole.
When the "new connection" window is displayed, either connect
to the local process (if jconsole was started on the same host as the server) or
use the remote process connection.
By default the "overview" tab for the VM is displayed. Select
the "MBeans" tab.
You should now see org.apache.ZooKeeperService
on the left hand side. Expand this item and depending on how you've
started the server you will be able to monitor and manage various
service related features.
Logback MBeans _(new in 3.8.0)_
Logback is the default logging backend of ZooKeeper since version 3.8.0.
It can be configured to register JMX MBeans by adding <jmxConfigurator /> to logback.xml. More
information can be found on Logback's website.
Log4j MBeans _(deprecated)_
ZooKeeper will register log4j MBeans if log4j1 is configured as the logging backend of SLF4J.
In the same section along the left hand side you will see
"log4j". Expand that to manage log4j through JMX. Of particular
interest is the ability to dynamically change the logging levels
used by editing the appender and root thresholds. Log4j MBean
registration can be disabled by passing
-Dzookeeper.jmx.log4j.disable=true to the JVM
when starting ZooKeeper. In addition, we can specify the name of
the MBean with the -Dzookeeper.jmx.log4j.mbean=log4j:hierarchy=default
option, in case we need to upgrade an integrated system
using the old MBean name (log4j:hierarchy = default).
ZooKeeper MBean Reference
Replicated Ensemble MBeans
This table details JMX for a server participating in a
replicated ZooKeeper ensemble (i.e. not standalone). This is the
typical case for a production environment.
| MBean | MBean Object Name | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Quorum | ReplicatedServer_id<#> |
Represents the Quorum, or Ensemble — parent of all cluster members. Note that the object name includes the "myid" of the server (name suffix) that your JMX agent has connected to. |
| LocalPeer/RemotePeer | replica.<#> |
Represents a local or remote peer (i.e. server participating in the ensemble). Note that the object name includes the "myid" of the server (name suffix). |
| LeaderElection | LeaderElection |
Represents a ZooKeeper cluster leader election which is in progress. Provides information about the election, such as when it started. |
| Leader | Leader |
Indicates that the parent replica is the leader and provides attributes/operations for that server. Note that Leader is a subclass of ZooKeeperServer, so it provides all of the information normally associated with a ZooKeeperServer node. |
| Follower | Follower |
Indicates that the parent replica is a follower and provides attributes/operations for that server. Note that Follower is a subclass of ZooKeeperServer, so it provides all of the information normally associated with a ZooKeeperServer node. |
| DataTree | InMemoryDataTree |
Statistics on the in-memory znode database, also operations to access finer (and more computationally intensive) statistics on the data (such as ephemeral count). InMemoryDataTrees are children of ZooKeeperServer nodes. |
| ServerCnxn | <session_id> |
Statistics on each client connection, also operations on those connections (such as termination). Note the object name is the session id of the connection in hex form. |
Standalone Server MBeans
This table details JMX for a standalone server. Standalone is typically
only used in development situations.
| MBean | MBean Object Name | Description |
|---|---|---|
| ZooKeeperServer | StandaloneServer_port<#> |
Statistics on the running server, also operations to reset these attributes. Note that the object name includes the client port of the server (name suffix). |
| DataTree | InMemoryDataTree |
Statistics on the in-memory znode database, also operations to access finer (and more computationally intensive) statistics on the data (such as ephemeral count). |
| ServerCnxn | <session_id> |
Statistics on each client connection, also operations on those connections (such as termination). Note the object name is the session id of the connection in hex form. |
Zookeeper Website App Pages Docs Docs Mdx Admin Ops Meta.Json (`zookeeper-website/app/pages/_docs/docs/_mdx/admin-ops/meta.json`)
{
"title": "Admin & Ops",
"pages": [
"administrators-guide",
"quota-guide",
"snapshot-and-restore-guide",
"jmx",
"quorums",
"observers-guide",
"dynamic-reconfiguration",
"cli",
"tools",
"monitor-and-audit-logs"
]
}
Zookeeper Website App Pages Docs Docs Mdx Admin Ops Monitor And Audit Logs (`zookeeper-website/app/pages/_docs/docs/_mdx/admin-ops/monitor-and-audit-logs.mdx`)
title: "Monitor & Audit Logs"
New Metrics System
The New Metrics System has been available since 3.6.0. It provides rich metrics covering
znodes, network, disk, quorum, leader election, clients, security, failures, watches/sessions,
request processors, and more.
Metrics
All available metrics are defined in ServerMetrics.java.
Configuring the Metrics Provider
Enable the Prometheus MetricsProvider by adding the following to zoo.cfg:
metricsProvider.className=org.apache.zookeeper.metrics.prometheus.PrometheusMetricsProviderThe HTTP port for Prometheus metrics scraping can be configured with (default is 7000):
metricsProvider.httpPort=7000Enabling HTTPS for Prometheus Metrics
ZooKeeper supports SSL for the Prometheus metrics endpoint to provide secure data transmission.
Define the HTTPS port:
metricsProvider.httpsPort=4443Configure the SSL key store (holds the server's private key and certificate):
metricsProvider.ssl.keyStore.location=/path/to/keystore.jks
metricsProvider.ssl.keyStore.password=your_keystore_password
metricsProvider.ssl.keyStore.type=jks # Default is JKSConfigure the SSL trust store (used to verify client certificates):
metricsProvider.ssl.trustStore.location=/path/to/truststore.jks
metricsProvider.ssl.trustStore.password=your_truststore_password
metricsProvider.ssl.trustStore.type=jks # Default is JKSmetricsProvider.httpPort=7000
metricsProvider.httpsPort=4443Restricting TLS Protocols and Cipher Suites
You can restrict the TLS versions and cipher suites used by the Prometheus MetricsProvider. Add the following to zoo.cfg:
metricsProvider.ssl.enabledProtocols=TLSv1.2,TLSv1.3
metricsProvider.ssl.ciphersuites=TLS_AES_128_GCM_SHA256,TLS_AES_256_GCM_SHA384,TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256,TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256,TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384,TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384To verify, raise the log level of PrometheusMetricsProvider to DEBUG and confirm these entries appear in the logs:
INFO [main:o.a.z.m.p.PrometheusMetricsProvider] - Setting enabled protocols: 'TLSv1.2,TLSv1.3'
INFO [main:o.a.z.m.p.PrometheusMetricsProvider] - Setting enabled cipherSuites: 'TLS_AES_128_GCM_SHA256,TLS_AES_256_GCM_SHA384,TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256,TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256,TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384,TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384'Prometheus
Prometheus is the easiest way to ingest and record ZooKeeper metrics.
Install Prometheus from the official download page.
Configure the scraper to target your ZooKeeper cluster endpoints:
cat > /tmp/test-zk.yaml <<EOF
global:
scrape_interval: 10s
scrape_configs:
- job_name: test-zk
static_configs:
- targets: ['192.168.10.32:7000','192.168.10.33:7000','192.168.10.34:7000']
EOFStart Prometheus:
nohup /tmp/prometheus \
--config.file /tmp/test-zk.yaml \
--web.listen-address ":9090" \
--storage.tsdb.path "/tmp/test-zk.data" >> /tmp/test-zk.log 2>&1 &Prometheus will now scrape ZooKeeper metrics every 10 seconds.
Alerting with Prometheus
Read the Prometheus alerting documentation
for alerting principles, and use Prometheus Alertmanager
to receive alert notifications via email or webhook.
The following is a reference alerting rules file for common ZooKeeper metrics. Adjust
thresholds to match your environment.
Validate the rules file with:
./promtool check rules rules/zk.ymlrules/zk.yml:
/* Detailed source-code truncated for AI context efficiency. */Grafana
Grafana has built-in Prometheus support. Add a Prometheus data source with the following settings:
Name: test-zk
Type: Prometheus
Url: http://localhost:9090
Access: proxyDownload and import the default ZooKeeper dashboard template
and customize it to your needs. If you have improvements to share, send them to [email protected].
InfluxDB
InfluxDB is an open source time series database often used to store ZooKeeper metrics.
You can download the open source version or
create a free cloud account. In either case,
configure the Apache ZooKeeper Telegraf plugin
to collect and store metrics from your ZooKeeper clusters. There is also an
Apache ZooKeeper InfluxDB template
that includes Telegraf configuration and a pre-built dashboard to get you started quickly.
JMX
See the JMX guide for details.
Four Letter Words
See the Four Letter Words section in the Administrator's Guide.
Audit Logs
Apache ZooKeeper supports audit logging from version 3.6.0. By default audit logs are disabled.
To enable them, set audit.enable=true in conf/zoo.cfg. Audit logs for client znode operations
are written only on the servers to which a client is connected, as illustrated below.
The audit log captures detailed information for audited operations, written as key=value pairs:
| Key | Value |
|---|---|
session |
Client session ID. |
user |
User associated with the operation. Client znode operations list all authenticated identities, separated by commas. See Who is taken as user in audit logs? |
ip |
Client IP address. |
operation |
The audited operation. Possible values: serverStart, serverStop, login, logout, ticketRenewal, create, delete, setData, setAcl, multiOperation, reconfig, ephemeralZNodeDeleteOnSessionClose. |
znode |
Path of the znode. |
znode type |
Type of the znode (only for create operations). |
acl |
String representation of the znode ACL, e.g. cdrwa (create, delete, read, write, admin). Only logged for setAcl. |
result |
Outcome of the operation: success, failure, or invoked. The invoked result is used for serverStop because the stop is logged before the server has confirmed it actually stopped. |
Sample audit logs for all operations, where the client connected from 192.168.1.2, client
principal is [email protected], and server principal is zookeeper/[email protected]:
/* Detailed source-code truncated for AI context efficiency. */New in 3.10.0: ZooKeeper also logs JAAS login, logout, and Kerberos ticketRenewal
events on clients and servers, including quorum members. These events describe the local
process's JAAS credentials. They do not record incoming client or quorum learner SASL
authentication failures. For DIGEST-MD5, a successful JAAS login loads the credentials;
SASL authentication happens later. Each event contains user, operation, and result,
without a session ID, IP address, or znode path. To enable client audit logs, set-Dzookeeper.audit.enable=true and configure the audit logger in the client JVM.
The user field uses the authenticated Kerberos principal or the DIGEST-MD5 username from the
JAAS subject. If neither is available, ZooKeeper uses the first configured principal in the
JAAS module chain (including the other fallback), then the configured username, then the
OS user. Renewal failures keep the identity from the last successful login.
Each failed cache refresh command or JAAS re-login records a ticketRenewal failure event.
A successful re-login records success; skipped attempts produce no event. The logout
event also covers the logout performed during Kerberos re-login and does not indicate a client
disconnection. Stopping only the refresh thread does not log a logout.
If the audit logger throws RuntimeException or LinkageError during a JAAS operation,
ZooKeeper writes the error to the regular log. These errors do not change the JAAS result.
ZooKeeper retains logger initialization failures and reports the original cause on subsequent
audit calls and server startup. When recording a failed server start, these audit errors do not
change the server's exit code.
Each JVM uses one audit logger. For a custom logger, set zookeeper.audit.impl.class to its fully
qualified class name before the audit provider is first used. An audited client login can select
the logger before an embedded server reads its configuration. A later server configuration
that requests a different logger class fails; configuring the same class again is allowed.
[email protected] operation=login result=success
[email protected] operation=logout result=success
[email protected] operation=ticketRenewal result=success
[email protected] operation=ticketRenewal result=failureAudit Log Configuration
Audit logging is performed using Logback. The following is the default logback configuration
block in conf/logback.xml (the entire block is commented out by default — uncomment it to
activate audit logging):
Modify this configuration to customize the audit log filename, number of backup files,
maximum file size, or to use a custom audit logger.
Who is Taken as User in Audit Logs?
There are four built-in authentication providers:
IPAuthenticationProvider— the authenticated IP address is used as the user.SASLAuthenticationProvider— the client principal is used as the user.X509AuthenticationProvider— the client certificate is used as the user.DigestAuthenticationProvider— the authenticated username is used as the user.
Custom authentication providers can override org.apache.zookeeper.server.auth.AuthenticationProvider.getUserName(String id)
to provide a user name. If a custom provider does not override this method, the value stored inorg.apache.zookeeper.data.Id.id is used as the user. Generally only the user name is stored in
this field, but it is up to the custom provider what they store there.
Not all ZooKeeper operations are initiated by clients — some are performed by the server itself.
For example, when a client session closes, any ephemeral znodes it owned are deleted by the server
directly. These are called system operations. For system operations, the user associated with the
ZooKeeper server principal is logged as the user. For example, if the server principal iszookeeper/[email protected], it becomes the system user:
user=zookeeper/[email protected] operation=serverStart result=successIf there is no user associated with the ZooKeeper server, the OS user who started the server
process is used. For example, if the server was started by root:
user=root operation=serverStart result=successA single client can attach multiple authentication schemes to a session. In that case all
authenticated identities are taken as the user and presented as a comma-separated list. For
example, if a client is authenticated with principal [email protected] and IP 127.0.0.1,
the create operation audit log will be:
session=0x10c0bcb0000 [email protected],127.0.0.1 ip=127.0.0.1 operation=create znode=/a result=successZookeeper Website App Pages Docs Docs Mdx Admin Ops Observers Guide (`zookeeper-website/app/pages/_docs/docs/_mdx/admin-ops/observers-guide.mdx`)
title: "Observers"
Although ZooKeeper performs very well by having clients connect directly
to voting members of the ensemble, this architecture makes it hard to
scale out to huge numbers of clients. The problem is that as we add more
voting members, write performance drops. This is because a write operation
requires the agreement of at least half the nodes in an ensemble, so the
cost of a vote grows significantly as more voters are added.
We have introduced a new type of ZooKeeper node called an Observer which
helps address this problem and further improves ZooKeeper's scalability. Observers
are non-voting members of an ensemble which only hear the results of votes, not the
agreement protocol that leads up to them. Other than this simple distinction,
Observers function exactly the same as Followers — clients may connect to
them and send read and write requests to them. Observers forward these
requests to the Leader like Followers do, but they then simply wait to
hear the result of the vote. Because of this, we can increase the number
of Observers as much as we like without harming vote performance.
Observers have other advantages. Because they do not vote, they are not a
critical part of the ZooKeeper ensemble — they can fail or be
disconnected from the cluster without harming the availability of the
ZooKeeper service. The benefit to the user is that Observers may connect
over less reliable network links than Followers. In fact, Observers may be
used to talk to a ZooKeeper server from another data center. Clients of
an Observer will see fast reads, as all reads are served locally, and
writes result in minimal network traffic since the number of messages
required without the vote protocol is smaller.
How to Use Observers
Setting up a ZooKeeper ensemble that uses Observers requires just two
changes to your config files.
First, in the config file of every node that is to be an Observer, add:
peerType=observerThis tells ZooKeeper that the server is to be an Observer.
Second, in every server config file, append :observer to the server
definition line of each Observer. For example:
server.1=localhost:2181:3181:observerThis tells every other server that server.1 is an Observer and that they
should not expect it to vote. This is all the configuration needed to add
an Observer to your ZooKeeper cluster. You can then connect to it as you
would an ordinary Follower:
$ bin/zkCli.sh -server localhost:2181where localhost:2181 is the hostname and port of the Observer as
specified in every config file. You should see a command line prompt
through which you can issue commands like ls to query the ZooKeeper service.
How to Use Observer Masters
Observers function simply as non-voting members of the ensemble, sharing
the Learner interface with Followers and holding only a slightly different
internal pipeline. Both maintain connections along the quorum port with the
Leader by which they learn of all new proposals on the ensemble.
By default, Observers connect to the Leader along its quorum port to learn of
new proposals. There are benefits to allowing Observers to connect to
Followers instead as a means of plugging into the commit stream. This shifts
the burden of supporting Observers off the Leader, allowing it to focus on
coordinating the commit of writes. The result is better performance when the
Leader is under high load — particularly high network load such as after a
leader election when many Learners need to sync. It also reduces the total
number of network connections maintained on the Leader when there are many
Observers. Activating this feature allows the overall number of Observers to
scale into the hundreds, and improves Observer availability since a large
number of Observers finish syncing and start serving client traffic faster.
This feature is activated by adding the following entry to the server config
file. It instructs Observers to connect to peers (Leaders and Followers) on
the specified port, and instructs Followers to create an ObserverMaster thread
to listen and serve on that port:
observerMasterPort=2191Example Use Cases
Wherever you wish to scale the number of clients of your ZooKeeper ensemble,
or where you wish to insulate the critical part of an ensemble from the load
of dealing with client requests, Observers are a good architectural choice.
Two example use cases are:
- Datacenter bridge: Forming a ZooKeeper ensemble between two datacenters is
problematic because high variance in latency between datacenters can lead to
false-positive failure detection and partitioning. However, if the ensemble runs
entirely in one datacenter and the second datacenter runs only Observers,
partitions are not problematic — the ensemble remains connected. Clients of the
Observers may still see and issue proposals. - Message bus integration: Some use cases call for ZooKeeper as a component of
a persistent reliable message bus. Observers provide a natural integration point:
a plug-in mechanism can attach the stream of proposals an Observer sees to a
publish-subscribe system, without loading the core ensemble.
Zookeeper Website App Pages Docs Docs Mdx Admin Ops Quorums (`zookeeper-website/app/pages/_docs/docs/_mdx/admin-ops/quorums.mdx`)
title: "Quorums"
Hierarchical Quorums
This document gives an example of how to use hierarchical quorums. The basic idea is
very simple. First, we split servers into groups, and add a line for each group listing
the servers that form this group. Next we have to assign a weight to each server.
The following example shows how to configure a system with three groups of three servers
each, and we assign a weight of 1 to each server:
group.1=1:2:3
group.2=4:5:6
group.3=7:8:9
weight.1=1
weight.2=1
weight.3=1
weight.4=1
weight.5=1
weight.6=1
weight.7=1
weight.8=1
weight.9=1When running the system, we are able to form a quorum once we have a majority of votes from
a majority of non-zero-weight groups. Groups that have zero weight are discarded and not
considered when forming quorums. Looking at the example, we are able to form a quorum once
we have votes from at least two servers from each of two different groups.
Oracle Quorum
Oracle Quorum increases the availability of a cluster of 2 ZooKeeper instances with a failure detector known as the Oracle.
The Oracle is designed to grant permission to the instance which is the only remaining instance
in a 2-instance configuration when the other instance is identified as faulty by the failure detector.
The Implementation of the Oracle
Every instance accesses a file which contains either 0 or 1 to indicate whether that instance is authorized by the Oracle.
This design can be changed since failure detector algorithms vary. You can override the askOracle() method in QuorumOracleMaj to adapt a preferred way of reading the Oracle's decision.
Deployment Contexts
The Oracle is designed to increase the availability of a cluster of 2 ZooKeeper instances; thus, the size of the voting member is 2.
In other words, the Oracle solves the consensus problem of a possible faulty instance in a two-instance ensemble.
When the size of the voting members exceeds 2, the expected way to make the Oracle work correctly is to reconfigure the cluster size when a faulty machine is identified.
For example, with a configuration of 5 instances, when a faulty machine breaks the connection with the Leader, a reconfig client request is expected to re-form the cluster as 4 instances.
Once the size of the voting member equals 2, the configuration falls into the problem domain which the Oracle is designed to address.
Configuring the Oracle in `zoo.cfg`
Regardless of the cluster size, oraclePath must be configured at initialization time, like other static parameters.
The following shows the correct way to specify and enable the Oracle:
oraclePath=/to/some/fileQuorumOracleMaj reads the result of a failure detector written to a text file — the oracle file.
Suppose you have the result of the failure detector written to /some/path/result.txt; the correct configuration is:
oraclePath=/some/path/result.txtThe oracle file should contain 1 to authorize the instance, or 0 to deny it. An example file can be created with:
echo 1 > /some/path/result.txtAny equivalent file is suitable for the current implementation of QuorumOracleMaj.
The number of oracle files should equal the number of ZooKeeper instances configured to enable the Oracle.
Each ZooKeeper instance should have its own oracle file — files must not be shared, otherwise the issues described in the Safety section will arise.
Example `zoo.cfg`
dataDir=/data
dataLogDir=/datalog
tickTime=2000
initLimit=5
syncLimit=2
autopurge.snapRetainCount=3
autopurge.purgeInterval=0
maxClientCnxns=60
standaloneEnabled=true
admin.enableServer=true
oraclePath=/chassis/mastership
server.1=0.0.0.0:2888:3888;2181
server.2=hw1:2888:3888;2181Behavior After Enabling the Oracle
QuorumPeerConfig will create an instance of QuorumOracleMaj instead of the default QuorumMaj when it reads an oraclePath in zoo.cfg.QuorumOracleMaj inherits from QuorumMaj and differs from its superclass by overriding containsQuorum().QuorumOracleMaj executes its version of containsQuorum when the Leader loses all of its followers and fails to maintain the quorum.
In all other cases, QuorumOracleMaj behaves identically to QuorumMaj.
Considerations When Using the Oracle
We consider an asynchronous distributed system which consists of 2 ZooKeeper instances and an Oracle.
Liveness Issue
When the Oracle satisfies the following property introduced by ^1:
Strong Completeness: There is a time after which every process that crashes is permanently suspected by every correct process.
Liveness of the system is ensured by the Oracle.
However, when the Oracle fails to maintain this property, loss of liveness is expected. For example:
Suppose we have a Leader and a Follower running in the broadcasting state. The system will lose its liveness when:
- The Leader fails, but the Oracle does not detect the faulty Leader — the Oracle will not authorize the Follower to become a new Leader.
- A Follower fails, but the Oracle does not detect the faulty Follower — the Oracle will authorize the Leader to move the system forward.
Safety Issue
Loss of Progress
Progress can be lost when multiple failures occur in the system at different times. For example:
Suppose we have a Leader (Ben) and a Follower (John) in the broadcasting state:
- T1
zxid(0x1_1): L-Ben fails, and F-John takes over under authorization from the Oracle. - T2
zxid(0x2_1): F-John becomes a new Leader (L-John) and starts a new epoch. - T3
zxid(0x2_A): L-John fails. - T4
zxid(0x2_A): Ben recovers and starts leader election. - T5
zxid(0x3_1): Ben becomes the new Leader (L-Ben) under authorization from the Oracle.
In this case, the system loses its progress after L-Ben initially failed.
However, loss of progress can be prevented by making the Oracle capable of referring to the latest zxid.
When the Oracle can refer to the latest zxid, at T5 zxid(0x2_A), Ben will not complete leader election because the Oracle would not authorize him while John is still known to be ahead.
This trades liveness for safety.
Split Brain Issue
We consider the Oracle satisfies the following property introduced by ^1:
Accuracy: There is a time after which some correct process is never suspected by any process.
The decisions the Oracle gives out must be mutually exclusive.
Suppose we have a Leader (Ben) and a Follower (John) in the broadcasting state:
- At any time, the Oracle will not authorize both Ben and John simultaneously, even if each failure detector suspects the other.
- Equivalently: for any two Oracle files, their values must not both be
1at the same time.
Split brain is expected when the Oracle fails to maintain this property during leader election, which can happen at:
- System start.
- A failed instance recovering from failure.
Examples of Failure Detector Implementations
A failure detector's role is to authorize the querying ZooKeeper instance whether it has the right to move the system forward without waiting for the faulty instance.
Hardware-based Implementation
Suppose two dedicated hardware nodes, hw1 and hw2, host ZooKeeper instances zk1 and zk2 respectively, forming a cluster.
A hardware device attached to both nodes can determine whether each is powered on.
When hw1 is not powered on, zk1 is undoubtedly faulty.
The hardware device then updates the oracle file on hw2 to 1, authorizing zk2 to move the system forward.
Software-based Implementation
Suppose two dedicated hardware nodes, hw1 and hw2, host ZooKeeper instances zk1 and zk2 respectively.
Two services, o1 on hw1 and o2 on hw2, detect whether the other node is alive (for example, by pinging).
When o1 cannot ping hw2, it identifies hw2 as faulty and updates the oracle file of zk1 to 1, authorizing zk1 to move forward.
Using a USB Device as the Oracle
In macOS 10.15.7 (19H2), external storage devices are mounted under /Volumes.
A USB device containing the required oracle file can serve as the Oracle.
When the device is connected, the oracle authorizes the leader to move the system forward.
The following 6 steps demonstrate how this works:
Insert a USB device named
Oracle. The path/Volumes/Oraclewill be accessible.Create a file containing
1under/Volumes/Oraclenamedmastership:bashecho 1 > mastershipThe path
/Volumes/Oracle/mastershipis now accessible to ZooKeeper instances.Create a
zoo.cfglike the following:textdataDir=/data dataLogDir=/datalog tickTime=2000 initLimit=5 syncLimit=2 autopurge.snapRetainCount=3 autopurge.purgeInterval=0 maxClientCnxns=60 standaloneEnabled=true admin.enableServer=true oraclePath=/Volumes/Oracle/mastership server.1=0.0.0.0:2888:3888;2181 server.2=hw1:2888:3888;2181Note: Split brain will not occur here because there is only a single USB device.
mastershipmust not be shared by multiple instances — only one ZooKeeper instance should be configured with Oracle. See the Safety Issue section for details.Start the cluster. It should form a quorum normally.
Terminate the instance that is either not attached to a USB device or whose
mastershipfile contains0. Two scenarios are expected:- A leader failure occurs, and the remaining instance completes leader election on its own via the Oracle.
- The quorum is maintained via the Oracle.
Remove the USB device.
/Volumes/Oracle/mastershipbecomes unavailable. According to the current implementation, whenever the Leader queries the oracle and the file is missing, the oracle throws an exception and returnsfalse. Repeating step 5 will result in either the system being unable to recover from a leader failure, or the leader losing the quorum and service being interrupted.
With these steps, you can observe and practice how the Oracle works with a two-instance system.
Reference
^1: Tushar Deepak Chandra and Sam Toueg. 1991. Unreliable failure detectors for asynchronous systems (preliminary version). In Proceedings of the tenth annual ACM symposium on Principles of distributed computing (PODC '91). Association for Computing Machinery, New York, NY, USA, 325–340. DOI:10.1145/112600.112627
Zookeeper Website App Pages Docs Docs Mdx Admin Ops Quota Guide (`zookeeper-website/app/pages/_docs/docs/_mdx/admin-ops/quota-guide.mdx`)
title: "Quota Guide"
ZooKeeper prints WARN messages if users exceed the quota assigned to them. The messages
are printed in the log of the ZooKeeper.
Notice: What the namespace quota means is the count quota which limits the number of children
under the path (included itself).
$ bin/zkCli.sh -server host:portThe above command gives you a command line option of using quotas.
Setting Quotas
You can use
setquotato set a quota on a ZooKeeper node. It has an option of setting quota with-n(for namespace/count) and-b(for bytes/data length).The ZooKeeper quota is stored in ZooKeeper itself in /zookeeper/quota. To disable other people from
changing the quotas, users can set the ACL for /zookeeper/quota so that only admins are able to read and write to it.If the quota doesn't exist in the specified path, create the quota, otherwise update the quota.
The scope of the quota users set is all the nodes under the path specified (included itself).
In order to simplify the calculation of quota in the current directory/hierarchy structure, a complete
tree path (from root to leaf node) can be set only one quota. In the situation when setting a quota in
a path which its parent or child node already has a quota,setquotawill reject and tell the specified
parent or child path. Users can adjust allocations of quotas (delete/move-up/move-down the quota)
according to specific circumstances.Combined with the Chroot, the quota will have a better isolation effectiveness between different
applications. For example:bash# Chroot is: 192.168.0.1:2181,192.168.0.2:2181,192.168.0.3:2181/apps/app1 setquota -n 100000 /apps/app1Users cannot set the quota on the path under /zookeeper/quota.
The quota supports soft and hard quotas. The soft quota just logs a warning when exceeding the quota,
but the hard quota also throws aQuotaExceededException. When setting soft and hard quota on the same
path, the hard quota has priority.
Listing Quotas
You can use listquota to list a quota on a ZooKeeper node.
Deleting Quotas
You can use delquota to delete quota on a ZooKeeper node.
Zookeeper Website App Pages Docs Docs Mdx Admin Ops Snapshot And Restore Guide (`zookeeper-website/app/pages/_docs/docs/_mdx/admin-ops/snapshot-and-restore-guide.mdx`)
title: "Snapshot and Restore Guide"
ZooKeeper is designed to withstand machine failures. A ZooKeeper cluster can automatically recover
from temporary failures such as machine reboots, and can tolerate up to (N-1)/2 permanent failures
for a cluster of N members due to hardware failures or disk corruption. When a member permanently
fails, it loses access to the cluster. If the cluster permanently loses more than (N-1)/2 members,
it disastrously fails and loses quorum. Once quorum is lost, the cluster cannot reach consensus and
therefore cannot continue to accept updates.
To recover from such disastrous failures, ZooKeeper provides snapshot and restore functionalities to
restore a cluster from a snapshot.
Key characteristics of snapshot and restore:
- They operate on the connected server via Admin Server APIs.
- They are rate-limited to protect the server from being overloaded.
- They require authentication and authorization on the root path with ALL permission. The supported
auth schemes are digest, x509, and IP.
Snapshot
Recovering a cluster needs a snapshot from a ZooKeeper cluster. Users can periodically take
snapshots from a live server which has the highest zxid and stream out data to local or external
storage/file system (e.g., S3).
# Takes a snapshot from the connected server. Rate-limited to once every 5 minutes by default.
curl -H 'Authorization: digest root:root_passwd' \
http://hostname:adminPort/commands/snapshot?streaming=true \
--output snapshotFileNameRestore
Restoring a cluster needs a single snapshot as input stream. Restore can be used for recovering a
cluster after quorum loss or for building a brand-new cluster with seed data.
All members should restore using the same snapshot. The recommended steps are:
# Restores the db of the connected server from a snapshot input stream. Rate-limited to once every 5 minutes by default.
curl -H 'Content-Type: application/octet-stream' \
-H 'Authorization: digest root:root_passwd' \
-X POST http://hostname:adminPort/commands/restore \
--data-binary "@snapshotFileName"Zookeeper Website App Pages Docs Docs Mdx Admin Ops Tools (`zookeeper-website/app/pages/_docs/docs/_mdx/admin-ops/tools.mdx`)
title: "Tools"
Scripts
zkServer.sh
Manage the ZooKeeper server process.
# start the server
./zkServer.sh start
# start the server in the foreground (useful for debugging)
./zkServer.sh start-foreground
# stop the server
./zkServer.sh stop
# restart the server
./zkServer.sh restart
# show the status, mode, and role of the server
./zkServer.sh status
JMX enabled by default
Using config: /data/software/zookeeper/conf/zoo.cfg
Mode: standalone
# print the startup parameters
./zkServer.sh print-cmd
# show the ZooKeeper server version
./zkServer.sh version
Apache ZooKeeper, version 3.6.0-SNAPSHOT 06/11/2019 05:39 GMTThe status command establishes a client connection to execute diagnostic commands.
When the ZooKeeper cluster is started in TLS-only mode (by omitting clientPort fromzoo.cfg), additional SSL configuration must be provided:
CLIENT_JVMFLAGS="-Dzookeeper.clientCnxnSocket=org.apache.zookeeper.ClientCnxnSocketNetty \
-Dzookeeper.ssl.trustStore.location=/tmp/clienttrust.jks \
-Dzookeeper.ssl.trustStore.password=password \
-Dzookeeper.ssl.keyStore.location=/tmp/client.jks \
-Dzookeeper.ssl.keyStore.password=password \
-Dzookeeper.client.secure=true" \
./zkServer.sh statuszkCli.sh
See ZooKeeper CLI.
zkEnv.sh
Sets environment variables for ZooKeeper scripts. Values can be provided in
the environment or in conf/java.env, whose values take precedence. Key
variables:
ZOO_LOG_DIR— the directory where logs are stored.ZK_SERVER_HEAP— configures the server maximum heap in MiB.SERVER_JVMFLAGS— additional JVM options for the server.ZK_CLIENT_HEAP— configures the client maximum heap in MiB.CLIENT_JVMFLAGS— additional JVM options for clients.
Heap settings produce the following JVM options:
| Heap setting | Server result | Client result |
|---|---|---|
| Unset | -Xmx1000m |
-Xmx256m |
| Positive integer | -Xmx<number>m |
-Xmx<number>m |
omit |
No -Xmx generated by ZooKeeper |
No -Xmx generated by ZooKeeper |
Unless the heap setting is omit, ZooKeeper prepends the generated -Xmx
option to any options provided in the corresponding *_JVMFLAGS variable.
The server and client settings are independent. Setting either heap variable toomit skips only the -Xmx option ZooKeeper would otherwise generate from the
corresponding heap setting. It does not remove or override options in the corresponding*_JVMFLAGS variable, including an explicitly supplied -Xmx option.
Use omit when heap-related JVM options should be configured manually. For
example, a containerized server can use a percentage of the available memory:
ZK_SERVER_HEAP=omit \
SERVER_JVMFLAGS="-XX:InitialRAMPercentage=25 -XX:MaxRAMPercentage=75" \
./zkServer.sh startIt can also be used to provide an -Xmx value directly:
ZK_SERVER_HEAP=omit \
SERVER_JVMFLAGS="-Xmx2g" \
./zkServer.sh startzkCleanup.sh
Clean up old snapshots and transaction logs.
# Usage: ./zkCleanup.sh dataLogDir [snapDir] -n count
# dataLogDir -- path to the transaction log directory
# snapDir -- path to the snapshot directory (optional)
# count -- number of recent snaps/logs to keep (must be >= 3)
# Keep the latest 5 logs and snapshots
./zkCleanup.sh -n 5zkTxnLogToolkit.sh
Dump and recover transaction log files with broken CRC entries.
$ bin/zkTxnLogToolkit.sh
usage: TxnLogToolkit [-dhrv] txn_log_file_name
-d,--dump Dump mode. Dump all entries of the log file. (this is the default)
-h,--help Print help message
-r,--recover Recovery mode. Re-calculate CRC for broken entries.
-v,--verbose Be verbose in recovery mode: print all entries, not just fixed ones.
-y,--yes Non-interactive mode: repair all CRC errors without askingThe default behavior is safe — it dumps the entries of the given transaction log file
to the screen (same as -d,--dump):
$ bin/zkTxnLogToolkit.sh log.100000001
ZooKeeper Transactional Log File with dbid 0 txnlog format version 2
4/5/18 2:15:58 PM CEST session 0x16295bafcc40000 cxid 0x0 zxid 0x100000001 createSession 30000
CRC ERROR - 4/5/18 2:16:05 PM CEST session 0x16295bafcc40000 cxid 0x1 zxid 0x100000002 closeSession null
4/5/18 2:16:05 PM CEST session 0x16295bafcc40000 cxid 0x1 zxid 0x100000002 closeSession null
4/5/18 2:16:12 PM CEST session 0x26295bafcc90000 cxid 0x0 zxid 0x100000003 createSession 30000
4/5/18 2:17:34 PM CEST session 0x26295bafcc90000 cxid 0x0 zxid 0x200000001 closeSession null
4/5/18 2:17:34 PM CEST session 0x16295bd23720000 cxid 0x0 zxid 0x200000002 createSession 30000
4/5/18 2:17:34 PM CEST session 0x16295bd23720000 cxid 0x2 zxid 0x200000003 create '/andor,#626262,v{s{31,s{'world,'anyone}}},F,1
EOF reached after 6 txns.In recovery mode (-r,--recover), the original file is left untouched and all transactions
are copied to a new file with a .fixed suffix. CRC values are recalculated; if the calculated
value does not match the original, the new value is used. By default the tool is interactive,
asking for confirmation on each CRC error:
$ bin/zkTxnLogToolkit.sh -r log.100000001
ZooKeeper Transactional Log File with dbid 0 txnlog format version 2
CRC ERROR - 4/5/18 2:16:05 PM CEST session 0x16295bafcc40000 cxid 0x1 zxid 0x100000002 closeSession null
Would you like to fix it (Yes/No/Abort) ?- Yes — write the recalculated CRC to the new file.
- No — copy the original CRC value.
- Abort — abort the operation. The
.fixedfile will not be deleted and may be in a half-complete state.
$ bin/zkTxnLogToolkit.sh -r log.100000001
ZooKeeper Transactional Log File with dbid 0 txnlog format version 2
CRC ERROR - 4/5/18 2:16:05 PM CEST session 0x16295bafcc40000 cxid 0x1 zxid 0x100000002 closeSession null
Would you like to fix it (Yes/No/Abort) ? y
EOF reached after 6 txns.
Recovery file log.100000001.fixed has been written with 1 fixed CRC error(s)Use -v,--verbose to print all records (not just broken ones). Use -y,--yes to fix all
CRC errors automatically without prompting.
zkSnapShotToolkit.sh
Dump a snapshot file to stdout, showing detailed information for each znode.
/* Detailed source-code truncated for AI context efficiency. */zkSnapshotRecursiveSummaryToolkit.sh
Recursively collect and display child count and data size for a selected node.
$ ./zkSnapshotRecursiveSummaryToolkit.sh
USAGE:
SnapshotRecursiveSummary <snapshot_file> <starting_node> <max_depth>
snapshot_file: path to the ZooKeeper snapshot
starting_node: the path in the ZooKeeper tree where traversal begins
max_depth: depth limit for output (0 = no limit; 1 = starting node + direct children;
2 = one more level, etc.). Only affects display, NOT the calculation.# display stats for the root node and 2 levels of descendants
./zkSnapshotRecursiveSummaryToolkit.sh /data/zkdata/version-2/snapshot.fa01000186d / 2
/
children: 1250511
data: 1952186580
-- /zookeeper
-- children: 1
-- data: 0
-- /solr
-- children: 1773
-- data: 8419162
---- /solr/configs
---- children: 1640
---- data: 8407643
---- /solr/overseer
---- children: 6
---- data: 0
---- /solr/live_nodes
---- children: 3
---- data: 0zkSnapshotComparer.sh
Compare two snapshots with configurable thresholds and filters, outputting the delta —
which znodes were added, updated, or deleted. Useful for offline consistency checks and
data trend analysis. Only permanent nodes are reported; sessions and ephemeral nodes are ignored.
Tuning parameters:
--nodes— threshold for number of descendant nodes added/removed.--bytes— threshold for bytes added/removed.
Locating Snapshots
Snapshots are stored in the ZooKeeper data directory
configured in conf/zoo.cfg.
Supported Snapshot Formats
Uncompressed snapshots and compressed formats (snappy, gz) are all supported.
Snapshots in different formats can be compared directly without manual decompression.
Running the Tool
Running the tool with no arguments prints the help page:
usage: java -cp <classPath> org.apache.zookeeper.server.SnapshotComparer
-b,--bytes <BYTETHRESHOLD> (Required) The node data delta size threshold, in bytes, for printing the node.
-d,--debug Use debug output.
-i,--interactive Enter interactive mode.
-l,--left <LEFT> (Required) The left snapshot file.
-n,--nodes <NODETHRESHOLD> (Required) The descendant node delta size threshold, in nodes, for printing the node.
-r,--right <RIGHT> (Required) The right snapshot file.Example command:
./bin/zkSnapshotComparer.sh -l /zookeeper-data/backup/snapshot.d.snappy -r /zookeeper-data/backup/snapshot.44 -b 2 -n 1Example output:
/* Detailed source-code truncated for AI context efficiency. */Interactive Mode
Add -i / --interactive to enter interactive mode:
./bin/zkSnapshotComparer.sh -l /zookeeper-data/backup/snapshot.d.snappy -r /zookeeper-data/backup/snapshot.44 -b 2 -n 1 -iThree navigation options are available:
- Press Enter to print the current depth layer.
- Type a number to jump to and print all nodes at that depth.
- Enter an absolute path (starting with
/) to print the immediate subtree of that node.
Note: only nodes passing the bytes and nodes thresholds are shown.
Press Enter to move to the next depth layer:
Current depth is 0
Press enter to move to print current depth layer;
...
Printing analysis for nodes difference larger than 2 bytes or node count difference larger than 1.
Analysis for depth 0
Node found in both trees. Delta: 2903 bytes, 12 descendantsType a number to jump forward or backward to a specific depth:
Current depth is 1
...
Type a number to jump to and print all nodes at a given depth;
...
3
Printing analysis for nodes difference larger than 2 bytes or node count difference larger than 1.
Analysis for depth 3
Node /zk_test/gz/12345 found in both trees. Delta: 9 bytes, 1 descendants
Node /zk_test/gz/a found only in right tree. Descendant size: 721. Descendant count: 0
Filtered node /zk_test/gz/anotherOne of left size 0, right size 0
Filtered right node /zk_test/gz/b of size 0
Node /zk_test/snappy/anotherTest found in both trees. Delta: 1738 bytes, 2 descendants
Node /zk_test/snappy/test_1 found only in right tree. Descendant size: 344. Descendant count: 3
Node /zk_test/snappy/test_2 found only in right tree. Descendant size: 91. Descendant count: 2
Current depth is 3
...
Type a number to jump to and print all nodes at a given depth;
...
0
Printing analysis for nodes difference larger than 2 bytes or node count difference larger than 1.
Analysis for depth 0
Node found in both trees. Delta: 2903 bytes, 12 descendantsOut-of-range depth is handled gracefully:
Current depth is 1
...
10
Printing analysis for nodes difference larger than 2 bytes or node count difference larger than 1.
Depth must be in range [0, 4]Enter an absolute path to print the immediate subtree of a node:
Current depth is 3
...
Enter an ABSOLUTE path to print the immediate subtree of a node.
/zk_test
Printing analysis for nodes difference larger than 2 bytes or node count difference larger than 1.
Analysis for node /zk_test
Node /zk_test/gz found in both trees. Delta: 730 bytes, 3 descendants
Node /zk_test/snappy found in both trees. Delta: 2173 bytes, 9 descendantsInvalid path and invalid input are handled:
Enter an ABSOLUTE path to print the immediate subtree of a node.
/non-exist-path
Analysis for node /non-exist-path
Path /non-exist-path is neither found in left tree nor right tree.
12223999999999999999999999999999999999999
Input 12223999999999999999999999999999999999999 is not valid. Depth must be in range [0, 4]. Path must be an absolute path which starts with '/'.The tool exits interactive mode automatically when all layers are compared, or press ^C to exit at any time.
Benchmark
YCSB
YCSB (Yahoo Cloud Serving Benchmark) can be used to benchmark ZooKeeper. Follow the steps below to get started.
Start your ZooKeeper ensemble before running any benchmark.
Ensure a JDK and Maven are installed on the machine running the benchmark.
Clone and build the ZooKeeper binding:
git clone http://github.com/brianfrankcooper/YCSB.git
cd YCSB
mvn -pl site.ycsb:zookeeper-binding -am clean package -DskipTestsSee the YCSB README for more details.
Set the following properties in your workload file or via the shell:
zookeeper.connectString— connection string (e.g.127.0.0.1:2181/benchmark)zookeeper.sessionTimeout— session timeout in millisecondszookeeper.watchFlag— enable ZooKeeper watches (trueorfalse, defaultfalse). This measures the effect of watch overhead on read/write performance, not watch notification latency.
./bin/ycsb run zookeeper -s -P workloads/workloadb \
-p zookeeper.connectString=127.0.0.1:2181/benchmark \
-p zookeeper.watchFlag=trueOr set properties directly on the command line (create the /benchmark namespace first using create /benchmark in the CLI):
./bin/ycsb run zookeeper -s -P workloads/workloadb \
-p zookeeper.connectString=127.0.0.1:2181/benchmark \
-p zookeeper.sessionTimeout=30000Load data:
# -p recordcount: number of znodes to insert
./bin/ycsb load zookeeper -s -P workloads/workloadb \
-p zookeeper.connectString=127.0.0.1:2181/benchmark \
-p recordcount=10000 > outputLoad.txtRun the workload (workloadb is recommended as the most representative read-heavy workload):
/* Detailed source-code truncated for AI context efficiency. */zk-smoketest
zk-smoketest provides a simple smoketest client
for a ZooKeeper ensemble. Useful for verifying new, updated, or existing installations.
Testing
Fault Injection Framework
Byteman
Byteman is a tool for tracing, monitoring, and testing Java
application and JDK runtime code. It injects Java code into methods without requiring
recompilation, repackaging, or redeployment — and injection can be performed at JVM startup
or while the application is running. See the Byteman tutorial
for a quick introduction.
# Attach Byteman to 3 ZooKeeper servers at runtime
# (55001/55002/55003 = Byteman ports; 714/740/758 = ZK server PIDs)
./bminstall.sh -b -Dorg.jboss.byteman.transform.all -Dorg.jboss.byteman.verbose -p 55001 714
./bminstall.sh -b -Dorg.jboss.byteman.transform.all -Dorg.jboss.byteman.verbose -p 55002 740
./bminstall.sh -b -Dorg.jboss.byteman.transform.all -Dorg.jboss.byteman.verbose -p 55003 758
# load a fault injection script
./bmsubmit.sh -p 55002 -l my_zk_fault_injection.btm
# unload a fault injection script
./bmsubmit.sh -p 55002 -u my_zk_fault_injection.btmExample 1: Force a leader re-election by rolling over the leader's zxid.
cat zk_leader_zxid_roll_over.btm
RULE trace zk_leader_zxid_roll_over
CLASS org.apache.zookeeper.server.quorum.Leader
METHOD propose
IF true
DO
traceln("*** Leader zxid has rolled over, forcing re-election ***");
$1.zxid = 4294967295L
ENDRULEExample 2: Make the leader drop ping packets to a specific follower. The leader will close
the LearnerHandler for that follower, and the follower will re-enter the quorum.
cat zk_leader_drop_ping_packet.btm
RULE trace zk_leader_drop_ping_packet
CLASS org.apache.zookeeper.server.quorum.LearnerHandler
METHOD ping
AT ENTRY
IF $0.sid == 2
DO
traceln("*** Leader drops ping packet to sid: 2 ***");
return;
ENDRULEExample 3: Make a follower drop ACK packets. This has limited effect during broadcast since
the leader only needs a majority of ACKs to commit a proposal.
cat zk_follower_drop_ack_packet.btm
RULE trace zk.follower_drop_ack_packet
CLASS org.apache.zookeeper.server.quorum.SendAckRequestProcessor
METHOD processRequest
AT ENTRY
IF true
DO
traceln("*** Follower drops ACK packet ***");
return;
ENDRULEJepsen Test
Jepsen is a framework for distributed systems
verification with fault injection. It has been used to verify eventually-consistent databases,
linearizable coordination systems, and distributed task schedulers.
Running the Dockerized Jepsen
is the simplest way to get started.
Installation:
git clone [email protected]:jepsen-io/jepsen.git
cd docker
# initial setup may take a while
./up.sh
# verify one control node and five DB nodes are running
docker ps
CONTAINER ID IMAGE COMMAND CREATED STATUS PORTS NAMES
8265f1d3f89c docker_control "/bin/sh -c /init.sh" 9 hours ago Up 4 hours 0.0.0.0:32769->8080/tcp jepsen-control
8a646102da44 docker_n5 "/run.sh" 9 hours ago Up 3 hours 22/tcp jepsen-n5
385454d7e520 docker_n1 "/run.sh" 9 hours ago Up 9 hours 22/tcp jepsen-n1
a62d6a9d5f8e docker_n2 "/run.sh" 9 hours ago Up 9 hours 22/tcp jepsen-n2
1485e89d0d9a docker_n3 "/run.sh" 9 hours ago Up 9 hours 22/tcp jepsen-n3
27ae01e1a0c5 docker_node "/run.sh" 9 hours ago Up 9 hours 22/tcp jepsen-node
53c444b00ebd docker_n4 "/run.sh" 9 hours ago Up 9 hours 22/tcp jepsen-n4Running the test:
# enter the control container
docker exec -it jepsen-control bash
# run the ZooKeeper test
cd zookeeper && lein run test --concurrency 10
# passing output looks like:
INFO [2019-04-01 11:25:23,719] jepsen worker 8 - jepsen.util 8 :ok :read 2
INFO [2019-04-01 11:25:23,722] jepsen worker 3 - jepsen.util 3 :invoke :cas [0 4]
INFO [2019-04-01 11:25:23,760] jepsen worker 3 - jepsen.util 3 :fail :cas [0 4]
INFO [2019-04-01 11:25:23,791] jepsen worker 1 - jepsen.util 1 :invoke :read nil
INFO [2019-04-01 11:25:23,794] jepsen worker 1 - jepsen.util 1 :ok :read 2
INFO [2019-04-01 11:25:24,038] jepsen worker 0 - jepsen.util 0 :invoke :write 4
INFO [2019-04-01 11:25:24,073] jepsen worker 0 - jepsen.util 0 :ok :write 4
...............................................................................
Everything looks good! ヽ('ー`)ノRead this blog post to learn more
about the Jepsen analysis of ZooKeeper.
Zookeeper Website App Pages Docs Docs Mdx Developer Basic Tutorial (`zookeeper-website/app/pages/_docs/docs/_mdx/developer/basic-tutorial.mdx`)
title: "Basic tutorial"
Introduction
In this tutorial, we show simple implementations of barriers and
producer-consumer queues using ZooKeeper. We call the respective classes Barrier and Queue.
These examples assume that you have at least one ZooKeeper server running.
Both primitives use the following common excerpt of code:
static ZooKeeper zk = null;
static Integer mutex;
String root;
SyncPrimitive(String address) {
if(zk == null){
try {
System.out.println("Starting ZK:");
zk = new ZooKeeper(address, 3000, this);
mutex = new Integer(-1);
System.out.println("Finished starting ZK: " + zk);
} catch (IOException e) {
System.out.println(e.toString());
zk = null;
}
}
}
synchronized public void process(WatchedEvent event) {
synchronized (mutex) {
mutex.notify();
}
}Both classes extend SyncPrimitive. In this way, we execute steps that are
common to all primitives in the constructor of SyncPrimitive. To keep the examples
simple, we create a ZooKeeper object the first time we instantiate either a barrier
object or a queue object, and we declare a static variable that is a reference
to this object. The subsequent instances of Barrier and Queue check whether a
ZooKeeper object exists. Alternatively, we could have the application creating a
ZooKeeper object and passing it to the constructor of Barrier and Queue.
We use the process() method to process notifications triggered due to watches.
In the following discussion, we present code that sets watches. A watch is internal
structure that enables ZooKeeper to notify a client of a change to a node. For example,
if a client is waiting for other clients to leave a barrier, then it can set a watch and
wait for modifications to a particular node, which can indicate that it is the end of the wait.
This point becomes clear once we go over the examples.
Barriers
A barrier is a primitive that enables a group of processes to synchronize the
beginning and the end of a computation. The general idea of this implementation
is to have a barrier node that serves the purpose of being a parent for individual
process nodes. Suppose that we call the barrier node "/b1". Each process "p" then
creates a node "/b1/p". Once enough processes have created their corresponding
nodes, joined processes can start the computation.
In this example, each process instantiates a Barrier object, and its constructor takes as parameters:
- the address of a ZooKeeper server (e.g., "zoo1.foo.com:2181")
- the path of the barrier node on ZooKeeper (e.g., "/b1")
- the size of the group of processes
The constructor of Barrier passes the address of the Zookeeper server to the
constructor of the parent class. The parent class creates a ZooKeeper instance if
one does not exist. The constructor of Barrier then creates a
barrier node on ZooKeeper, which is the parent node of all process nodes, and
we call root (Note: This is not the ZooKeeper root "/").
/**
* Barrier constructor
*
* @param address
* @param root
* @param size
*/
Barrier(String address, String root, int size) {
super(address);
this.root = root;
this.size = size;
// Create barrier node
if (zk != null) {
try {
Stat s = zk.exists(root, false);
if (s == null) {
zk.create(root, new byte[0], Ids.OPEN_ACL_UNSAFE,
CreateMode.PERSISTENT);
}
} catch (KeeperException e) {
System.out
.println("Keeper exception when instantiating queue: "
+ e.toString());
} catch (InterruptedException e) {
System.out.println("Interrupted exception");
}
}
// My node name
try {
name = new String(InetAddress.getLocalHost().getCanonicalHostName().toString());
} catch (UnknownHostException e) {
System.out.println(e.toString());
}
}To enter the barrier, a process calls enter(). The process creates a node under
the root to represent it, using its host name to form the node name. It then wait
until enough processes have entered the barrier. A process does it by checking
the number of children the root node has with "getChildren()", and waiting for
notifications in the case it does not have enough. To receive a notification when
there is a change to the root node, a process has to set a watch, and does it
through the call to "getChildren()". In the code, we have that "getChildren()"
has two parameters. The first one states the node to read from, and the second is
a boolean flag that enables the process to set a watch. In the code the flag is true.
/**
* Join barrier
*
* @return
* @throws KeeperException
* @throws InterruptedException
*/
boolean enter() throws KeeperException, InterruptedException{
zk.create(root + "/" + name, new byte[0], Ids.OPEN_ACL_UNSAFE,
CreateMode.EPHEMERAL);
while (true) {
synchronized (mutex) {
List<String> list = zk.getChildren(root, true);
if (list.size() < size) {
mutex.wait();
} else {
return true;
}
}
}
}Note that enter() throws both KeeperException and InterruptedException, so it is
the responsibility of the application to catch and handle such exceptions.
Once the computation is finished, a process calls leave() to leave the barrier.
First it deletes its corresponding node, and then it gets the children of the root
node. If there is at least one child, then it waits for a notification (obs: note
that the second parameter of the call to getChildren() is true, meaning that
ZooKeeper has to set a watch on the root node). Upon reception of a notification,
it checks once more whether the root node has any children.
/**
* Wait until all reach barrier
*
* @return
* @throws KeeperException
* @throws InterruptedException
*/
boolean leave() throws KeeperException, InterruptedException {
zk.delete(root + "/" + name, 0);
while (true) {
synchronized (mutex) {
List<String> list = zk.getChildren(root, true);
if (list.size() > 0) {
mutex.wait();
} else {
return true;
}
}
}
}Producer-Consumer Queues
A producer-consumer queue is a distributed data structure that groups of processes
use to generate and consume items. Producer processes create new elements and add
them to the queue. Consumer processes remove elements from the list, and process them.
In this implementation, the elements are simple integers. The queue is represented
by a root node, and to add an element to the queue, a producer process creates a new node,
a child of the root node.
The following excerpt of code corresponds to the constructor of the object. As
with Barrier objects, it first calls the constructor of the parent class, SyncPrimitive,
that creates a ZooKeeper object if one doesn't exist. It then verifies if the root
node of the queue exists, and creates if it doesn't.
/**
* Constructor of producer-consumer queue
*
* @param address
* @param name
*/
Queue(String address, String name) {
super(address);
this.root = name;
// Create ZK node name
if (zk != null) {
try {
Stat s = zk.exists(root, false);
if (s == null) {
zk.create(root, new byte[0], Ids.OPEN_ACL_UNSAFE,
CreateMode.PERSISTENT);
}
} catch (KeeperException e) {
System.out
.println("Keeper exception when instantiating queue: "
+ e.toString());
} catch (InterruptedException e) {
System.out.println("Interrupted exception");
}
}
}A producer process calls "produce()" to add an element to the queue, and passes
an integer as an argument. To add an element to the queue, the method creates a
new node using "create()", and uses the SEQUENCE flag to instruct ZooKeeper to
append the value of the sequencer counter associated to the root node. In this way,
we impose a total order on the elements of the queue, thus guaranteeing that the
oldest element of the queue is the next one consumed.
/**
* Add element to the queue.
*
* @param i
* @return
*/
boolean produce(int i) throws KeeperException, InterruptedException{
ByteBuffer b = ByteBuffer.allocate(4);
byte[] value;
// Add child with value i
b.putInt(i);
value = b.array();
zk.create(root + "/element", value, Ids.OPEN_ACL_UNSAFE,
CreateMode.PERSISTENT_SEQUENTIAL);
return true;
}To consume an element, a consumer process obtains the children of the root node,
reads the node with smallest counter value, and returns the element. Note that
if there is a conflict, then one of the two contending processes won't be able to
delete the node and the delete operation will throw an exception.
A call to getChildren() returns the list of children in lexicographic order.
As lexicographic order does not necessarily follow the numerical order of the counter
values, we need to decide which element is the smallest. To decide which one has
the smallest counter value, we traverse the list, and remove the prefix "element"
from each one.
/**
* Remove first element from the queue.
*
* @return
* @throws KeeperException
* @throws InterruptedException
*/
int consume() throws KeeperException, InterruptedException{
int retvalue = -1;
Stat stat = null;
// Get the first element available
while (true) {
synchronized (mutex) {
List<String> list = zk.getChildren(root, true);
if (list.size() == 0) {
System.out.println("Going to wait");
mutex.wait();
} else {
Integer min = new Integer(list.get(0).substring(7));
for(String s : list){
Integer tempValue = new Integer(s.substring(7));
//System.out.println("Temporary value: " + tempValue);
if(tempValue < min) min = tempValue;
}
System.out.println("Temporary value: " + root + "/element" + min);
byte[] b = zk.getData(root + "/element" + min,
false, stat);
zk.delete(root + "/element" + min, 0);
ByteBuffer buffer = ByteBuffer.wrap(b);
retvalue = buffer.getInt();
return retvalue;
}
}
}
}
}Complete example
In the following section you can find a complete command line application to demonstrate the above mentioned
recipes. Use the following command to run it.
ZOOBINDIR="[path_to_distro]/bin"
. "$ZOOBINDIR"/zkEnv.sh
java SyncPrimitive [Test Type] [ZK server] [No of elements] [Client type]Queue test
Start a producer to create 100 elements
java SyncPrimitive qTest localhost 100 pStart a consumer to consume 100 elements
java SyncPrimitive qTest localhost 100 cBarrier test
Start a barrier with 2 participants (start as many times as many participants you'd like to enter)
java SyncPrimitive bTest localhost 2Source Listing
SyncPrimitive.Java
/* Detailed source-code truncated for AI context efficiency. */Zookeeper Website App Pages Docs Docs Mdx Developer Java Example (`zookeeper-website/app/pages/_docs/docs/_mdx/developer/java-example.mdx`)
title: "Java Example"
A Simple Watch Client
To introduce you to the ZooKeeper Java API, we develop here a very simple
watch client. This ZooKeeper client watches a znode for changes
and responds to by starting or stopping a program.
Requirements
The client has four requirements:
- It takes as parameters:
- the address of the ZooKeeper service
- the name of a znode - the one to be watched
- the name of a file to write the output to
- an executable with arguments.
- It fetches the data associated with the znode and starts the executable.
- If the znode changes, the client re-fetches the contents and restarts the executable.
- If the znode disappears, the client kills the executable.
Program Design
Conventionally, ZooKeeper applications are broken into two units, one which maintains the connection,
and the other which monitors data. In this application, the class called the Executor
maintains the ZooKeeper connection, and the class called the DataMonitor monitors the data
in the ZooKeeper tree. Also, Executor contains the main thread and contains the execution logic.
It is responsible for what little user interaction there is, as well as interaction with the executable program you
pass in as an argument and which the sample (per the requirements) shuts down and restarts, according to the
state of the znode.
The Executor Class
The Executor object is the primary container of the sample application. It contains
both the ZooKeeper object, DataMonitor, as described above in
Program Design.
// from the Executor class...
public static void main(String[] args) {
if (args.length < 4) {
System.err
.println("USAGE: Executor hostPort znode filename program [args ...]");
System.exit(2);
}
String hostPort = args[0];
String znode = args[1];
String filename = args[2];
String exec[] = new String[args.length - 3];
System.arraycopy(args, 3, exec, 0, exec.length);
try {
new Executor(hostPort, znode, filename, exec).run();
} catch (Exception e) {
e.printStackTrace();
}
}
public Executor(String hostPort, String znode, String filename,
String exec[]) throws KeeperException, IOException {
this.filename = filename;
this.exec = exec;
zk = new ZooKeeper(hostPort, 3000, this);
dm = new DataMonitor(zk, znode, null, this);
}
public void run() {
try {
synchronized (this) {
while (!dm.dead) {
wait();
}
}
} catch (InterruptedException e) {
}
}Recall that the Executor's job is to start and stop the executable whose name you pass in on the command line.
It does this in response to events fired by the ZooKeeper object. As you can see in the code above, the Executor passes
a reference to itself as the Watcher argument in the ZooKeeper constructor. It also passes a reference to itself
as DataMonitorListener argument to the DataMonitor constructor. Per the Executor's definition, it implements both these
interfaces:
public class Executor implements Watcher, Runnable, DataMonitor.DataMonitorListener {
...The Watcher interface is defined by the ZooKeeper Java API.
ZooKeeper uses it to communicate back to its container. It supports only one method, process(),
and ZooKeeper uses it to communicates generic events that the main thread would be interested in,
such as the state of the ZooKeeper connection or the ZooKeeper session. The Executor in this example simply
forwards those events down to the DataMonitor to decide what to do with them. It does this simply to illustrate
the point that, by convention, the Executor or some Executor-like object "owns" the ZooKeeper connection, but it is
free to delegate the events to other events to other objects. It also uses this as the default channel on which
to fire watch events. (More on this later.)
public void process(WatchedEvent event) {
dm.process(event);
}The DataMonitorListener
interface, on the other hand, is not part of the ZooKeeper API. It is a completely custom interface,
designed for this sample application. The DataMonitor object uses it to communicate back to its container, which
is also the Executor object. The DataMonitorListener interface looks like this:
public interface DataMonitorListener {
/**
* The existence status of the node has changed.
*/
void exists(byte data[]);
/**
* The ZooKeeper session is no longer valid.
*
* @param rc
* the ZooKeeper reason code
*/
void closing(int rc);
}This interface is defined in the DataMonitor class and implemented in the Executor class.
When Executor.exists() is invoked, the Executor decides whether to start up or shut down per the requirements.
Recall that the requires say to kill the executable when the znode ceases to exist.
When Executor.closing() is invoked, the Executor decides whether or not to shut itself down
in response to the ZooKeeper connection permanently disappearing.
As you might have guessed, DataMonitor is the object that invokes
these methods, in response to changes in ZooKeeper's state.
Here are Executor's implementation ofDataMonitorListener.exists() and DataMonitorListener.closing:
public void exists( byte[] data ) {
if (data == null) {
if (child != null) {
System.out.println("Killing process");
child.destroy();
try {
child.waitFor();
} catch (InterruptedException e) {
}
}
child = null;
} else {
if (child != null) {
System.out.println("Stopping child");
child.destroy();
try {
child.waitFor();
} catch (InterruptedException e) {
e.printStackTrace();
}
}
try {
FileOutputStream fos = new FileOutputStream(filename);
fos.write(data);
fos.close();
} catch (IOException e) {
e.printStackTrace();
}
try {
System.out.println("Starting child");
child = Runtime.getRuntime().exec(exec);
new StreamWriter(child.getInputStream(), System.out);
new StreamWriter(child.getErrorStream(), System.err);
} catch (IOException e) {
e.printStackTrace();
}
}
}
public void closing(int rc) {
synchronized (this) {
notifyAll();
}
}The DataMonitor Class
The DataMonitor class has the meat of the ZooKeeper logic. It is mostly
asynchronous and event driven. DataMonitor kicks things off in the constructor with:
public DataMonitor(ZooKeeper zk, String znode, Watcher chainedWatcher,
DataMonitorListener listener) {
this.zk = zk;
this.znode = znode;
this.chainedWatcher = chainedWatcher;
this.listener = listener;
// Get things started by checking if the node exists. We are going
// to be completely event driven
zk.exists(znode, true, this, null);
}The call to ZooKeeper.exists() checks for the existence of the znode,
sets a watch, and passes a reference to itself (this)
as the completion callback object. In this sense, it kicks things off, since the
real processing happens when the watch is triggered.
The triggering of the watch, on the other hand, sends an event to the Executor object, since
the Executor registered as the Watcher of the ZooKeeper object.
As an aside, you might note that the DataMonitor could also register itself as the Watcher
for this particular watch event. This is new to ZooKeeper 3.0.0 (the support of multiple Watchers). In this
example, however, DataMonitor does not register as the Watcher.
When the ZooKeeper.exists() operation completes on the server, the ZooKeeper API invokes this completion callback on
the client:
public void processResult(int rc, String path, Object ctx, Stat stat) {
boolean exists;
switch (rc) {
case Code.Ok:
exists = true;
break;
case Code.NoNode:
exists = false;
break;
case Code.SessionExpired:
case Code.NoAuth:
dead = true;
listener.closing(rc);
return;
default:
// Retry errors
zk.exists(znode, true, this, null);
return;
}
byte b[] = null;
if (exists) {
try {
b = zk.getData(znode, false, null);
} catch (KeeperException e) {
// We don't need to worry about recovering now. The watch
// callbacks will kick off any exception handling
e.printStackTrace();
} catch (InterruptedException e) {
return;
}
}
if ((b == null && b != prevData)
|| (b != null && !Arrays.equals(prevData, b))) {
listener.exists(b);
prevData = b;
}
}The code first checks the error codes for znode existence, fatal errors, and
recoverable errors. If the file (or znode) exists, it gets the data from the znode, and
then invoke the exists() callback of Executor if the state has changed. Note,
it doesn't have to do any Exception processing for the getData call because it
has watches pending for anything that could cause an error: if the node is deleted
before it calls ZooKeeper.getData(), the watch event set by
the ZooKeeper.exists() triggers a callback;
if there is a communication error, a connection watch event fires when
the connection comes back up.
Finally, notice how DataMonitor processes watch events:
public void process(WatchedEvent event) {
String path = event.getPath();
if (event.getType() == Event.EventType.None) {
// We are are being told that the state of the
// connection has changed
switch (event.getState()) {
case SyncConnected:
// In this particular example we don't need to do anything
// here - watches are automatically re-registered with
// server and any watches triggered while the client was
// disconnected will be delivered (in order of course)
break;
case Expired:
// It's all over
dead = true;
listener.closing(KeeperException.Code.SessionExpired);
break;
}
} else {
if (path != null && path.equals(znode)) {
// Something has changed on the node, let's find out
zk.exists(znode, true, this, null);
}
}
if (chainedWatcher != null) {
chainedWatcher.process(event);
}
}If the client-side ZooKeeper libraries can re-establish the
communication channel (SyncConnected event) to ZooKeeper before
session expiration (Expired event) all of the session's watches will
automatically be re-established with the server (auto-reset of watches
is new in ZooKeeper 3.0.0). See ZooKeeper Watches
in the programmer guide for more on this. A bit lower down in this
function, when DataMonitor gets an event for a znode, it callsZooKeeper.exists() to find out what has changed.
Complete Source Listings
Executor.java
/* Detailed source-code truncated for AI context efficiency. */DataMonitor.java
/* Detailed source-code truncated for AI context efficiency. */Zookeeper Website App Pages Docs Docs Mdx Developer Meta.Json (`zookeeper-website/app/pages/_docs/docs/_mdx/developer/meta.json`)
{
"title": "Developer",
"pages": [
"programmers-guide",
"use-cases",
"java-example",
"basic-tutorial",
"recipes",
"external:API Docs"
]
}
Zookeeper Website App Pages Docs Docs Mdx Developer Recipes (`zookeeper-website/app/pages/_docs/docs/_mdx/developer/recipes.mdx`)
title: "Recipes and Solutions"
A Guide to Creating Higher-level Constructs with ZooKeeper
In this article, you'll find guidelines for using
ZooKeeper to implement higher order functions. All of them are conventions
implemented at the client and do not require special support from
ZooKeeper. Hopefully the community will capture these conventions in client-side libraries
to ease their use and to encourage standardization.
One of the most interesting things about ZooKeeper is that even
though ZooKeeper uses asynchronous notifications, you
can use it to build synchronous consistency
primitives, such as queues and locks. As you will see, this is possible
because ZooKeeper imposes an overall order on updates, and has mechanisms
to expose this ordering.
Note that the recipes below attempt to employ best practices. In
particular, they avoid polling, timers or anything else that would result
in a "herd effect", causing bursts of traffic and limiting
scalability.
There are many useful functions that can be imagined that aren't
included here - revocable read-write priority locks, as just one example.
And some of the constructs mentioned here - locks, in particular -
illustrate certain points, even though you may find other constructs, such
as event handles or queues, a more practical means of performing the same
function. In general, the examples in this section are designed to
stimulate thought.
Important Note About Error Handling
When implementing the recipes you must handle recoverable exceptions
(see the FAQ). In
particular, several of the recipes employ sequential ephemeral
nodes. When creating a sequential ephemeral node there is an error case in
which the create() succeeds on the server but the server crashes before
returning the name of the node to the client. When the client reconnects its
session is still valid and, thus, the node is not removed. The implication is
that it is difficult for the client to know if its node was created or not. The
recipes below include measures to handle this.
Out of the Box Applications: Name Service, Configuration, Group Membership
Name service and configuration are two of the primary applications
of ZooKeeper. These two functions are provided directly by the ZooKeeper
API.
Another function directly provided by ZooKeeper is group
membership. The group is represented by a node. Members of the
group create ephemeral nodes under the group node. Nodes of the members
that fail abnormally will be removed automatically when ZooKeeper detects
the failure.
Barriers
Distributed systems use barriers
to block processing of a set of nodes until a condition is met
at which time all the nodes are allowed to proceed. Barriers are
implemented in ZooKeeper by designating a barrier node. The
barrier is in place if the barrier node exists. Here's the
pseudo code:
- Client calls the ZooKeeper API's exists() function on the barrier node, with
watch set to true. - If exists() returns false, the
barrier is gone and the client proceeds - Else, if exists() returns true,
the clients wait for a watch event from ZooKeeper for the barrier
node. - When the watch event is triggered, the client reissues the
exists( ) call, again waiting until
the barrier node is removed.
Double Barriers
Double barriers enable clients to synchronize the beginning and
the end of a computation. When enough processes have joined the barrier,
processes start their computation and leave the barrier once they have
finished. This recipe shows how to use a ZooKeeper node as a
barrier.
The pseudo code in this recipe represents the barrier node as
b. Every client process p
registers with the barrier node on entry and unregisters when it is
ready to leave. A node registers with the barrier node via the Enter procedure below, it waits until
x client process register before proceeding with
the computation. (The x here is up to you to
determine for your system.)
| Enter | Leave |
|---|---|
| 1. Create a name n = _b+“/”+_p** | 1. L = getChildren(b, false) |
| 2. Set watch: exists(b + ‘‘/ready’’, true) | 2. if no children, exit |
| 3. Create child: create(n, EPHEMERAL) | 3. if p is only process node in L, delete(n) and exit |
| 4. L = getChildren(b, false) | 4. if p is the lowest process node in L, wait on highest process node in L |
| 5. if fewer children in L thanx, wait for watch event | 5. else **delete(n)**if still exists and wait on lowest process node in L |
| 6. else create(b + ‘‘/ready’’, REGULAR) | 6. goto 1 |
On entering, all processes watch on a ready node and
create an ephemeral node as a child of the barrier node. Each process
but the last enters the barrier and waits for the ready node to appear
at line 5. The process that creates the xth node, the last process, will
see x nodes in the list of children and create the ready node, waking up
the other processes. Note that waiting processes wake up only when it is
time to exit, so waiting is efficient.
On exit, you can't use a flag such as ready
because you are watching for process nodes to go away. By using
ephemeral nodes, processes that fail after the barrier has been entered
do not prevent correct processes from finishing. When processes are
ready to leave, they need to delete their process nodes and wait for all
other processes to do the same.
Processes exit when there are no process nodes left as children of
b. However, as an efficiency, you can use the
lowest process node as the ready flag. All other processes that are
ready to exit watch for the lowest existing process node to go away, and
the owner of the lowest process watches for any other process node
(picking the highest for simplicity) to go away. This means that only a
single process wakes up on each node deletion except for the last node,
which wakes up everyone when it is removed.
Queues
Distributed queues are a common data structure. To implement a
distributed queue in ZooKeeper, first designate a znode to hold the queue,
the queue node. The distributed clients put something into the queue by
calling create() with a pathname ending in "queue-", with the
sequence and ephemeral flags in
the create() call set to true. Because the sequence
flag is set, the new pathname will have the form
path-to-queue-node/queue-X, where X is a monotonic increasing number. A
client that wants to be removed from the queue calls ZooKeeper's getChildren( ) function, with
watch set to true on the queue node, and begins
processing nodes with the lowest number. The client does not need to issue
another getChildren( ) until it exhausts
the list obtained from the first getChildren(
) call. If there are no children in the queue node, the
reader waits for a watch notification to check the queue again.
Priority Queues
To implement a priority queue, you need only make two simple
changes to the generic queue
recipe . First, to add to a queue, the pathname ends with
"queue-YY" where YY is the priority of the element with lower numbers
representing higher priority (just like UNIX). Second, when removing
from the queue, a client uses an up-to-date children list meaning that
the client will invalidate previously obtained children lists if a watch
notification triggers for the queue node.
Locks
Fully distributed locks that are globally synchronous, meaning at
any snapshot in time no two clients think they hold the same lock. These
can be implemented using ZooKeeper. As with priority queues, first define
a lock node.
Clients wishing to obtain a lock do the following:
- Call create( ) with a pathname
of "locknode/guid-lock-" and the sequence and
ephemeral flags set. The guid
is needed in case the create() result is missed. See the note below. - Call getChildren( ) on the lock
node without setting the watch flag (this is
important to avoid the herd effect). - If the pathname created in step 1 has the lowest sequence number suffix, the
client has the lock and the client exits the protocol. - The client calls exists( ) with
the watch flag set on the path in the lock directory with the next
lowest sequence number. - if exists( ) returns null, go
to step 2. Otherwise, wait for a
notification for the pathname from the previous step before going to
step 2.
The unlock protocol is very simple: clients wishing to release a
lock simply delete the node they created in step 1.
Here are a few things to notice:
- The removal of a node will only cause one client to wake up
since each node is watched by exactly one client. In this way, you
avoid the herd effect. - There is no polling or timeouts.
- Because of the way you implement locking, it is easy to see the
amount of lock contention, break locks, debug locking problems,
etc.
Recoverable Errors and the GUID
- If a recoverable error occurs calling create() the
client should call getChildren() and check for a node
containing the guid used in the path name.
This handles the case (noted above) of
the create() succeeding on the server but the server crashing before returning the name
of the new node.
Shared Locks
You can implement shared locks by with a few changes to the lock
protocol:
| Obtaining a read lock: | Obtaining a write lock: |
|---|---|
| 1. Call create( ) to create a node with pathname "guid-/read-". This is the lock node use later in the protocol. Make sure to set both the sequence and ephemeral flags. | 1. Call create( ) to create a node with pathname "guid-/write-". This is the lock node spoken of later in the protocol. Make sure to set both sequence and ephemeral flags. |
| 2. Call getChildren( ) on the lock node without setting the watch flag - this is important, as it avoids the herd effect. | 2. Call getChildren( ) on the lock node without setting the watch flag - this is important, as it avoids the herd effect. |
| 3. If there are no children with a pathname starting with "write-" and having a lower sequence number than the node created in step 1, the client has the lock and can exit the protocol. | 3. If there are no children with a lower sequence number than the node created in step 1, the client has the lock and the client exits the protocol. |
| 4. Otherwise, call exists( ), with watch flag, set on the node in lock directory with pathname starting with "write-" having the next lowest sequence number. | 4. Call exists( ), with watch flag set, on the node with the pathname that has the next lowest sequence number. |
| 5. If exists( ) returns false, goto step 2. | 5. If exists( ) returns false, goto step 2. Otherwise, wait for a notification for the pathname from the previous step before going to step 2. |
| 6. Otherwise, wait for a notification for the pathname from the previous step before going to step 2 |
Notes:
- It might appear that this recipe creates a herd effect:
when there is a large group of clients waiting for a read
lock, and all getting notified more or less simultaneously
when the "write-" node with the lowest
sequence number is deleted. In fact. that's valid behavior:
as all those waiting reader clients should be released since
they have the lock. The herd effect refers to releasing a
"herd" when in fact only a single or a small number of
machines can proceed. - See the note for Locks on how to use the guid in the node.
Revocable Shared Locks
With minor modifications to the Shared Lock protocol, you make
shared locks revocable by modifying the shared lock protocol:
In step 1, of both obtain reader
and writer lock protocols, call getData(
) with watch set, immediately after the
call to create( ). If the client
subsequently receives notification for the node it created in step
1, it does another getData( ) on that node, with
watch set and looks for the string "unlock", which
signals to the client that it must release the lock. This is because,
according to this shared lock protocol, you can request the client with
the lock give up the lock by calling setData() on the lock node, writing "unlock" to that node.
Note that this protocol requires the lock holder to consent to
releasing the lock. Such consent is important, especially if the lock
holder needs to do some processing before releasing the lock. Of course
you can always implement Revocable Shared Locks with Freaking
Laser Beams by stipulating in your protocol that the revoker
is allowed to delete the lock node if after some length of time the lock
isn't deleted by the lock holder.
Two-phased Commit
A two-phase commit protocol is an algorithm that lets all clients in
a distributed system agree either to commit a transaction or abort.
In ZooKeeper, you can implement a two-phased commit by having a
coordinator create a transaction node, say "/app/Tx", and one child node
per participating site, say "/app/Tx/s_i". When coordinator creates the
child node, it leaves the content undefined. Once each site involved in
the transaction receives the transaction from the coordinator, the site
reads each child node and sets a watch. Each site then processes the query
and votes "commit" or "abort" by writing to its respective node. Once the
write completes, the other sites are notified, and as soon as all sites
have all votes, they can decide either "abort" or "commit". Note that a
node can decide "abort" earlier if some site votes for "abort".
An interesting aspect of this implementation is that the only role
of the coordinator is to decide upon the group of sites, to create the
ZooKeeper nodes, and to propagate the transaction to the corresponding
sites. In fact, even propagating the transaction can be done through
ZooKeeper by writing it in the transaction node.
There are two important drawbacks of the approach described above.
One is the message complexity, which is O(n²). The second is the
impossibility of detecting failures of sites through ephemeral nodes. To
detect the failure of a site using ephemeral nodes, it is necessary that
the site create the node.
To solve the first problem, you can have only the coordinator
notified of changes to the transaction nodes, and then notify the sites
once coordinator reaches a decision. Note that this approach is scalable,
but it is slower too, as it requires all communication to go through the
coordinator.
To address the second problem, you can have the coordinator
propagate the transaction to the sites, and have each site creating its
own ephemeral node.
Leader Election
A simple way of doing leader election with ZooKeeper is to use the
SEQUENCE|EPHEMERAL flags when creating
znodes that represent "proposals" of clients. The idea is to have a znode,
say "/election", such that each znode creates a child znode "/election/guid-n_"
with both flags SEQUENCE|EPHEMERAL. With the sequence flag, ZooKeeper
automatically appends a sequence number that is greater than anyone
previously appended to a child of "/election". The process that created
the znode with the smallest appended sequence number is the leader.
That's not all, though. It is important to watch for failures of the
leader, so that a new client arises as the new leader in the case the
current leader fails. A trivial solution is to have all application
processes watching upon the current smallest znode, and checking if they
are the new leader when the smallest znode goes away (note that the
smallest znode will go away if the leader fails because the node is
ephemeral). But this causes a herd effect: upon a failure of the current
leader, all other processes receive a notification, and execute
getChildren on "/election" to obtain the current list of children of
"/election". If the number of clients is large, it causes a spike on the
number of operations that ZooKeeper servers have to process. To avoid the
herd effect, it is sufficient to watch for the next znode down on the
sequence of znodes. If a client receives a notification that the znode it
is watching is gone, then it becomes the new leader in the case that there
is no smaller znode. Note that this avoids the herd effect by not having
all clients watching the same znode.
Here's the pseudo code:
Let ELECTION be a path of choice of the application. To volunteer to
be a leader:
- Create znode z with path "ELECTION/guid-n_" with both SEQUENCE and
EPHEMERAL flags; - Let C be the children of "ELECTION", and i is the sequence
number of z; - Watch for changes on "ELECTION/guid-n_j", where j is the largest
sequence number such that j < i and n_j is a znode in C;
Upon receiving a notification of znode deletion:
- Let C be the new set of children of ELECTION;
- If z is the smallest node in C, then execute leader
procedure; - Otherwise, watch for changes on "ELECTION/guid-n_j", where j is the
largest sequence number such that j < i and n_j is a znode in C;
Notes:
- Note that the znode having no preceding znode on the list of
children do not imply that the creator of this znode is aware that it is
the current leader. Applications may consider creating a separate znode
to acknowledge that the leader has executed the leader procedure. - See the note for Locks on how to use the guid in the node.
Zookeeper Website App Pages Docs Docs Mdx Developer Use Cases (`zookeeper-website/app/pages/_docs/docs/_mdx/developer/use-cases.mdx`)
title: "Use Cases"
- Applications and organizations using ZooKeeper include (alphabetically) ^1.
- If your use case wants to be listed here. Please do not hesitate, submit a pull request or write an email to [email protected],
and then, your use case will be included. - If this documentation has violated your intellectual property rights or you and your company's privacy, write an email to [email protected],
we will handle them in a timely manner.
Free Software Projects
AdroitLogic UltraESB
- Uses ZooKeeper to implement node coordination, in clustering support. This allows the management of the complete cluster,
or any specific node - from any other node connected via JMX. A Cluster wide command framework developed on top of the
ZooKeeper coordination allows commands that fail on some nodes to be retried etc. We also support the automated graceful
round-robin-restart of a complete cluster of nodes using the same framework ^1.
Akka
- Akka is the platform for the next generation event-driven, scalable and fault-tolerant architectures on the JVM.
Or: Akka is a toolkit and runtime for building highly concurrent, distributed, and fault tolerant event-driven applications on the JVM ^1.
Eclipse Communication Framework
- The Eclipse ECF project provides an implementation of its Abstract Discovery services using Zookeeper. ECF itself
is used in many projects providing base functionality for communication, all based on OSGi ^1.
Eclipse Gyrex
- The Eclipse Gyrex project provides a platform for building your own Java OSGi based clouds.
- ZooKeeper is used as the core cloud component for node membership and management, coordination of jobs executing among workers,
a lock service and a simple queue service and a lot more ^1.
GoldenOrb
- massive-scale Graph analysis ^1.
Juju
- Service deployment and orchestration framework, formerly called Ensemble ^1.
Katta
- Katta serves distributed Lucene indexes in a grid environment.
- Zookeeper is used for node, master and index management in the grid ^1.
KeptCollections
github.com/anthonyu/KeptCollections
- KeptCollections is a library of drop-in replacements for the data structures in the Java Collections framework.
- KeptCollections uses Apache ZooKeeper as a backing store, thus making its data structures distributed and scalable ^1.
Neo4j
- Neo4j is a Graph Database. It's a disk based, ACID compliant transactional storage engine for big graphs and fast graph traversals,
using external indices like Lucene/Solr for global searches. - We use ZooKeeper in the Neo4j High Availability components for write-master election,
read slave coordination and other cool stuff. ZooKeeper is a great and focused project - we like! ^1.
Norbert
- Partitioned routing and cluster management ^1.
spring-cloud-zookeeper
- Spring Cloud Zookeeper provides Apache Zookeeper integrations for Spring Boot apps through autoconfiguration
and binding to the Spring Environment and other Spring programming model idioms. With a few simple annotations
you can quickly enable and configure the common patterns inside your application and build large distributed systems with Zookeeper.
The patterns provided include Service Discovery and Distributed Configuration ^38.
spring-statemachine
- Spring Statemachine is a framework for application developers to use state machine concepts with Spring applications.
- Spring Statemachine can provide this feature:Distributed state machine based on a Zookeeper [31,32].
spring-xd
- Spring XD is a unified, distributed, and extensible system for data ingestion, real time analytics, batch processing, and data export.
The project’s goal is to simplify the development of big data applications. - ZooKeeper - Provides all runtime information for the XD cluster. Tracks running containers, in which containers modules
and jobs are deployed, stream definitions, deployment manifests, and the like [30,31].
Talend ESB
- Talend ESB is a versatile and flexible, enterprise service bus.
- It uses ZooKeeper as endpoint repository of both REST and SOAP Web services.
By using ZooKeeper Talend ESB is able to provide failover and load balancing capabilities in a very light-weight manner ^1.
redis_failover
github.com/ryanlecompte/redis_failover
- Redis Failover is a ZooKeeper-based automatic master/slave failover solution for Ruby ^1.
Apache Projects
Apache Accumulo
- Accumulo is a distributed key/value store that provides expressive, cell-level access labels.
- Apache ZooKeeper plays a central role within the Accumulo architecture. Its quorum consistency model supports an overall
Accumulo architecture with no single points of failure. Beyond that, Accumulo leverages ZooKeeper to store and communication
configuration information for users and tables, as well as operational states of processes and tablets ^2.
Apache Atlas
- Atlas is a scalable and extensible set of core foundational governance services – enabling enterprises to effectively and efficiently meet
their compliance requirements within Hadoop and allows integration with the whole enterprise data ecosystem. - Atlas uses Zookeeper for coordination to provide redundancy and high availability of HBase,Kafka [31,35].
Apache BookKeeper
- A scalable, fault-tolerant, and low-latency storage service optimized for real-time workloads.
- BookKeeper requires a metadata storage service to store information related to ledgers and available bookies. BookKeeper currently uses
ZooKeeper for this and other tasks ^3.
Apache CXF DOSGi
- Apache CXF is an open source services framework. CXF helps you build and develop services using frontend programming
APIs, like JAX-WS and JAX-RS. These services can speak a variety of protocols such as SOAP, XML/HTTP, RESTful HTTP,
or CORBA and work over a variety of transports such as HTTP, JMS or JBI. - The Distributed OSGi implementation at Apache CXF uses ZooKeeper for its Discovery functionality ^4.
Apache Drill
- Schema-free SQL Query Engine for Hadoop, NoSQL and Cloud Storage
- ZooKeeper maintains ephemeral cluster membership information. The Drillbits use ZooKeeper to find other Drillbits in the cluster,
and the client uses ZooKeeper to find Drillbits to submit a query ^28.
Apache Druid
- Apache Druid is a high performance real-time analytics database.
- Apache Druid uses Apache ZooKeeper (ZK) for management of current cluster state. The operations that happen over ZK are ^27:
- Coordinator leader election
- Segment "publishing" protocol from Historical and Realtime
- Segment load/drop protocol between Coordinator and Historical
- Overlord leader election
- Overlord and MiddleManager task management
Apache Dubbo
- Apache Dubbo is a high-performance, java based open source RPC framework.
- Zookeeper is used for service registration discovery and configuration management in Dubbo ^6.
Apache Flink
- Apache Flink is a framework and distributed processing engine for stateful computations over unbounded and bounded data streams.
Flink has been designed to run in all common cluster environments, perform computations at in-memory speed and at any scale. - To enable JobManager High Availability you have to set the high-availability mode to zookeeper, configure a ZooKeeper quorum and set up a masters file with all JobManagers hosts and their web UI ports.
Flink leverages ZooKeeper for distributed coordination between all running JobManager instances. ZooKeeper is a separate service from Flink,
which provides highly reliable distributed coordination via leader election and light-weight consistent state storage ^23.
Apache Flume
Flume is a distributed, reliable, and available service for efficiently collecting, aggregating, and moving large amounts
of log data. It has a simple and flexible architecture based on streaming data flows. It is robust and fault tolerant
with tunable reliability mechanisms and many failover and recovery mechanisms. It uses a simple extensible data model
that allows for online analytic application.Flume supports Agent configurations via Zookeeper. This is an experimental feature ^5.
Apache Fluo
- Apache Fluo is a distributed processing system that lets users make incremental updates to large data sets.
- Apache Fluo is built on Apache Accumulo which uses Apache Zookeeper for consensus [31,37].
Apache Griffin
- Big Data Quality Solution For Batch and Streaming.
- Griffin uses Zookeeper for coordination to provide redundancy and high availability of Kafka [31,36].
Apache Hadoop
The Apache Hadoop software library is a framework that allows for the distributed processing of large data sets across
clusters of computers using simple programming models. It is designed to scale up from single servers to thousands of machines,
each offering local computation and storage. Rather than rely on hardware to deliver high-availability,
the library itself is designed to detect and handle failures at the application layer, so delivering a highly-available service on top of a cluster of computers, each of which may be prone to failures.The implementation of automatic HDFS failover relies on ZooKeeper for the following things:
- Failure detection - each of the NameNode machines in the cluster maintains a persistent session in ZooKeeper.
If the machine crashes, the ZooKeeper session will expire, notifying the other NameNode that a failover should be triggered. - Active NameNode election - ZooKeeper provides a simple mechanism to exclusively elect a node as active. If the current active NameNode crashes,
another node may take a special exclusive lock in ZooKeeper indicating that it should become the next active.
- Failure detection - each of the NameNode machines in the cluster maintains a persistent session in ZooKeeper.
The ZKFailoverController (ZKFC) is a new component which is a ZooKeeper client which also monitors and manages the state of the NameNode.
Each of the machines which runs a NameNode also runs a ZKFC, and that ZKFC is responsible for:- Health monitoring - the ZKFC pings its local NameNode on a periodic basis with a health-check command.
So long as the NameNode responds in a timely fashion with a healthy status, the ZKFC considers the node healthy.
If the node has crashed, frozen, or otherwise entered an unhealthy state, the health monitor will mark it as unhealthy. - ZooKeeper session management - when the local NameNode is healthy, the ZKFC holds a session open in ZooKeeper.
If the local NameNode is active, it also holds a special “lock” znode. This lock uses ZooKeeper’s support for “ephemeral” nodes;
if the session expires, the lock node will be automatically deleted. - ZooKeeper-based election - if the local NameNode is healthy, and the ZKFC sees that no other node currently holds the lock znode,
it will itself try to acquire the lock. If it succeeds, then it has “won the election”, and is responsible for running a failover to make its local NameNode active.
The failover process is similar to the manual failover described above: first, the previous active is fenced if necessary,
and then the local NameNode transitions to active state ^7.
- Health monitoring - the ZKFC pings its local NameNode on a periodic basis with a health-check command.
Apache HBase
- HBase is the Hadoop database. It's an open-source, distributed, column-oriented store model.
- HBase uses ZooKeeper for master election, server lease management, bootstrapping, and coordination between servers.
A distributed Apache HBase installation depends on a running ZooKeeper cluster. All participating nodes and clients
need to be able to access the running ZooKeeper ensemble ^8. - As you can see, ZooKeeper is a fundamental part of HBase. All operations that require coordination, such as Regions
assignment, Master-Failover, replication, and snapshots, are built on ZooKeeper ^20.
Apache Helix
- A cluster management framework for partitioned and replicated distributed resources.
- We need a distributed store to maintain the state of the cluster and a notification system to notify if there is any change in the cluster state.
Helix uses Apache ZooKeeper to achieve this functionality ^21.
Zookeeper provides: - A way to represent PERSISTENT state which remains until its deleted
- A way to represent TRANSIENT/EPHEMERAL state which vanishes when the process that created the state dies
- A notification mechanism when there is a change in PERSISTENT and EPHEMERAL state
Apache Hive
- The Apache Hive data warehouse software facilitates reading, writing, and managing large datasets residing in distributed
storage using SQL. Structure can be projected onto data already in storage. A command line tool and JDBC driver are provided to connect users to Hive. - Hive has been using ZooKeeper as distributed lock manager to support concurrency in HiveServer2 [25,26].
Apache Ignite
- Ignite is a memory-centric distributed database, caching, and processing platform for
transactional, analytical, and streaming workloads delivering in-memory speeds at petabyte scale - Apache Ignite discovery mechanism goes with a ZooKeeper implementations which allows scaling Ignite clusters to 100s and 1000s of nodes
preserving linear scalability and performance [31,34].
Apache James Mailbox
- The Apache James Mailbox is a library providing a flexible Mailbox storage accessible by mail protocols
(IMAP4, POP3, SMTP,...) and other protocols. - Uses Zookeeper and Curator Framework for generating distributed unique ID's ^31.
Apache Kafka
- Kafka is a distributed publish/subscribe messaging system
- Apache Kafka relies on ZooKeeper for the following things:
- Controller election
The controller is one of the most important broking entity in a Kafka ecosystem, and it also has the responsibility
to maintain the leader-follower relationship across all the partitions. If a node by some reason is shutting down,
it’s the controller’s responsibility to tell all the replicas to act as partition leaders in order to fulfill the
duties of the partition leaders on the node that is about to fail. So, whenever a node shuts down, a new controller
can be elected and it can also be made sure that at any given time, there is only one controller and all the follower nodes have agreed on that. - Configuration Of Topics
The configuration regarding all the topics including the list of existing topics, the number of partitions for each topic,
the location of all the replicas, list of configuration overrides for all topics and which node is the preferred leader, etc. - Access control lists
Access control lists or ACLs for all the topics are also maintained within Zookeeper. - Membership of the cluster
Zookeeper also maintains a list of all the brokers that are functioning at any given moment and are a part of the cluster ^9.
- Controller election
Apache Kylin
- Apache Kylin is an open source Distributed Analytics Engine designed to provide SQL interface and multi-dimensional analysis (OLAP) on Hadoop/Spark supporting extremely large datasets,
original contributed from eBay Inc. - Apache Kylin leverages Zookeeper for job coordination [31,33].
Apache Mesos
- Apache Mesos abstracts CPU, memory, storage, and other compute resources away from machines (physical or virtual),
enabling fault-tolerant and elastic distributed systems to easily be built and run effectively. - Mesos has a high-availability mode that uses multiple Mesos masters: one active master (called the leader or leading master)
and several backups in case it fails. The masters elect the leader, with Apache ZooKeeper both coordinating the election
and handling leader detection by masters, agents, and scheduler drivers ^10.
Apache Oozie
- Oozie is a workflow scheduler system to manage Apache Hadoop jobs.
- the Oozie servers use it for coordinating access to the database and communicating with each other. In order to have full HA,
there should be at least 3 ZooKeeper servers ^29.
Apache Pulsar
- Apache Pulsar is an open-source distributed pub-sub messaging system originally created at Yahoo and now part of the Apache Software Foundation
- Pulsar uses Apache Zookeeper for metadata storage, cluster configuration, and coordination. In a Pulsar instance:
- A configuration store quorum stores configuration for tenants, namespaces, and other entities that need to be globally consistent.
- Each cluster has its own local ZooKeeper ensemble that stores cluster-specific configuration and coordination such as ownership metadata,
broker load reports, BookKeeper ledger metadata, and more ^24.
Apache Solr
- Solr is the popular, blazing-fast, open source enterprise search platform built on Apache Lucene.
- In the "Cloud" edition (v4.x and up) of enterprise search engine Apache Solr, ZooKeeper is used for configuration,
leader election and more [12,13].
Apache Spark
- Apache Spark is a unified analytics engine for large-scale data processing.
- Utilizing ZooKeeper to provide leader election and some state storage, you can launch multiple Masters in your cluster connected to the same ZooKeeper instance.
One will be elected “leader” and the others will remain in standby mode. If the current leader dies, another Master will be elected,
recover the old Master’s state, and then resume scheduling ^14.
Apache Storm
- Apache Storm is a free and open source distributed realtime computation system. Apache Storm makes it easy to reliably
process unbounded streams of data, doing for realtime processing what Hadoop did for batch processing.
Apache Storm is simple, can be used with any programming language, and is a lot of fun to use! - Storm uses Zookeeper for coordinating the cluster ^22.
Companies
AGETO
- The AGETO RnD team uses ZooKeeper in a variety of internal as well as external consulting projects ^1.
Benipal Technologies
- ZooKeeper is used for internal application development with Solr and Hadoop with Hbase ^1.
Box
- Box uses ZooKeeper for service discovery, service coordination, Solr and Hadoop support, etc ^1.
Deepdyve
- We do search for research and provide access to high quality content using advanced search technologies Zookeeper is used to
manage server state, control index deployment and a myriad other tasks ^1.
- Facebook uses the Zeus ([17,18]) for configuration management which is a forked version of ZooKeeper, with many scalability
and performance en- hancements in order to work at the Facebook scale.
It runs a consensus protocol among servers distributed across mul- tiple regions for resilience. If the leader fails,
a follower is converted into a new leader.
Idium Portal
- Idium Portal is a hosted web-publishing system delivered by Norwegian company, Idium AS.
- ZooKeeper is used for cluster messaging, service bootstrapping, and service coordination ^1.
Makara
- Using ZooKeeper on 2-node cluster on VMware workstation, Amazon EC2, Zen
- Using zkpython
- Looking into expanding into 100 node cluster ^1.
Midokura
- We do virtualized networking for the cloud computing era. We use ZooKeeper for various aspects of our distributed control plane ^1.
- Pinterest uses the ZooKeeper for Service discovery and dynamic configuration.Like many large scale web sites, Pinterest’s infrastructure consists of servers that communicate with
backend services composed of a number of individual servers for managing load and fault tolerance. Ideally, we’d like the configuration to reflect only the active hosts,
so clients don’t need to deal with bad hosts as often. ZooKeeper provides a well known pattern to solve this problem ^19.
Rackspace
- The Email & Apps team uses ZooKeeper to coordinate sharding and responsibility changes in a distributed e-mail client
that pulls and indexes data for search. ZooKeeper also provides distributed locking for connections to prevent a cluster from overwhelming servers ^1.
Sematext
- Uses ZooKeeper in SPM (which includes ZooKeeper monitoring component, too!), Search Analytics, and Logsene ^1.
Tubemogul
- Uses ZooKeeper for leader election, configuration management, locking, group membership ^1.
- ZooKeeper is used at Twitter as the source of truth for storing critical metadata. It serves as a coordination kernel to
provide distributed coordination services, such as leader election and distributed locking.
Some concrete examples of ZooKeeper in action include [15,16]:- ZooKeeper is used to store service registry, which is used by Twitter’s naming service for service discovery.
- Manhattan (Twitter’s in-house key-value database), Nighthawk (sharded Redis), and Blobstore (in-house photo and video storage),
stores its cluster topology information in ZooKeeper. - EventBus, Twitter’s pub-sub messaging system, stores critical metadata in ZooKeeper and uses ZooKeeper for leader election.
- Mesos, Twitter’s compute platform, uses ZooKeeper for leader election.
Vast.com
- Used internally as a part of sharding services, distributed synchronization of data/index updates, configuration management and failover support ^1.
Wealthfront
- Wealthfront uses ZooKeeper for service discovery, leader election and distributed locking among its many backend services.
ZK is an essential part of Wealthfront's continuous deployment infrastructure ^1.
Yahoo!
- ZooKeeper is used for a myriad of services inside Yahoo! for doing leader election, configuration management, sharding, locking, group membership etc ^1.
Zynga
- ZooKeeper at Zynga is used for a variety of services including configuration management, leader election, sharding and more ^1.
[^17]: TANG, C., KOOBURAT, T., VENKATACHALAM, P.,CHANDER, A., WEN, Z., NARAYANAN, A., DOWELL,P., AND KARL, R. Holistic Configuration Management at Facebook. In Proceedings of the 25th Symposium on Operating System Principles (SOSP’15) (Monterey, CA,USA, Oct. 2015).
[^26]: ZooKeeperHiveLockManager implementation in the hive code base
Zookeeper Website App Pages Docs Docs Mdx Miscellaneous Internals (`zookeeper-website/app/pages/_docs/docs/_mdx/miscellaneous/internals.mdx`)
title: "Internals"
Atomic Broadcast
At the heart of ZooKeeper is an atomic messaging system that keeps all of the servers in sync.
Guarantees, Properties, and Definitions
The specific guarantees provided by the ZooKeeper messaging system are:
- Reliable delivery: If a message
mis delivered by one server, messagemwill eventually be delivered by all servers. - Total order: If a message
ais delivered before messagebby one server, messageawill be delivered beforebby all servers. - Causal order: If a message
bis sent after a messageahas been delivered by the sender ofb, messageamust be ordered beforeb. If a sender sendscafter sendingb,cmust be ordered afterb.
The ZooKeeper messaging system also needs to be efficient, reliable, and easy to
implement and maintain. We make heavy use of messaging, so we need the system to
be able to handle thousands of requests per second. Although we can require at
least k+1 correct servers to send new messages, we must be able to recover from
correlated failures such as power outages. When we implemented the system we had
little time and few engineering resources, so we needed a protocol that is
accessible to engineers and is easy to implement. We found that our protocol
satisfied all of these goals.
Our protocol assumes that we can construct point-to-point FIFO channels between
the servers. While similar services usually assume message delivery that can
lose or reorder messages, our assumption of FIFO channels is very practical
given that we use TCP for communication. Specifically we rely on the following property of TCP:
- Ordered delivery: Data is delivered in the same order it is sent and a message
mis delivered only after all messages sent beforemhave been delivered. (The corollary is that if messagemis lost, all messages aftermwill also be lost.) - No message after close: Once a FIFO channel is closed, no messages will be received from it.
FLP proved that consensus cannot be achieved in asynchronous distributed systems
if failures are possible. To ensure that we achieve consensus in the presence of failures
we use timeouts. However, we rely on time for liveness, not for correctness. So,
if timeouts stop working (e.g., skewed clocks) the messaging system may
hang, but it will not violate its guarantees.
When describing the ZooKeeper messaging protocol we will talk of packets,
proposals, and messages:
- Packet: A sequence of bytes sent through a FIFO channel.
- Proposal: A unit of agreement. Proposals are agreed upon by exchanging packets with a quorum of ZooKeeper servers. Most proposals contain messages; however, the NEW_LEADER proposal is an example of a proposal that does not contain a message.
- Message: A sequence of bytes to be atomically broadcast to all ZooKeeper servers. A message is put into a proposal and agreed upon before it is delivered.
As stated above, ZooKeeper guarantees a total order of messages, and it also
guarantees a total order of proposals. ZooKeeper exposes the total ordering using
a ZooKeeper transaction id (zxid). All proposals will be stamped with a zxid when
proposed and exactly reflect the total ordering. Proposals are sent to all
ZooKeeper servers and committed when a quorum of them acknowledge the proposal.
If a proposal contains a message, the message will be delivered when the proposal
is committed. Acknowledgement means the server has recorded the proposal to persistent storage.
Our quorums have the requirement that any pair of quorums must have at least one server
in common. We ensure this by requiring that all quorums have size (n/2+1) where
n is the number of servers that make up a ZooKeeper service.
The zxid has two parts: the epoch and a counter. In our implementation the zxid
is a 64-bit number. We use the high order 32-bits for the epoch and the low order
32-bits for the counter. Because a zxid consists of two parts, it can be represented both as a
number and as a pair of integers, (epoch, count). The epoch number represents a
change in leadership. Each time a new leader comes into power it will have its
own epoch number. We have a simple algorithm to assign a unique zxid to a proposal:
the leader simply increments the zxid to obtain a unique zxid for each proposal.
Leadership activation will ensure that only one leader uses a given epoch, so our
simple algorithm guarantees that every proposal will have a unique id.
ZooKeeper messaging consists of two phases:
- Leader activation: In this phase a leader establishes the correct state of the system and gets ready to start making proposals.
- Active messaging: In this phase a leader accepts messages to propose and coordinates message delivery.
ZooKeeper is a holistic protocol. We do not focus on individual proposals, rather
we look at the stream of proposals as a whole. Our strict ordering allows us to do this
efficiently and greatly simplifies our protocol. Leadership activation embodies
this holistic concept. A leader becomes active only when a quorum of followers
(the leader counts as a follower as well — you can always vote for yourself) has synced
up with the leader: they have the same state. This state consists of all of the
proposals that the leader believes have been committed and the proposal to follow
the leader, the NEW_LEADER proposal. (Hopefully you are thinking:
Does the set of proposals that the leader believes has been committed
include all the proposals that really have been committed? The answer is yes.
Below, we make clear why.)
Leader Activation
Leader activation includes leader election (FastLeaderElection).
ZooKeeper messaging doesn't care about the exact method of electing a leader as long as the following holds:
- The leader has seen the highest zxid of all the followers.
- A quorum of servers have committed to following the leader.
Of these two requirements, only the first — the highest zxid among the followers —
needs to hold for correct operation. The second requirement, a quorum of followers,
just needs to hold with high probability. We are going to recheck the second requirement,
so if a failure happens during or after the leader election and quorum is lost,
we will recover by abandoning leader activation and running another election.
After leader election a single server will be designated as a leader and start
waiting for followers to connect. The rest of the servers will try to connect to
the leader. The leader will sync up with the followers by sending any proposals they
are missing, or if a follower is missing too many proposals, it will send a full
snapshot of the state to the follower.
There is a corner case in which a follower that has proposals, U, not seen
by a leader arrives. Proposals are seen in order, so the proposals of U will have zxids
higher than zxids seen by the leader. The follower must have arrived after the
leader election, otherwise the follower would have been elected leader given that
it has seen a higher zxid. Since committed proposals must be seen by a quorum of
servers, and a quorum of servers that elected the leader did not see U, the proposals
of U have not been committed, so they can be discarded. When the follower connects
to the leader, the leader will tell the follower to discard U.
A new leader establishes a zxid to start using for new proposals by getting the
epoch, e, of the highest zxid it has seen and setting the next zxid to use to be(e+1, 0). After the leader syncs with a follower, it will propose a NEW_LEADER
proposal. Once the NEW_LEADER proposal has been committed, the leader will activate
and start receiving and issuing proposals.
The basic rules of operation during leader activation are:
- A follower will ACK the NEW_LEADER proposal after it has synced with the leader.
- A follower will only ACK a NEW_LEADER proposal with a given zxid from a single server.
- A new leader will COMMIT the NEW_LEADER proposal when a quorum of followers has ACKed it.
- A follower will commit any state it received from the leader when the NEW_LEADER proposal is COMMITted.
- A new leader will not accept new proposals until the NEW_LEADER proposal has been COMMITted.
If leader election terminates erroneously, we don't have a problem since the
NEW_LEADER proposal will not be committed because the leader will not have quorum.
When this happens, the leader and any remaining followers will timeout and go back
to leader election.
Active Messaging
Leader Activation does all the heavy lifting. Once the leader is coronated it can
start blasting out proposals. As long as it remains the leader no other leader can
emerge since no other leader will be able to get a quorum of followers. If a new
leader does emerge, it means that the current leader has lost quorum, and the new
leader will clean up any mess left over during its activation.
ZooKeeper messaging operates similar to a classic two-phase commit.
All communication channels are FIFO, so everything is done in order. Specifically
the following operating constraints are observed:
- The leader sends proposals to all followers using the same order. Moreover, this order follows the order in which requests were received. Because we use FIFO channels this means that followers also receive proposals in order.
- Followers process messages in the order they are received. This means that messages will be ACKed in order and the leader will receive ACKs from followers in order, due to the FIFO channels. It also means that if message
mhas been written to non-volatile storage, all messages that were proposed beforemhave been written to non-volatile storage. - The leader will issue a COMMIT to all followers as soon as a quorum of followers have ACKed a message. Since messages are ACKed in order, COMMITs will be sent by the leader and received by the followers in order.
- COMMITs are processed in order. Followers deliver a proposal message when that proposal is committed.
Summary
Why does it work? Specifically, why does a set of proposals believed by a new leader
always contain any proposal that has actually been committed? First, all proposals have
a unique zxid, so unlike other protocols, we never have to worry about two different
values being proposed for the same zxid; followers (a leader is also a follower) see
and record proposals in order; proposals are committed in order; there is only one active
leader at a time since followers only follow a single leader at a time; a new leader has
seen all committed proposals from the previous epoch since it has seen the highest zxid
from a quorum of servers; any uncommitted proposals from a previous epoch seen by a new
leader will be committed by that leader before it becomes active.
Comparisons
Isn't this just Multi-Paxos? No. Multi-Paxos requires some way of assuring that
there is only a single coordinator. We do not count on such assurances. Instead
we use leader activation to recover from leadership changes or old leaders
believing they are still active.
Isn't this just Paxos? The active messaging phase looks just like phase 2 of Paxos.
Actually, to us active messaging looks just like 2-phase commit without the need to
handle aborts. Active messaging is different from both in the sense that it has
cross-proposal ordering requirements. If we do not maintain strict FIFO ordering of
all packets, it all falls apart. Also, our leader activation phase is different from
both of them. In particular, our use of epochs allows us to skip blocks of uncommitted
proposals and to not worry about duplicate proposals for a given zxid.
Consistency Guarantees
The consistency guarantees of ZooKeeper lie between
sequential consistency and linearizability.
Write operations in ZooKeeper are linearizable. Each write will appear to take effect
atomically at some point between when the client issues the request and receives the
corresponding response. This means that the writes performed by all clients can be totally
ordered in a way that respects their real-time ordering. However, merely stating that writes
are linearizable is meaningless unless we also talk about reads.
Read operations in ZooKeeper are not linearizable since they can return stale data. A read
in ZooKeeper is not a quorum operation — a server will respond immediately to a client
performing a read. ZooKeeper prioritizes performance over consistency for reads. However,
reads are sequentially consistent, because read operations appear to take effect in some
sequential order that respects each client's operation order. A common workaround is to issue
a sync before a read. This too does not strictly guarantee up-to-date data becausesync is not currently a quorum operation.
To illustrate: consider a scenario where two servers simultaneously think they are the leader,
which could occur if the TCP connection timeout is smaller than syncLimit * tickTime. Note
that this is unlikely
to occur in practice, but is worth keeping in mind. Under this scenario, the sync may be
served by the "leader" with stale data, allowing the following read to be stale as well.
The stronger guarantee of linearizability is provided if an actual quorum operation (e.g., awrite) is performed before a read.
Overall, the consistency guarantees of ZooKeeper are formally captured by the notion of
ordered sequential consistency
(OSC(U)), which lies between sequential consistency and linearizability.
Quorums
Atomic broadcast and leader election use the notion of quorums to guarantee a consistent
view of the system. By default, ZooKeeper uses majority quorums, which means that every
voting operation requires a majority to vote. One example is acknowledging a leader proposal:
the leader can only commit once it receives an acknowledgement from a quorum of servers.
If we extract the properties that we really need from our use of majorities, we have that we only
need to guarantee that groups of processes used to validate an operation by voting pairwise
intersect in at least one server. Using majorities guarantees such a property.
However, there are other ways of constructing quorums. For example, we can assign
weights to the votes of servers, and say that the votes of some servers are more important.
To obtain a quorum, we get enough votes so that the sum of weights of all votes is larger
than half of the total sum of all weights.
A different construction that uses weights and is useful in wide-area deployments is a
hierarchical one. With this construction, we split the servers into disjoint groups and
assign weights to processes. To form a quorum, we have to get enough servers from a majority
of groups G, such that for each group g in G, the sum of votes from g is larger than half of
the sum of weights in g. Interestingly, this construction enables smaller quorums. If we have
9 servers split into 3 groups with a weight of 1 each, we are able to form quorums of size 4.
Note that two subsets of processes each composed of a majority of servers from a majority of
groups necessarily have a non-empty intersection. It is reasonable to expect that a majority
of co-locations will have a majority of servers available with high probability.
ZooKeeper provides users with the ability to configure servers to use majority quorums,
weighted quorums, or a hierarchy of groups.
Logging
ZooKeeper uses slf4j as an abstraction layer for logging.
Logback has been chosen as the logging backend since ZooKeeper 3.8.0.
For better embedding support, it is planned in the future to leave the choice of logging
implementation to the end user. Therefore, always use the slf4j API for log statements in code,
but configure Logback for runtime logging behavior.
Note that slf4j has no FATAL level; former FATAL-level messages have been moved to ERROR.
For information on configuring Logback for ZooKeeper, see the
Logging section of the
ZooKeeper Administrator's Guide.
Developer Guidelines
Follow the slf4j manual when creating log statements in
code. Also read the FAQ on logging performance.
Patch reviewers will look for the following:
Logging at the Right Level
There are several log levels in slf4j, in order of decreasing severity:
- ERROR — error events that might still allow the application to continue running.
- WARN — potentially harmful situations.
- INFO — informational messages that highlight the progress of the application at a coarse-grained level.
- DEBUG — fine-grained informational events most useful for debugging.
- TRACE — finer-grained informational events than DEBUG.
ZooKeeper is typically run in production such that INFO and above are output to the log.
Use of Standard slf4j Idioms
Static message logging:
LOG.debug("process completed successfully!");For parameterized messages, use formatting anchors:
LOG.debug("got {} messages in {} minutes", new Object[]{count, time});Naming: Loggers should be named after the class in which they are used.
public class Foo {
private static final Logger LOG = LoggerFactory.getLogger(Foo.class);
public Foo() {
LOG.info("constructing Foo");
}
}Exception handling:
try {
// code
} catch (XYZException e) {
// do this
LOG.error("Something bad happened", e);
// don't do this (generally):
// LOG.error(e);
// the above hides the stack trace
// continue, recover, or rethrow as appropriate
}Zookeeper Website App Pages Docs Docs Mdx Miscellaneous Meta.Json (`zookeeper-website/app/pages/_docs/docs/_mdx/miscellaneous/meta.json`)
{
"title": "Miscellaneous",
"pages": [
"internals",
"Mailing Lists",
"external:Wiki",
"external:FAQ",
"external:All docs for LLMs"
]
}
Zookeeper Website App Pages Docs Docs Mdx Overview Meta.Json (`zookeeper-website/app/pages/_docs/docs/_mdx/overview/meta.json`)
{
"title": "Overview",
"pages": [
"overview",
"quick-start",
"release-notes"
]
}
Zookeeper Website App Pages Docs Docs Mdx Overview Quick Start (`zookeeper-website/app/pages/_docs/docs/_mdx/overview/quick-start.mdx`)
title: "Quick Start"
Coordinating Distributed Applications with ZooKeeper
The document is aimed primarily at developers hoping to try it out, and
contains simple installation instructions for a single ZooKeeper server, a
few commands to verify that it is running, and a simple programming
example. Finally, as a convenience, there are a few sections regarding
more complicated installations, for example running replicated
deployments, and optimizing the transaction log. However for the complete
instructions for commercial deployments, please refer to the ZooKeeper
Administrator's Guide.
Pre-requisites
See System Requirements in the Admin guide.
Download
To get a ZooKeeper distribution, download a recent
stable release from one of the Apache Download
Mirrors.
Standalone Operation
Setting up a ZooKeeper server in standalone mode is
straightforward. The server is contained in a single JAR file,
so installation consists of creating a configuration.
Once you've downloaded a stable ZooKeeper release unpack
it and cd to the root
To start ZooKeeper you need a configuration file. Here is a sample,
create it in conf/zoo.cfg:
tickTime=2000
dataDir=/var/lib/zookeeper
clientPort=2181This file can be called anything, but for the sake of this
discussion call
it conf/zoo.cfg. Change the
value of dataDir to specify an
existing (empty to start with) directory. Here are the meanings
for each of the fields:
- tickTime :
the basic time unit in milliseconds used by ZooKeeper. It is
used to do heartbeats and the minimum session timeout will be
twice the tickTime. - dataDir :
the location to store the in-memory database snapshots and,
unless specified otherwise, the transaction log of updates to the
database. - clientPort :
the port to listen for client connections
Now that you created the configuration file, you can start
ZooKeeper:
bin/zkServer.sh startZooKeeper logs messages using logback — more detail
available in the
Logging
section of the Administrator's Guide. You will see log messages
coming to the console (default) and/or a log file depending on
the logback configuration.
The steps outlined here run ZooKeeper in standalone mode. There is
no replication, so if ZooKeeper process fails, the service will go down.
This is fine for most development situations, but to run ZooKeeper in
replicated mode, please see Running Replicated
ZooKeeper.
Managing ZooKeeper Storage
For long running production systems ZooKeeper storage must
be managed externally (dataDir and logs). See the section on
maintenance for
more details.
Connecting to ZooKeeper
This lets you perform simple, file-like operations.
Once you have connected, you should see something like:
Connecting to localhost:2181
...
Welcome to ZooKeeper!
JLine support is enabled
[zkshell: 0]From the shell, type help to get a listing of commands that can be executed from the client, as in:
[zkshell: 0] help
ZooKeeper -server host:port cmd args
addauth scheme auth
close
config [-c] [-w] [-s]
connect host:port
create [-s] [-e] [-c] [-t ttl] path [data] [acl]
delete [-v version] path
deleteall path
delquota [-n|-b] path
get [-s] [-w] path
getAcl [-s] path
getAllChildrenNumber path
getEphemerals path
history
listquota path
ls [-s] [-w] [-R] path
printwatches on|off
quit
reconfig [-s] [-v version] [[-file path] | [-members serverID=host:port1:port2;port3[,...]*]] | [-add serverId=host:port1:port2;port3[,...]]* [-remove serverId[,...]*]
redo cmdno
removewatches path [-c|-d|-a] [-l]
set [-s] [-v version] path data
setAcl [-s] [-v version] [-R] path acl
setquota -n|-b val path
stat [-w] path
sync pathFrom here, you can try a few simple commands to get a feel for this simple command line interface. First, start by issuing the list command, as
in ls, yielding:
[zkshell: 8] ls /
[zookeeper]Next, create a new znode by running create /zk_test my_data. This creates a new znode and associates the string "my_data" with the node.
You should see:
[zkshell: 9] create /zk_test my_data
Created /zk_testIssue another ls / command to see what the directory looks like:
[zkshell: 11] ls /
[zookeeper, zk_test]Notice that the zk_test directory has now been created.
Next, verify that the data was associated with the znode by running the get command, as in:
[zkshell: 12] get /zk_test
my_data
cZxid = 5
ctime = Fri Jun 05 13:57:06 PDT 2009
mZxid = 5
mtime = Fri Jun 05 13:57:06 PDT 2009
pZxid = 5
cversion = 0
dataVersion = 0
aclVersion = 0
ephemeralOwner = 0
dataLength = 7
numChildren = 0We can change the data associated with zk_test by issuing the set command, as in:
[zkshell: 14] set /zk_test junk
cZxid = 5
ctime = Fri Jun 05 13:57:06 PDT 2009
mZxid = 6
mtime = Fri Jun 05 14:01:52 PDT 2009
pZxid = 5
cversion = 0
dataVersion = 1
aclVersion = 0
ephemeralOwner = 0
dataLength = 4
numChildren = 0
[zkshell: 15] get /zk_test
junk
cZxid = 5
ctime = Fri Jun 05 13:57:06 PDT 2009
mZxid = 6
mtime = Fri Jun 05 14:01:52 PDT 2009
pZxid = 5
cversion = 0
dataVersion = 1
aclVersion = 0
ephemeralOwner = 0
dataLength = 4
numChildren = 0(Notice we did a get after setting the data and it did, indeed, change.
Finally, let's delete the node by issuing:
[zkshell: 16] delete /zk_test
[zkshell: 17] ls /
[zookeeper]
[zkshell: 18]That's it for now. To explore more, see the Zookeeper CLI.
Programming to ZooKeeper
ZooKeeper has a Java bindings and C bindings. They are
functionally equivalent. The C bindings exist in two variants: single
threaded and multi-threaded. These differ only in how the messaging loop
is done. For more information, see the Programming
Examples in the ZooKeeper Programmer's Guide for
sample code using the different APIs.
Running Replicated ZooKeeper
Running ZooKeeper in standalone mode is convenient for evaluation,
some development, and testing. But in production, you should run
ZooKeeper in replicated mode. A replicated group of servers in the same
application is called a quorum, and in replicated
mode, all servers in the quorum have copies of the same configuration
file.
and it is strongly recommended that you have an odd number of
servers. If you only have two servers, then you are in a
situation where if one of them fails, there are not enough
machines to form a majority quorum. Two servers are inherently
less stable than a single server, because there are two single
points of failure.
The required
conf/zoo.cfg
file for replicated mode is similar to the one used in standalone
mode, but with a few differences. Here is an example:
tickTime=2000
dataDir=/var/lib/zookeeper
clientPort=2181
initLimit=5
syncLimit=2
server.1=zoo1:2888:3888
server.2=zoo2:2888:3888
server.3=zoo3:2888:3888The new entry, initLimit is
timeouts ZooKeeper uses to limit the length of time the ZooKeeper
servers in quorum have to connect to a leader. The entry syncLimit limits how far out of date a server can
be from a leader.
With both of these timeouts, you specify the unit of time using
tickTime. In this example, the timeout
for initLimit is 5 ticks at 2000 milliseconds a tick, or 10
seconds.
The entries of the form server.X list the
servers that make up the ZooKeeper service. When the server starts up,
it knows which server it is by looking for the file
myid in the data directory. That file has the
contains the server number, in ASCII.
Finally, note the two port numbers after each server
name: " 2888" and "3888". Peers use the former port to connect
to other peers. Such a connection is necessary so that peers
can communicate, for example, to agree upon the order of
updates. More specifically, a ZooKeeper server uses this port
to connect followers to the leader. When a new leader arises, a
follower opens a TCP connection to the leader using this
port. Because the default leader election also uses TCP, we
currently require another port for leader election. This is the
second port in the server entry.
Please be aware that setting up multiple servers on a single
machine will not create any redundancy. If something were to
happen which caused the machine to die, all of the zookeeper
servers would be offline. Full redundancy requires that each
server have its own machine. It must be a completely separate
physical server. Multiple virtual machines on the same physical
host are still vulnerable to the complete failure of that host.
If you have multiple network interfaces in your ZooKeeper machines,
you can also instruct ZooKeeper to bind on all of your interfaces and
automatically switch to a healthy interface in case of a network failure.
For details, see the Configuration Parameters.
Other Optimizations
There are a couple of other configuration parameters that can
greatly increase performance:
- To get low latencies on updates it is important to
have a dedicated transaction log directory. By default
transaction logs are put in the same directory as the data
snapshots and myid file. The dataLogDir
parameters indicates a different directory to use for the
transaction logs.
Zookeeper Website App Pages Docs Docs Mdx Overview Release Notes (`zookeeper-website/app/pages/_docs/docs/_mdx/overview/release-notes.mdx`)
title: "Release Notes"
Release Notes - ZooKeeper - Version 3.9.5
Sub-task
- ZOOKEEPER-842 - stat calls static method on org.apache.zookeeper.server.DataTree
Bug
- ZOOKEEPER-4736 - socket fd leak
- ZOOKEEPER-4871 - ZooKeeper python module (zkpython) is incompatible with Python 3.12
- ZOOKEEPER-4958 - "ssl.clientHostnameVerification" is ignored if "ssl.authProvider" is configured to "x509"
- ZOOKEEPER-4974 - Remove enforced JDK 17 compilation warnings
- ZOOKEEPER-4984 - Upgrade OWASP plugin to 12.1.6 due to breaking changes in the API
- ZOOKEEPER-4986 - Disable reverse DNS lookup in TLS client and server
- ZOOKEEPER-4989 - Compilation of client on Windows with MSVC is broken
Improvement
- ZOOKEEPER-3938 - Upgrade jline to version 3.x.
- ZOOKEEPER-4955 - Fix interference with jvm ssl properties for ssl.crl and ssl.ocsp
- ZOOKEEPER-4962 - Add getPort and getSecurePort for ZooKeeperServerEmbedded
- ZOOKEEPER-4965 - Drop unnecessary
@SuppressWarnings("deprecation") - ZOOKEEPER-4970 - Deprecate methods of ZKConfig which throw QuorumPeerConfig.ConfigException
Test
- ZOOKEEPER-4780 - Avoid creating temporary files in source directory.
Task
- ZOOKEEPER-4976 - Update Netty to fix CVE-2025-58057
- ZOOKEEPER-5017 - Upgrade Netty to 4.1.130.Final to address CVE-2025-67735
- ZOOKEEPER-5018 - Upgrade Jetty to 9.4.58.v20250814 in order to fix CVE-2025-5115
Release Notes - ZooKeeper - Version 3.9.4
Breaking Changes
ZOOKEEPER-4891 updates logback-classic to 1.3.15 to solve CVE issues and slf4j-api to 2.0.13 to meet the compatibility requirement of logback.
This could cause slf4j to complain "No SLF4J providers were found" and output no further logs in certain conditions:
- For library or client usage, this could happen if you specify and inherit incompatible slf4j and logback versions, say,
slf4j-api:2.0.13fromorg.apache.zookeeper:zookeeperandlogback-classic:1.2.13from customized project dependencies. - For application or deployment usage, this could happen if you custom and inherit incompatible slf4j and logback versions in classpath, say,
slf4j-api:2.0.13from zookeeper distribution andlogback-classic:1.2.13from customization.
This can be resolved by specifying compatible slf4j and logback versions in classpath, say, slf4j-api:2.0.13 and logback-classic:1.3.15.
Bug
- ZOOKEEPER-4020 - Memory leak in Zookeeper C Client
- ZOOKEEPER-4240 - IPV6 support in ZooKeeper ACL
- ZOOKEEPER-4604 - Creating a COMPLETION_STRING_STAT would set acl_result completion
- ZOOKEEPER-4699 - zh->hostname heap-use-after-free in zookeeper_interest
- ZOOKEEPER-4725 - TTL node creations do not appear in audit log
- ZOOKEEPER-4787 - Failed to establish connection between zookeeper
- ZOOKEEPER-4810 - Fix data race in format_endpoint_info()
- ZOOKEEPER-4819 - Can't seek for writable tls server if connected to readonly server
- ZOOKEEPER-4846 - Failure to reload database due to missing ACL
- ZOOKEEPER-4848 - Possible stack overflow in setup_random
- ZOOKEEPER-4858 - Remove the lock contention between snapshotting and the sync operation
- ZOOKEEPER-4872 - SnapshotCommand should not perform fastForwardFromEdits
- ZOOKEEPER-4886 - observer with small myid can't join SASL quorum
- ZOOKEEPER-4889 - Fallback to DIGEST-MD5 auth mech should be disabled in Fips mode
- ZOOKEEPER-4900 - Bump patch release of jetty to include CVE fix for CVE-2024-6763
- ZOOKEEPER-4907 - Shouldn't throw "Len error" when server closing cause confusion
- ZOOKEEPER-4909 - When a spurious wakeup occurs, the client's waiting time may exceed requestTimeout.
- ZOOKEEPER-4919 - ResponseCache supposed to be a LRU cache
- ZOOKEEPER-4921 - Zookeeper Client 3.9.3 Fails to Reconnect After Network Failures
- ZOOKEEPER-4925 - Diff sync introduce hole in stale follower's committedLog which cause data loss in leading
- ZOOKEEPER-4928 - Version in zookeeper_version.h is not updated
- ZOOKEEPER-4933 - Connection throttle exception causing all connections to be rejected
- ZOOKEEPER-4940 - Enabling zookeeper.ssl.ocsp with JRE TLS provider errors out
- ZOOKEEPER-4953 - Fixing Typo In ZooKeeper Programmer's Guide
- ZOOKEEPER-4960 - Upgrade OWASP plugin to 12.1.3 due to recent parsing errors
New Feature
- ZOOKEEPER-4895 - Introduce a helper function for C client to generate password for SASL authentication
Improvement
- ZOOKEEPER-4790 - TLS Quorum hostname verification breaks in some scenarios
- ZOOKEEPER-4852 - Fix the bad "*uuuuu" mark in the ASF license
- ZOOKEEPER-4891 - Update logback to 1.3.15 to fix CVE-2024-12798.
- ZOOKEEPER-4902 - Document that read-only mode also enables isro 4lw
- ZOOKEEPER-4906 - Log full exception details for server JAAS config failure
- ZOOKEEPER-4944 - Cache zookeeper dists for end to end compatibility tests
- ZOOKEEPER-4954 - Use FIPS style hostname verification when no custom truststore is specified
- ZOOKEEPER-4964 - Check permissions individually during admin server auth
Task
- ZOOKEEPER-4897 - Upgrade Netty to fix CVE-2025-24970 in ZooKeeper 3.9.3
- ZOOKEEPER-4959 - Fix license files after logback/slf4j upgrade
Release Notes - ZooKeeper - Version 3.9.3
Bug
- ZOOKEEPER-2332 - Zookeeper failed to start for empty txn log
- ZOOKEEPER-2623 - CheckVersion outside of Multi causes NullPointerException
- ZOOKEEPER-4293 - Lock Contention in ClientCnxnSocketNetty (possible deadlock)
- ZOOKEEPER-4394 - Learner.syncWithLeader got NullPointerException
- ZOOKEEPER-4409 - NullPointerException in SendAckRequestProcessor
- ZOOKEEPER-4508 - ZooKeeper client run to endless loop in ClientCnxn.SendThread.run if all server down
- ZOOKEEPER-4712 - Follower.shutdown() and Observer.shutdown() do not correctly shutdown the syncProcessor, which may lead to data inconsistency
- ZOOKEEPER-4733 - non-return function error and asan error in CPPUNIT TESTs
- ZOOKEEPER-4752 - Remove version files in zookeeper-server/src/main from .gitignore
- ZOOKEEPER-4804 - Use daemon threads for Netty client
- ZOOKEEPER-4814 - Protocol desynchronization after Connect for (some) old clients
- ZOOKEEPER-4839 - When DigestMD5 is used to enable mandatory client authentication, users that do not exist can log in
- ZOOKEEPER-4843 - Encountering an 'Unreasonable Length' error when configuring jute.maxbuffer to 1GB or more
- ZOOKEEPER-4876 - jetty-http-9.4.53.v20231009.jar: CVE-2024-6763(3.7)
New Feature
- ZOOKEEPER-4747 - Java api lacks synchronous version of sync() call
Improvement
- ZOOKEEPER-4850 - Enhance zkCli Tool to Support Reading and Writing Binary Data
- ZOOKEEPER-4851 - Honor X-Forwarded-For optionally in IPAuthenticationProvider
- ZOOKEEPER-4860 - Disable X-Forwarded-For in IPAuthenticationProvider by default
Test
- ZOOKEEPER-4859 - C client tests hang to be cancelled quite often
Task
- ZOOKEEPER-4820 - zookeeper pom leaks logback dependency
- ZOOKEEPER-4868 - Bump commons-io library to 2.14.0
Release Notes - ZooKeeper - Version 3.9.2
Sub-task
- ZOOKEEPER-910 - Use SelectionKey.isXYZ() methods instead of complicated binary logic
- ZOOKEEPER-4728 - Zookeeper cannot bind to itself forever if DNS is not ready when startup
Bug
- ZOOKEEPER-2590 - exists() should check read ACL permission
- ZOOKEEPER-4236 - Java Client SendThread create many unnecessary Login objects
- ZOOKEEPER-4415 - Zookeeper 3.7.0 : The client supported protocol versions [TLSv1.3] are not accepted by server preferences
- ZOOKEEPER-4730 - Incorrect datadir and logdir size reported from admin and 4lw dirs command
- ZOOKEEPER-4785 - Txn loss due to race condition in Learner.syncWithLeader() during DIFF sync
Improvement
- ZOOKEEPER-3486 - add the doc about how to configure SSL/TLS for the admin server
- ZOOKEEPER-4756 - Merge script should use GitHub api to merge pull requests
- ZOOKEEPER-4778 - Patch jetty, netty, and logback to remove high severity vulnerabilities
- ZOOKEEPER-4794 - Reduce the ZKDatabase#committedLog memory usage
- ZOOKEEPER-4799 - Refactor ACL check in addWatch command
- ZOOKEEPER-4801 - Add memory size limitation policy for ZkDataBase#committedLog
Wish
- ZOOKEEPER-4807 - Add sid for the leader goodbye log
Release Notes - ZooKeeper - Version 3.9.1
Improvement
- ZOOKEEPER-4732 - improve Reproducible Builds
- ZOOKEEPER-4753 - Explicit handling of DIGEST-MD5 vs GSSAPI in quorum auth
Task
- ZOOKEEPER-4751 - Update snappy-java to 1.1.10.5 to address CVE-2023-43642
- ZOOKEEPER-4754 - Update Jetty to avoid CVE-2023-36479, CVE-2023-40167, and CVE-2023-41900
- ZOOKEEPER-4755 - Handle Netty CVE-2023-4586
Release Notes - ZooKeeper - Version 3.9.0
Sub-task
- ZOOKEEPER-4327 - Flaky test: RequestThrottlerTest
Bug
- ZOOKEEPER-2108 - Compilation error in ZkAdaptor.cc with GCC 4.7 or later
- ZOOKEEPER-3652 - Improper synchronization in ClientCnxn
- ZOOKEEPER-3908 - zktreeutil multiple issues
- ZOOKEEPER-3996 - Flaky test: ReadOnlyModeTest.testConnectionEvents
- ZOOKEEPER-4026 - CREATE2 requests embedded in a MULTI request only get a regular CREATE response
- ZOOKEEPER-4296 - NullPointerException when ClientCnxnSocketNetty is closed without being opened
- ZOOKEEPER-4308 - Flaky test: EagerACLFilterTest.testSetDataFail
- ZOOKEEPER-4393 - Problem to connect to zookeeper in FIPS mode
- ZOOKEEPER-4466 - Support different watch modes on same path
- ZOOKEEPER-4471 - Remove WatcherType.Children break persistent watcher's child events
- ZOOKEEPER-4473 - zooInspector create root node fail with path validate
- ZOOKEEPER-4475 - Persistent recursive watcher got NodeChildrenChanged event
- ZOOKEEPER-4477 - Single Kerberos ticket renewal failure can prevent all future renewals since Java 9
- ZOOKEEPER-4504 - ZKUtil#deleteRecursive causing deadlock in HDFS HA functionality
- ZOOKEEPER-4505 - CVE-2020-36518 - Upgrade jackson databind to 2.13.2.1
- ZOOKEEPER-4511 - Flaky test: FileTxnSnapLogMetricsTest.testFileTxnSnapLogMetrics
- ZOOKEEPER-4514 - ClientCnxnSocketNetty throwing NPE
- ZOOKEEPER-4515 - ZK Cli quit command always logs error
- ZOOKEEPER-4537 - Race between SyncThread and CommitProcessor thread
- ZOOKEEPER-4549 - ProviderRegistry may be repeatedly initialized
- ZOOKEEPER-4565 - Config watch path get truncated abnormally and fail chroot zookeeper client
- ZOOKEEPER-4647 - Tests don't pass on JDK20 because we try to mock InetAddress
- ZOOKEEPER-4654 - Fix C client test compilation error in Util.cc.
- ZOOKEEPER-4674 - C client tests don't pass on CI
- ZOOKEEPER-4719 - Use bouncycastle jdk18on instead of jdk15on
- ZOOKEEPER-4721 - Upgrade OWASP Dependency Check to 8.3.1
New Feature
- ZOOKEEPER-4570 - Admin server API for taking snapshot and stream out the data
- ZOOKEEPER-4655 - Communicate the Zxid that triggered a WatchEvent to fire
Improvement
- ZOOKEEPER-3731 - Disable HTTP TRACE Method
- ZOOKEEPER-3806 - TLS - dynamic loading for client trust/key store
- ZOOKEEPER-3860 - Avoid reverse DNS lookup for hostname verification when hostnames are provided in the connection url
- ZOOKEEPER-4289 - Reduce the performance impact of Prometheus metrics
- ZOOKEEPER-4303 - ZooKeeperServerEmbedded could auto-assign and expose ports
- ZOOKEEPER-4464 - zooinspector display "Ephemeral Owner" in hex for easy match to jmx session
- ZOOKEEPER-4467 - Missing op code (addWatch) in Request.op2String
- ZOOKEEPER-4472 - Support persistent watchers removing individually
- ZOOKEEPER-4474 - ZooDefs.opNames is unused
- ZOOKEEPER-4490 - Publish Clover results to SonarQube
- ZOOKEEPER-4491 - Adding SSL support to Zktreeutil
- ZOOKEEPER-4492 - Merge readOnly field into ConnectRequest and Response
- ZOOKEEPER-4494 - Fix error message format
- ZOOKEEPER-4518 - remove useless log in the PrepRequestProcessor#pRequest method
- ZOOKEEPER-4519 - Testable interface should have a testableCloseSocket() method
- ZOOKEEPER-4529 - Upgrade netty to 4.1.76.Final
- ZOOKEEPER-4531 - Revert Netty TCNative change
- ZOOKEEPER-4551 - Do not log spammy stacktrace when a client closes its connection
- ZOOKEEPER-4566 - Create tool for recursive snapshot analysis
- ZOOKEEPER-4573 - Encapsulate request bytebuffer in Request
- ZOOKEEPER-4575 - ZooKeeperServer#processPacket take record instead of bytes
- ZOOKEEPER-4616 - Upgrade docker image for the dev environment to resolve CVEs
- ZOOKEEPER-4622 - Add Netty-TcNative OpenSSL Support
- ZOOKEEPER-4636 - Fix zkServer.sh for AIX
- ZOOKEEPER-4657 - Publish SBOM artifacts
- ZOOKEEPER-4659 - Upgrade Commons CLI to 1.5.0 due to OWASP failing on 1.4 CVE-2021-37533
- ZOOKEEPER-4660 - Suppress false positive OWASP failure for CVE-2021-37533
- ZOOKEEPER-4661 - Upgrade Jackson Databind to 2.13.4.2 for CVE-2022-42003 CVE-2022-42004
- ZOOKEEPER-4705 - Restrict GitHub merge button to allow squash commit only
- ZOOKEEPER-4717 - Cache serialize data in the request to avoid repeat serialize.
- ZOOKEEPER-4718 - Removing unnecessary heap memory allocation in serialization can help reduce GC pressure.
Test
- ZOOKEEPER-4630 - Fix the NPE from ConnectionMetricsTest.testRevalidateCount
- ZOOKEEPER-4676 - ReadOnlyModeTest doesn't compile on JDK20 (Thread.suspend has been removed)
Wish
- ZOOKEEPER-3615 - write a TLA+ specification to verify Zab protocol
- ZOOKEEPER-4710 - Fix ZkUtil deleteInBatch() by releasing semaphore after set flag
- ZOOKEEPER-4714 - Improve syncRequestProcessor performance
- ZOOKEEPER-4715 - Verify file size and position in testGetCurrentLogSize.
Task
- ZOOKEEPER-4479 - Tests: C client test TestOperations.cc testTimeoutCausedByWatches1 is very flaky on CI
- ZOOKEEPER-4482 - Fix LICENSE FILES for commons-io and commons-cli
- ZOOKEEPER-4599 - Upgrade Jetty to avoid CVE-2022-2048
- ZOOKEEPER-4641 - GH CI fails with error: implicit declaration of function FIPS_mode
- ZOOKEEPER-4642 - Remove Travis CI
- ZOOKEEPER-4649 - Upgrade netty to 4.1.86 because of CVE-2022-41915
- ZOOKEEPER-4669 - Upgrade snappy-java to 1.1.9.1 (in order to support M1 macs)
- ZOOKEEPER-4688 - Upgrade
cyclonedx-maven-pluginto 2.7.6 - ZOOKEEPER-4700 - Update Jetty for fixing CVE-2023-26048 and CVE-2023-26049
- ZOOKEEPER-4707 - Update snappy-java to address multiple CVEs
- ZOOKEEPER-4709 - Upgrade Netty to 4.1.94.Final
- ZOOKEEPER-4716 - Upgrade jackson to 2.15.2, suppress two false positive CVE errors
Zookeeper Website App Pages Docs Docs Mdx Admin Ops Administrators Guide Administration (`zookeeper-website/app/pages/_docs/docs/_mdx/admin-ops/administrators-guide/administration.mdx`)
title: "Administration"
Maintenance
Little long term maintenance is required for a ZooKeeper
cluster however you must be aware of the following:
Ongoing Data Directory Cleanup
The ZooKeeper Data
Directory contains files which are a persistent copy
of the znodes stored by a particular serving ensemble. These
are the snapshot and transactional log files. As changes are
made to the znodes these changes are appended to a
transaction log. Occasionally, when a log grows large, a
snapshot of the current state of all znodes will be written
to the filesystem and a new transaction log file is created
for future transactions. During snapshotting, ZooKeeper may
continue appending incoming transactions to the old log file.
Therefore, some transactions which are newer than a snapshot
may be found in the last transaction log preceding the
snapshot.
A ZooKeeper server will not remove
old snapshots and log files when using the default
configuration (see autopurge below), this is the
responsibility of the operator. Every serving environment is
different and therefore the requirements of managing these
files may differ from install to install (backup for example).
The PurgeTxnLog utility implements a simple retention
policy that administrators can use. The API docs contains details on
calling conventions (arguments, etc...).
In the following example the last count snapshots and
their corresponding logs are retained and the others are
deleted. The value of <count> should typically be
greater than 3 (although not required, this provides 3 backups
in the unlikely event a recent log has become corrupted). This
can be run as a cron job on the ZooKeeper server machines to
clean up the logs daily.
$ java -cp zookeeper.jar:lib/slf4j-api-1.7.30.jar:lib/logback-classic-1.2.10.jar:lib/logback-core-1.2.10.jar:conf org.apache.zookeeper.server.PurgeTxnLog <dataDir> <snapDir> -n <count>Automatic purging of the snapshots and corresponding
transaction logs was introduced in version 3.4.0 and can be
enabled via the following configuration parameters autopurge.snapRetainCount and autopurge.purgeInterval. For more on
this, see Advanced Configuration.
Debug Log Cleanup (logback)
See the section on logging in this document. It is
expected that you will setup a rolling file appender using the
in-built logback feature. The sample configuration file in the
release tar's conf/logback.xml provides an example of
this.
Supervision
You will want to have a supervisory process that manages
each of your ZooKeeper server processes (JVM). The ZK server is
designed to be "fail fast" meaning that it will shut down
(process exit) if an error occurs that it cannot recover
from. As a ZooKeeper serving cluster is highly reliable, this
means that while the server may go down the cluster as a whole
is still active and serving requests. Additionally, as the
cluster is "self healing" the failed server once restarted will
automatically rejoin the ensemble w/o any manual
interaction.
Having a supervisory process such as daemontools or
SMF
(other options for supervisory process are also available, it's
up to you which one you would like to use, these are just two
examples) managing your ZooKeeper server ensures that if the
process does exit abnormally it will automatically be restarted
and will quickly rejoin the cluster.
It is also recommended to configure the ZooKeeper server process to
terminate and dump its heap if an OutOfMemoryError** occurs. This is achieved
by launching the JVM with the following arguments on Linux and Windows
respectively. The zkServer.sh and
*zkServer.cmd* scripts that ship with ZooKeeper set
these options.
-XX:+HeapDumpOnOutOfMemoryError -XX:OnOutOfMemoryError='kill -9 %p'
"-XX:+HeapDumpOnOutOfMemoryError" "-XX:OnOutOfMemoryError=cmd /c taskkill /pid %%%%p /t /f"Monitoring
The ZooKeeper service can be monitored in one of three primary ways:
- the command port through the use of 4 letter words
- with JMX
- using the
zkServer.sh statuscommand
Logging
ZooKeeper uses SLF4J
version 1.7 as its logging infrastructure. By default ZooKeeper is shipped with
LOGBack as the logging backend, but you can use
any other supported logging framework of your choice.
The ZooKeeper default logback.xml
file resides in the conf directory. Logback requires that
logback.xml either be in the working directory
(the directory from which ZooKeeper is run) or be accessible from the classpath.
For more information about SLF4J, see
its manual.
For more information about Logback, see
Logback website.
Troubleshooting
- Server not coming up because of file corruption :
A server might not be able to read its database and fail to come up because of
some file corruption in the transaction logs of the ZooKeeper server. You will
see some IOException on loading ZooKeeper database. In such a case,
make sure all the other servers in your ensemble are up and working. Use "stat"
command on the command port to see if they are in good health. After you have verified that
all the other servers of the ensemble are up, you can go ahead and clean the database
of the corrupt server. Delete all the files in datadir/version-2 and datalogdir/version-2/.
Restart the server.
Metrics Providers
New in 3.6.0: The following options are used to configure metrics.
By default ZooKeeper server exposes useful metrics using the AdminServer
and Four Letter Words interface.
Since 3.6.0 you can configure a different Metrics Provider, that exports metrics
to your favourite system.
Since 3.6.0 ZooKeeper binary package bundles an integration with Prometheus.io
- metricsProvider.className :
Set to "org.apache.zookeeper.metrics.prometheus.PrometheusMetricsProvider" to
enable Prometheus.io exporter. - metricsProvider.httpHost :
New in 3.8.0: Prometheus.io exporter will start a Jetty server and listen this address, default is "0.0.0.0" - metricsProvider.httpPort :
Prometheus.io exporter will start a Jetty server and bind to this port.
Prometheus end point will behttp://hostname:httpPort/metrics.
If omitted no HTTP port will be opened.
Note: Either the HTTP or the HTTPS port has to be specified, or both. - metricsProvider.httpsPort :
New in 3.10.0: Prometheus.io exporter will start a Jetty server and bind to this port.
Prometheus end point will behttps://hostname:httpsPort/metrics.
If omitted no HTTPS port will be opened.
Note: Either the HTTP or the HTTPS port has to be specified, or both. - metricsProvider.exportJvmInfo :
If this property is set to true Prometheus.io will export useful metrics about the JVM.
The default is true. - metricsProvider.numWorkerThreads :
New in 3.7.1, deprecated in 3.10.0:
Number of worker threads for reporting Prometheus summary metrics.
This property is ignored since ZOOKEEPER-4741; the DataSketches-based summary
implementation is lock-free per-thread and no longer requires a worker pool. - metricsProvider.maxQueueSize :
New in 3.7.1, deprecated in 3.10.0:
The max queue size for Prometheus summary metrics reporting task.
This property is ignored since ZOOKEEPER-4741; the DataSketches-based summary
implementation does not use a bounded worker queue. - metricsProvider.workerShutdownTimeoutMs :
New in 3.7.1:
The timeout in ms for shutting down the Prometheus summary rotation executor.
Default value is 1000ms. - metricsProvider.ssl.keyStore.location and metricsProvider.ssl.keyStore.password :
New in 3.10.0:
Specifies the file path to a Java keystore containing the local credentials to be
used for PrometheusMetricsProvider TLS connections, and the password to unlock the file. - metricsProvider.ssl.keyStore.type :
New in 3.10.0:
Specifies the file format of the PrometheusMetricsProvider keystore.
Values: JKS, PEM, PKCS12, BCFKS or null (detect by filename). Default: null. - metricsProvider.ssl.trustStore.location and metricsProvider.ssl.trustStore.password :
New in 3.10.0:
Specifies the file path to a Java truststore containing the remote credentials to be
used for PrometheusMetricsProvider TLS connections, and the password to unlock the file. - metricsProvider.ssl.trustStore.type :
New in 3.10.0:
Specifies the file format of the PrometheusMetricsProvider truststore.
Values: JKS, PEM, PKCS12, BCFKS or null (detect by filename). Default: null. - metricsProvider.ssl.need.client.auth :
New in 3.10.0:
When set to true, PrometheusMetricsProvider will "require" client authentication
for SSL connections from clients. Default: true. - metricsProvider.ssl.want.client.auth :
New in 3.10.0:
When set to true, PrometheusMetricsProvider will "request" client authentication
for SSL connections from clients. Default: true. - metricsProvider.ssl.ciphersuites :
New in 3.10.0:
The enabled cipher suites to be used in TLS negotiation for PrometheusMetricsProvider.
Default value is the Jetty default. - metricsProvider.ssl.enabledProtocols :
New in 3.10.0:
The enabled protocols to be used in TLS negotiation for PrometheusMetricsProvider.
Default value is the Jetty default. - metricsProvider.prometheusMetricsSummaryRotateIntervalSeconds :
New in 3.10.0:
Interval in seconds for rotating per-thread DataSketches into the aggregated
result exposed via/metrics. Quantiles from observations in the current
interval become visible after the next rotation.
Default value is 60 seconds.
Zookeeper Website App Pages Docs Docs Mdx Admin Ops Administrators Guide Best Practices (`zookeeper-website/app/pages/_docs/docs/_mdx/admin-ops/administrators-guide/best-practices.mdx`)
title: "Best Practices"
Things to Avoid
Here are some common problems you can avoid by configuring
ZooKeeper correctly:
inconsistent lists of servers :
The list of ZooKeeper servers used by the clients must match
the list of ZooKeeper servers that each ZooKeeper server has.
Things work okay if the client list is a subset of the real list,
but things will really act strange if clients have a list of
ZooKeeper servers that are in different ZooKeeper clusters. Also,
the server lists in each Zookeeper server configuration file
should be consistent with one another.incorrect placement of transaction log :
The most performance critical part of ZooKeeper is the
transaction log. ZooKeeper syncs transactions to media before it
returns a response. A dedicated transaction log device is key to
consistent good performance. Putting the log on a busy device will
adversely affect performance. If you only have one storage device,
increase the snapCount so that snapshot files are generated less often;
it does not eliminate the problem, but it makes more resources available
for the transaction log.incorrect Java heap size :
You should take special care to set your Java max heap size
correctly. In particular, you should not create a situation in
which ZooKeeper swaps to disk. The disk is death to ZooKeeper.
Everything is ordered, so if processing one request swaps the
disk, all other queued requests will probably do the same. DON'T SWAP.
Be conservative in your estimates: if you have 4G of RAM, do
not set the Java max heap size to 6G or even 4G. For example, it
is more likely you would use a 3G heap for a 4G machine, as the
operating system and the cache also need memory. The best and only
recommend practice for estimating the heap size your system needs
is to run load tests, and then make sure you are well below the
usage limit that would cause the system to swap.Publicly accessible deployment :
A ZooKeeper ensemble is expected to operate in a trusted computing environment.
It is thus recommended deploying ZooKeeper behind a firewall.
Best Practices
For best results, take note of the following list of good
Zookeeper practices:
For multi-tenant installations see the section
detailing ZooKeeper "chroot" support, this can be very useful
when deploying many applications/services interfacing to a
single ZooKeeper cluster.
Zookeeper Website App Pages Docs Docs Mdx Admin Ops Administrators Guide Commands (`zookeeper-website/app/pages/_docs/docs/_mdx/admin-ops/administrators-guide/commands.mdx`)
title: "Commands"
The Four Letter Words
ZooKeeper responds to a small set of commands. Each command is
composed of four letters. You issue the commands to ZooKeeper via telnet
or nc, at the client port.
Three of the more interesting commands: "stat" gives some
general information about the server and connected clients,
while "srvr" and "cons" give extended details on server and
connections respectively.
New in 3.5.3:
Four Letter Words need to be explicitly white listed before using.
Please refer to 4lw.commands.whitelist
described in cluster configuration section for details.
Moving forward, Four Letter Words will be deprecated, please use
AdminServer instead.
conf :
New in 3.3.0: Print
details about serving configuration.cons :
New in 3.3.0: List
full connection/session details for all clients connected
to this server. Includes information on numbers of packets
received/sent, session id, operation latencies, last
operation performed, etc...crst :
New in 3.3.0: Reset
connection/session statistics for all connections.dump :
Lists the outstanding sessions and ephemeral nodes.envi :
Print details about serving environmentruok :
Tests if the server is running in a non-error state.
When the whitelist enables ruok, the server will respond withimok
if it is running, otherwise it will not respond at all.
When ruok is disabled, the server responds with:
"ruok is not executed because it is not in the whitelist."
A response of "imok" does not necessarily indicate that the
server has joined the quorum, just that the server process is active
and bound to the specified client port. Use "stat" for details on
state wrt quorum and client connection information.srst :
Reset server statistics.srvr :
New in 3.3.0: Lists
full details for the server.stat :
Lists brief details for the server and connected
clients.wchs :
New in 3.3.0: Lists
brief information on watches for the server.wchc :
New in 3.3.0: Lists
detailed information on watches for the server, by
session. This outputs a list of sessions(connections)
with associated watches (paths). Note, depending on the
number of watches this operation may be expensive (ie
impact server performance), use it carefully.dirs :
New in 3.5.1:
Shows the total size of snapshot and log files in byteswchp :
New in 3.3.0: Lists
detailed information on watches for the server, by path.
This outputs a list of paths (znodes) with associated
sessions. Note, depending on the number of watches this
operation may be expensive (ie impact server performance),
use it carefully.mntr :
New in 3.4.0: Outputs a list
of variables that could be used for monitoring the health of the cluster.bash$ echo mntr | nc localhost 2185 zk_version 3.4.0 zk_avg_latency 0.7561 - be account to four decimal places zk_max_latency 0 zk_min_latency 0 zk_packets_received 70 zk_packets_sent 69 zk_outstanding_requests 0 zk_server_state leader zk_znode_count 4 zk_watch_count 0 zk_ephemerals_count 0 zk_approximate_data_size 27 zk_learners 4 - only exposed by the Leader zk_synced_followers 4 - only exposed by the Leader zk_pending_syncs 0 - only exposed by the Leader zk_open_file_descriptor_count 23 - only available on Unix platforms zk_max_file_descriptor_count 1024 - only available on Unix platformsThe output is compatible with java properties format and the content
may change over time (new keys added). Your scripts should expect changes.
ATTENTION: Some of the keys are platform specific and some of the keys are only exported by the Leader.
The output contains multiple lines with the following format:textkey \t valueisro :
New in 3.4.0: Tests if
server is running in read-only mode. The server will respond with
"ro" if in read-only mode or "rw" if not in read-only mode.hash :
New in 3.6.0:
Return the latest history of the tree digest associated with zxid.gtmk :
Gets the current trace mask as a 64-bit signed long value in
decimal format. Seestmkfor an explanation of
the possible values.stmk :
Sets the current trace mask. The trace mask is 64 bits,
where each bit enables or disables a specific category of trace
logging on the server. Logback must be configured to enableTRACElevel first in order to see trace logging
messages. The bits of the trace mask correspond to the following
trace logging categories.Trace Mask Bit Values 0b0000000000 Unused, reserved for future use. 0b0000000010 Logs client requests, excluding ping requests. 0b0000000100 Unused, reserved for future use. 0b0000001000 Logs client ping requests. 0b0000010000 Logs packets received from the quorum peer that is the current leader, excluding ping requests. 0b0000100000 Logs addition, removal and validation of client sessions. 0b0001000000 Logs delivery of watch events to client sessions. 0b0010000000 Logs ping packets received from the quorum peer that is the current leader. 0b0100000000 Unused, reserved for future use. 0b1000000000 Unused, reserved for future use. All remaining bits in the 64-bit value are unused and reserved for future use.
Multiple trace logging categories are specified by calculating the bitwise OR of the documented values.
The default trace mask is 0b0100110010. Thus, by default, trace logging includes client requests,
packets received from the leader and sessions.
To set a different trace mask, send a request containing thestmkfour-letter word followed
by the trace mask represented as a 64-bit signed long value. This example uses
the Perlpackfunction to construct a trace mask that enables all trace logging categories
described above and convert it to a 64-bit signed long value with big-endian byte order.
The result is appended tostmkand sent to the server using netcat.
The server responds with the new trace mask in decimal format.bash$ perl -e "print 'stmk', pack('q>', 0b0011111010)" | nc localhost 2181 250
Here's an example of the ruok
command:
$ echo ruok | nc 127.0.0.1 5111
imokThe AdminServer
New in 3.5.0: The AdminServer is an embedded Jetty server that provides an HTTP interface to the four-letter word
commands. In ZooKeeper releases 3.5.0 through 3.9.x, the AdminServer was enabled by default. Starting with ZooKeeper
3.10.0, the default configuration disables the AdminServer. When enabled, the server listens on port 8080 by default,
and commands are issued by accessing the URL /commands/[command name], for example, http://localhost:8080/commands/stat.
Command responses are returned in JSON format.
Unlike the original protocol, commands are not restricted to four-letter names, and commands can have multiple aliases;
for example, stmk can also be referred to as set_trace_mask. To view a list of all available commands, access the/commands endpoint (for example, http://localhost:8080/commands). See the AdminServer configuration options for
information on changing the port and URL mappings.
Beginning with ZooKeeper 3.10.0, the AdminServer is disabled by default and can be enabled by setting thezookeeper.admin.enableServer system property to true. When enabled without additional configuration, the AdminServer
listens on all network interfaces (0.0.0.0), uses unencrypted HTTP, and does not require client authentication.
Administrators are strongly encouraged to restrict network access and configure appropriate transport security and
authentication before exposing the AdminServer in production environments.
Make sure that Jetty is available on the classpath, because the AdminServer will automatically remain disabled if Jetty
cannot be found. As of 3.10.0 that means jetty-server, jetty-ee10-servlet and jakarta.servlet-api; earlier
releases used jetty-servlet and javax.servlet-api instead. This behavior can be useful when overriding
ZooKeeper's Jetty dependency.
Note that the TCP four-letter word interface is still available for monitoring purposes if
the AdminServer is disabled.
Security Considerations
Important: The AdminServer is disabled by default. When enabled without additional configuration,
it listens on all network interfaces (0.0.0.0) on port 8080, uses unencrypted HTTP, and does not
require client authentication. As a result, most administrative commands are accessible to any client
that can reach the AdminServer. Administrators should restrict access appropriately and enable transport
security and authentication when deploying the AdminServer in production.
Default Security Posture
The default AdminServer configuration is intended for ease of use in trusted environments, but it is not secure for
exposure to untrusted networks.
Default settings include:
admin.enableServer=falseadmin.serverAddress=0.0.0.0admin.serverPort=8080admin.forceHttps=falseadmin.needClientAuth=false
With these defaults:
- All traffic is transmitted in clear text over HTTP.
- Administrative data, including configuration and runtime details, can be viewed by anyone with network access.
- Many commands (such as
stat,srvr,conf, andcons) do not require authentication. - Sensitive operational information may be disclosed.
- In some environments, unrestricted administrative access can increase the impact of vulnerabilities or misconfiguration.
Recommended Deployment Practices
Administrators should ensure that the AdminServer is accessible only to authorized users.
Option 1: Restrict Access with Firewall Rules (Minimum Recommendation)
Limit access to the AdminServer port to trusted hosts or management networks only.
Examples:
Bind the server to localhost:
propertiesadmin.serverAddress=127.0.0.1Use host-based firewall rules (such as
iptables,firewalld, or cloud security groups) to allow access only fromadministrative systems.
This is the minimum recommended protection when HTTPS and client authentication are not enabled.
Option 2: Enable HTTPS
To encrypt all communication, configure SSL/TLS and force HTTPS:
admin.forceHttps=trueThis prevents credentials and administrative data from being transmitted in clear text. ZooKeeper supports configuring
the AdminServer with TLS certificates and trust stores.
Option 3: Require Client Authentication
To restrict access to trusted clients using X.509 certificates:
admin.needClientAuth=trueWhen enabled, only clients presenting valid certificates trusted by the server will be allowed to connect.
Recommended Secure Configuration
For production environments, the following configuration is strongly recommended:
admin.forceHttps=true
admin.needClientAuth=true
admin.serverAddress=<management-network-ip>In addition, restrict access to the AdminServer port using firewall rules.
Leave AdminServer disabled If Not Needed
If you do not use the AdminServer, disable it explicitly:
admin.enableServer=falseSecurity Warning
Exposing the AdminServer to untrusted networks with the default configuration may allow unauthorized users to:
- Retrieve server configuration and runtime information
- Inspect connected clients and sessions
- Reset statistics
- Execute other administrative commands
Always protect the AdminServer with network-level controls and, preferably, HTTPS with client certificate authentication.
Configuring AdminServer for SSL/TLS
Generating the keystore.jks and truststore.jks which can be found in the Quorum TLS.
Add the following configuration settings to the
zoo.cfgconfig file:textadmin.portUnification=true ssl.quorum.keyStore.location=/path/to/keystore.jks ssl.quorum.keyStore.password=password ssl.quorum.trustStore.location=/path/to/truststore.jks ssl.quorum.trustStore.password=passwordVerify that the following entries in the logs can be seen:
text2019-08-03 15:44:55,213 [myid:] - INFO [main:JettyAdminServer] - Successfully loaded private key from /data/software/cert/keystore.jks 2019-08-03 15:44:55,213 [myid:] - INFO [main:JettyAdminServer] - Successfully loaded certificate authority from /data/software/cert/truststore.jks 2019-08-03 15:44:55,403 [myid:] - INFO [main:JettyAdminServer] - Started AdminServer on address 0.0.0.0, port 8080 and command URL /commands
Restricting TLS protocols and cipher suites for AdminServer
New in 3.10.0: The AdminServer reuses these existing properties:
- ssl.quorum.enabledProtocols to specify the enabled protocols,
- ssl.quorum.ciphersuites to specify the enabled cipher suites.
Add the following configuration settings to the zoo.cfg config file:
ssl.quorum.enabledProtocols=TLSv1.2,TLSv1.3
ssl.quorum.ciphersuites=TLS_AES_128_GCM_SHA256,TLS_AES_256_GCM_SHA384,TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256,TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256,TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384,TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384To verify, raise the log level of JettyAdminServer to DEBUG and confirm these entries appear in the logs:
DEBUG [main:o.a.z.s.a.JettyAdminServer] - Setting enabled protocols: 'TLSv1.2,TLSv1.3'
DEBUG [main:o.a.z.s.a.JettyAdminServer] - Setting enabled cipherSuites: 'TLS_AES_128_GCM_SHA256,TLS_AES_256_GCM_SHA384,TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256,TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256,TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384,TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384'Available commands include:
connection_stat_reset/crst:
Reset all client connection statistics.
No new fields returned.configuration/conf/config :
Print basic details about serving configuration, e.g.
client port, absolute path to data directory.connections/cons :
Information on client connections to server.
Note, depending on the number of client connections this operation may be expensive
(i.e. impact server performance).
Returns "connections", a list of connection info objects.hash:
Txn digests in the historical digest list.
One is recorded every 128 transactions.
Returns "digests", a list to transaction digest objects.dirs :
Information on logfile directory and snapshot directory
size in bytes.
Returns "datadir_size" and "logdir_size".dump :
Information on session expirations and ephemerals.
Note, depending on the number of global sessions and ephemerals
this operation may be expensive (i.e. impact server performance).
Returns "expiry_time_to_session_ids" and "session_id_to_ephemeral_paths" as maps.environment/env/envi :
All defined environment variables.
Returns each as its own field.get_trace_mask/gtmk :
The current trace mask. Read-only version of set_trace_mask.
See the description of the four letter command stmk for
more details.
Returns "tracemask".initial_configuration/icfg :
Print the text of the configuration file used to start the peer.
Returns "initial_configuration".is_read_only/isro :
A true/false if this server is in read-only mode.
Returns "read_only".last_snapshot/lsnp :
Information of the last snapshot that zookeeper server has finished saving to disk.
If called during the initial time period between the server starting up
and the server finishing saving its first snapshot, the command returns the
information of the snapshot read when starting up the server.
Returns "zxid" and "timestamp", the latter using a time unit of seconds.leader/lead :
If the ensemble is configured in quorum mode then emits the current leader
status of the peer and the current leader location.
Returns "is_leader", "leader_id", and "leader_ip".monitor/mntr :
Emits a wide variety of useful info for monitoring.
Includes performance stats, information about internal queues, and
summaries of the data tree (among other things).
Returns each as its own field.observer_connection_stat_reset/orst :
Reset all observer connection statistics. Companion command to observers.
No new fields returned.restore/rest :
Restore database from snapshot input stream on the current server.
Returns the following data in response payload:
"last_zxid": String
Note: this API is rate-limited (once every 5 mins by default) to protect the server
from being over-loaded.ruok :
No-op command, check if the server is running.
A response does not necessarily indicate that the
server has joined the quorum, just that the admin server
is active and bound to the specified port.
No new fields returned.set_trace_mask/stmk :
Sets the trace mask (as such, it requires a parameter).
Write version of get_trace_mask.
See the description of the four letter command stmk for
more details.
Returns "tracemask".server_stats/srvr :
Server information.
Returns multiple fields giving a brief overview of server state.shed_connections/shed :
Attempts to shed approximately the specified percentage of connections.
Requires "percentage": (int)
Returns "connections_shed" (int) and "percentage_requested" (int)snapshot/snap :
Takes a snapshot of the current server in the datadir and stream out data.
Optional query parameter:
"streaming": Boolean (defaults to true if the parameter is not present)
Returns the following via Http headers:
"last_zxid": String
"snapshot_size": String
Note: this API is rate-limited (once every 5 mins by default) to protect the server
from being over-loaded.stats/stat :
Same as server_stats but also returns the "connections" field (see connections
for details).
Note, depending on the number of client connections this operation may be expensive
(i.e. impact server performance).stat_reset/srst :
Resets server statistics. This is a subset of the information returned
by server_stats and stats.
No new fields returned.observers/obsr :
Information on observer connections to server.
Always available on a Leader, available on a Follower if its
acting as a learner master.
Returns "synced_observers" (int) and "observers" (list of per-observer properties).system_properties/sysp :
All defined system properties.
Returns each as its own field.voting_view :
Provides the current voting members in the ensemble.
Returns "current_config" as a map.watches/wchc :
Watch information aggregated by session.
Note, depending on the number of watches this operation may be expensive
(i.e. impact server performance).
Returns "session_id_to_watched_paths" as a map.watches_by_path/wchp :
Watch information aggregated by path.
Note, depending on the number of watches this operation may be expensive
(i.e. impact server performance).
Returns "path_to_session_ids" as a map.watch_summary/wchs :
Summarized watch information.
Returns "num_total_watches", "num_paths", and "num_connections".zabstate :
The current phase of Zab protocol that peer is running and whether it is a
voting member.
Peers can be in one of these phases: ELECTION, DISCOVERY, SYNCHRONIZATION, BROADCAST.
Returns fields "voting" and "zabstate".
Zookeeper Website App Pages Docs Docs Mdx Admin Ops Administrators Guide Communication Using The Netty Framework (`zookeeper-website/app/pages/_docs/docs/_mdx/admin-ops/administrators-guide/communication-using-the-netty-framework.mdx`)
title: "Communication using the Netty framework"
Netty
is an NIO based client/server communication framework, it
simplifies (over NIO being used directly) many of the
complexities of network level communication for java
applications. Additionally the Netty framework has built
in support for encryption (SSL) and authentication
(certificates). These are optional features and can be
turned on or off individually.
In versions 3.5+, a ZooKeeper server can use Netty
instead of NIO (default option) by setting the environment
variable zookeeper.serverCnxnFactory
to org.apache.zookeeper.server.NettyServerCnxnFactory;
for the client, set zookeeper.clientCnxnSocket
to org.apache.zookeeper.ClientCnxnSocketNetty.
Quorum TLS
New in 3.5.5
Based on the Netty Framework ZooKeeper ensembles can be set up
to use TLS encryption in their communication channels. This section
describes how to set up encryption on the quorum communication.
Please note that Quorum TLS encapsulates securing both leader election
and quorum communication protocols.
keytool -genkeypair -alias $(hostname -f) -keyalg RSA -keysize 2048 -dname "cn=$(hostname -f)" -keypass password -keystore keystore.jks -storepass passwordkeytool -exportcert -alias $(hostname -f) -keystore keystore.jks -file $(hostname -f).cer -rfckeytool -importcert -alias [host1..3] -file [host1..3].cer -keystore truststore.jks -storepass passwordsslQuorum=true
serverCnxnFactory=org.apache.zookeeper.server.NettyServerCnxnFactory
ssl.quorum.keyStore.location=/path/to/keystore.jks
ssl.quorum.keyStore.password=password
ssl.quorum.trustStore.location=/path/to/truststore.jks
ssl.quorum.trustStore.password=passwordINFO [main:QuorumPeer@1789] - Using TLS encrypted quorum communication
INFO [main:QuorumPeer@1797] - Port unification disabled
...
INFO [QuorumPeerListener:QuorumCnxManager$Listener@877] - Creating TLS-only quorum server socketUpgrading existing non-TLS cluster with no downtime
New in 3.5.5
Here are the steps needed to upgrade an already running ZooKeeper ensemble
to TLS without downtime by taking advantage of port unification functionality.
sslQuorum=false
portUnification=true
serverCnxnFactory=org.apache.zookeeper.server.NettyServerCnxnFactory
ssl.quorum.keyStore.location=/path/to/keystore.jks
ssl.quorum.keyStore.password=password
ssl.quorum.trustStore.location=/path/to/truststore.jks
ssl.quorum.trustStore.password=passwordINFO [main:QuorumPeer@1791] - Using insecure (non-TLS) quorum communication
INFO [main:QuorumPeer@1797] - Port unification enabled
...
INFO [QuorumPeerListener:QuorumCnxManager$Listener@874] - Creating TLS-enabled quorum server socketsslQuorum=true
portUnification=truesslQuorum=true
portUnification=falseZookeeper Website App Pages Docs Docs Mdx Admin Ops Administrators Guide Configuration Parameters (`zookeeper-website/app/pages/_docs/docs/_mdx/admin-ops/administrators-guide/configuration-parameters.mdx`)
title: "Configuration Parameters"
ZooKeeper's behavior is governed by the ZooKeeper configuration
file. This file is designed so that the exact same file can be used by
all the servers that make up a ZooKeeper server assuming the disk
layouts are the same. If servers use different configuration files, care
must be taken to ensure that the list of servers in all of the different
configuration files match.
Minimum Configuration
Here are the minimum configuration keywords that must be defined
in the configuration file:
clientPort :
the port to listen for client connections; that is, the
port that clients attempt to connect to.secureClientPort :
the port to listen on for secure client connections using SSL.
clientPort specifies
the port for plaintext connections while secureClientPort specifies the port for SSL
connections. Specifying both enables mixed-mode while omitting
either will disable that mode.
Note that SSL feature will be enabled when user plugs-in
zookeeper.serverCnxnFactory, zookeeper.clientCnxnSocket as Netty.observerMasterPort :
the port to listen for observer connections; that is, the
port that observers attempt to connect to.
if the property is set then the server will host observer connections
when in follower mode in addition to when in leader mode and correspondingly
attempt to connect to any voting peer when in observer mode.dataDir :
the location where ZooKeeper will store the in-memory
database snapshots and, unless specified otherwise, the
transaction log of updates to the database.Be careful where you put the transaction log. A dedicated transaction log device is key to consistent good performance. Putting the log on a busy device will adversely affect performance. tickTime :
the length of a single tick, which is the basic time unit
used by ZooKeeper, as measured in milliseconds. It is used to
regulate heartbeats, and timeouts. For example, the minimum
session timeout will be two ticks.
Advanced Configuration
The configuration settings in the section are optional. You can
use them to further fine tune the behaviour of your ZooKeeper servers.
Some can also be set using Java system properties, generally of the
form zookeeper.keyword. The exact system
property, when available, is noted below.
dataLogDir :
(No Java system property)
This option will direct the machine to write the
transaction log to the dataLogDir rather than the dataDir. This allows a dedicated log
device to be used, and helps avoid competition between logging
and snapshots.Having a dedicated log device has a large impact on throughput and stable latencies. It is highly recommended dedicating a log device and set **dataLogDir** to point to a directory on that device, and then make sure to point **dataDir** to a directory _not_ residing on that device. globalOutstandingLimit :
(Java system property: zookeeper.globalOutstandingLimit.)
Clients can submit requests faster than ZooKeeper can
process them, especially if there are a lot of clients. To
prevent ZooKeeper from running out of memory due to queued
requests, ZooKeeper will throttle clients so that there are no
more than globalOutstandingLimit outstanding requests across
entire ensemble, equally divided. The default limit is 1,000
and, for example, with 3 members each of them will have
1000 / 2 = 500 individual limit.preAllocSize :
(Java system property: zookeeper.preAllocSize)
To avoid seeks ZooKeeper allocates space in the
transaction log file in blocks of preAllocSize kilobytes. The
default block size is 64M. One reason for changing the size of
the blocks is to reduce the block size if snapshots are taken
more often. (Also, see snapCount and snapSizeLimitInKb).snapCount :
(Java system property: zookeeper.snapCount)
ZooKeeper records its transactions using snapshots and
a transaction log (think write-ahead log). The number of
transactions recorded in the transaction log before a snapshot
can be taken (and the transaction log rolled) is determined
by snapCount. In order to prevent all of the machines in the quorum
from taking a snapshot at the same time, each ZooKeeper server
will take a snapshot when the number of transactions in the transaction log
reaches a runtime generated random value in the [snapCount/2+1, snapCount]
range. The default snapCount is 100,000.commitLogCount * :
(Java system property: zookeeper.commitLogCount)
Zookeeper maintains an in-memory list of last committed requests for fast synchronization with
followers when the followers are not too behind. This improves sync performance in case when your
snapshots are large (>100,000). The default value is 500 which is the recommended minimum.snapSizeLimitInKb :
(Java system property: zookeeper.snapSizeLimitInKb)
ZooKeeper records its transactions using snapshots and
a transaction log (think write-ahead log). The total size in bytes allowed
in the set of transactions recorded in the transaction log before a snapshot
can be taken (and the transaction log rolled) is determined
by snapSize. In order to prevent all of the machines in the quorum
from taking a snapshot at the same time, each ZooKeeper server
will take a snapshot when the size in bytes of the set of transactions in the
transaction log reaches a runtime generated random value in the [snapSize/2+1, snapSize]
range. Each file system has a minimum standard file size and in order
to for valid functioning of this feature, the number chosen must be larger
than that value. The default snapSizeLimitInKb is 4,194,304 (4GB).
A non-positive value will disable the feature.txnLogSizeLimitInKb :
(Java system property: zookeeper.txnLogSizeLimitInKb)
Zookeeper transaction log file can also be controlled more
directly using txnLogSizeLimitInKb. Larger txn logs can lead to
slower follower syncs when sync is done using transaction log.
This is because leader has to scan through the appropriate log
file on disk to find the transaction to start sync from.
This feature is turned off by default and snapCount and snapSizeLimitInKb are the
only values that limit transaction log size. When enabled
Zookeeper will roll the log when any of the limits is hit.
Please note that actual log size can exceed this value by the size
of the serialized transaction. On the other hand, if this value is
set too close to (or smaller than) preAllocSize,
it can cause Zookeeper to roll the log for every transaction. While
this is not a correctness issue, this may cause severely degraded
performance. To avoid this and to get most out of this feature, it is
recommended to set the value to N * preAllocSize
where N >= 2.maxCnxns :
(Java system property: zookeeper.maxCnxns)
Limits the total number of concurrent connections that can be made to a
zookeeper server (per client Port of each server ). This is used to prevent certain
classes of DoS attacks. The default is 0 and setting it to 0 entirely removes
the limit on total number of concurrent connections. Accounting for the
number of connections for serverCnxnFactory and a secureServerCnxnFactory is done
separately, so a peer is allowed to host up to 2*maxCnxns provided they are of appropriate types.maxClientCnxns :
(No Java system property)
Limits the number of concurrent connections (at the socket
level) that a single client, identified by IP address, may make
to a single member of the ZooKeeper ensemble. This is used to
prevent certain classes of DoS attacks, including file
descriptor exhaustion. The default is 60. Setting this to 0
entirely removes the limit on concurrent connections.clientPortAddress :
New in 3.3.0: the
address (ipv4, ipv6 or hostname) to listen for client
connections; that is, the address that clients attempt
to connect to. This is optional, by default we bind in
such a way that any connection to the clientPort for any
address/interface/nic on the server will be
accepted.minSessionTimeout :
(No Java system property)
New in 3.3.0: the
minimum session timeout in milliseconds that the server
will allow the client to negotiate. Defaults to 2 times
the tickTime.maxSessionTimeout :
(No Java system property)
New in 3.3.0: the
maximum session timeout in milliseconds that the server
will allow the client to negotiate. Defaults to 20 times
the tickTime.fsync.warningthresholdms :
(Java system property: zookeeper.fsync.warningthresholdms)
New in 3.3.4: A
warning message will be output to the log whenever an
fsync in the Transactional Log (WAL) takes longer than
this value. The values is specified in milliseconds and
defaults to 1000. This value can only be set as a
system property.maxResponseCacheSize :
(Java system property: zookeeper.maxResponseCacheSize)
When set to a positive integer, it determines the size
of the cache that stores the serialized form of recently
read records. Helps save the serialization cost on
popular znodes. The metrics response_packet_cache_hits
and response_packet_cache_misses can be used to tune
this value to a given workload. The feature is turned on
by default with a value of 400, set to 0 or a negative
integer to turn the feature off.maxGetChildrenResponseCacheSize :
(Java system property: zookeeper.maxGetChildrenResponseCacheSize)
New in 3.6.0:
Similar to maxResponseCacheSize, but applies to get children
requests. The metrics response_packet_get_children_cache_hits
and response_packet_get_children_cache_misses can be used to tune
this value to a given workload. The feature is turned on
by default with a value of 400, set to 0 or a negative
integer to turn the feature off.autopurge.snapRetainCount :
(No Java system property)
New in 3.4.0:
When enabled, ZooKeeper auto purge feature retains
the autopurge.snapRetainCount most
recent snapshots and the corresponding transaction logs in the
dataDir and dataLogDir respectively and deletes the rest.
Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 3.autopurge.purgeInterval :
(No Java system property)
New in 3.4.0: The
time interval in hours for which the purge task has to
be triggered. Set to a positive integer (1 and above)
to enable the auto purging. Defaults to 0.
Suffix support added in 3.10.0: The interval is specified as an integer with an optional suffix to indicate the time unit.
Supported suffixes are:msfor milliseconds,sfor seconds,mfor minutes,hfor hours, anddfor days.
For example, "10m" represents 10 minutes, and "5h" represents 5 hours.
If no suffix is provided, the default unit is hours.syncEnabled :
(Java system property: zookeeper.observer.syncEnabled)
New in 3.4.6, 3.5.0:
The observers now log transaction and write snapshot to disk
by default like the participants. This reduces the recovery time
of the observers on restart. Set to "false" to disable this
feature. Default is "true"extendedTypesEnabled :
(Java system property only: zookeeper.extendedTypesEnabled)
New in 3.5.4, 3.6.0: Define totrueto enable
extended features such as the creation of TTL Nodes.
They are disabled by default. IMPORTANT: when enabled server IDs must
be less than 255 due to internal limitations.emulate353TTLNodes :
(Java system property only:zookeeper.emulate353TTLNodes).
New in 3.5.4, 3.6.0: Due to [ZOOKEEPER-2901]
(https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/ZOOKEEPER-2901) TTL nodes
created in version 3.5.3 are not supported in 3.5.4/3.6.0. However, a workaround is provided via the
zookeeper.emulate353TTLNodes system property. If you used TTL nodes in ZooKeeper 3.5.3 and need to maintain
compatibility set zookeeper.emulate353TTLNodes totruein addition to
zookeeper.extendedTypesEnabled. NOTE: due to the bug, server IDs
must be 127 or less. Additionally, the maximum support TTL value is1099511627775which is smaller
than what was allowed in 3.5.3 (1152921504606846975)watchManagerName :
(Java system property only: zookeeper.watchManagerName)
New in 3.6.0: Added in ZOOKEEPER-1179
New watcher manager WatchManagerOptimized is added to optimize the memory overhead in heavy watch use cases. This
config is used to define which watcher manager to be used. Currently, we only support WatchManager and
WatchManagerOptimized.watcherCleanThreadsNum :
(Java system property only: zookeeper.watcherCleanThreadsNum)
New in 3.6.0: Added in ZOOKEEPER-1179
The new watcher manager WatchManagerOptimized will clean up the dead watchers lazily, this config is used to decide how
many thread is used in the WatcherCleaner. More thread usually means larger clean up throughput. The
default value is 2, which is good enough even for heavy and continuous session closing/recreating cases.watcherCleanThreshold :
(Java system property only: zookeeper.watcherCleanThreshold)
New in 3.6.0: Added in ZOOKEEPER-1179
The new watcher manager WatchManagerOptimized will clean up the dead watchers lazily, the cleanup process is relatively
heavy, batch processing will reduce the cost and improve the performance. This setting is used to decide
the batch size. The default one is 1000, we don't need to change it if there is no memory or clean up
speed issue.watcherCleanIntervalInSeconds :
(Java system property only:zookeeper.watcherCleanIntervalInSeconds)
New in 3.6.0: Added in ZOOKEEPER-1179
The new watcher manager WatchManagerOptimized will clean up the dead watchers lazily, the cleanup process is relatively
heavy, batch processing will reduce the cost and improve the performance. Besides watcherCleanThreshold,
this setting is used to clean up the dead watchers after certain time even the dead watchers are not larger
than watcherCleanThreshold, so that we won't leave the dead watchers there for too long. The default setting
is 10 minutes, which usually don't need to be changed.maxInProcessingDeadWatchers :
(Java system property only: zookeeper.maxInProcessingDeadWatchers)
New in 3.6.0: Added in ZOOKEEPER-1179
This is used to control how many backlog can we have in the WatcherCleaner, when it reaches this number, it will
slow down adding the dead watcher to WatcherCleaner, which will in turn slow down adding and closing
watchers, so that we can avoid OOM issue. By default there is no limit, you can set it to values like
watcherCleanThreshold * 1000.bitHashCacheSize :
(Java system property only: zookeeper.bitHashCacheSize)
New 3.6.0: Added in ZOOKEEPER-1179
This is the setting used to decide the HashSet cache size in the BitHashSet implementation. Without HashSet, we
need to use O(N) time to get the elements, N is the bit numbers in elementBits. But we need to
keep the size small to make sure it doesn't cost too much in memory, there is a trade off between memory
and time complexity. The default value is 10, which seems a relatively reasonable cache size.fastleader.minNotificationInterval :
(Java system property: zookeeper.fastleader.minNotificationInterval)
Lower bound for length of time between two consecutive notification
checks on the leader election. This interval determines how long a
peer waits to check the set of election votes and effects how
quickly an election can resolve. The interval follows a backoff
strategy from the configured minimum (this) and the configured maximum
(fastleader.maxNotificationInterval) for long elections.fastleader.maxNotificationInterval :
(Java system property: zookeeper.fastleader.maxNotificationInterval)
Upper bound for length of time between two consecutive notification
checks on the leader election. This interval determines how long a
peer waits to check the set of election votes and effects how
quickly an election can resolve. The interval follows a backoff
strategy from the configured minimum (fastleader.minNotificationInterval)
and the configured maximum (this) for long elections.connectionMaxTokens :
(Java system property: zookeeper.connection_throttle_tokens)
New in 3.6.0:
This is one of the parameters to tune the server-side connection throttler,
which is a token-based rate limiting mechanism with optional probabilistic
dropping.
This parameter defines the maximum number of tokens in the token-bucket.
When set to 0, throttling is disabled. Default is 0.connectionTokenFillTime :
(Java system property: zookeeper.connection_throttle_fill_time)
New in 3.6.0:
This is one of the parameters to tune the server-side connection throttler,
which is a token-based rate limiting mechanism with optional probabilistic
dropping.
This parameter defines the interval in milliseconds when the token bucket is re-filled with
connectionTokenFillCount tokens. Default is 1.connectionTokenFillCount :
(Java system property: zookeeper.connection_throttle_fill_count)
New in 3.6.0:
This is one of the parameters to tune the server-side connection throttler,
which is a token-based rate limiting mechanism with optional probabilistic
dropping.
This parameter defines the number of tokens to add to the token bucket every
connectionTokenFillTime milliseconds. Default is 1.connectionFreezeTime :
(Java system property: zookeeper.connection_throttle_freeze_time)
New in 3.6.0:
This is one of the parameters to tune the server-side connection throttler,
which is a token-based rate limiting mechanism with optional probabilistic
dropping.
This parameter defines the interval in milliseconds when the dropping
probability is adjusted. When set to -1, probabilistic dropping is disabled.
Default is -1.connectionDropIncrease :
(Java system property: zookeeper.connection_throttle_drop_increase)
New in 3.6.0:
This is one of the parameters to tune the server-side connection throttler,
which is a token-based rate limiting mechanism with optional probabilistic
dropping.
This parameter defines the dropping probability to increase. The throttler
checks every connectionFreezeTime milliseconds and if the token bucket is
empty, the dropping probability will be increased by connectionDropIncrease.
The default is 0.02.connectionDropDecrease :
(Java system property: zookeeper.connection_throttle_drop_decrease)
New in 3.6.0:
This is one of the parameters to tune the server-side connection throttler,
which is a token-based rate limiting mechanism with optional probabilistic
dropping.
This parameter defines the dropping probability to decrease. The throttler
checks every connectionFreezeTime milliseconds and if the token bucket has
more tokens than a threshold, the dropping probability will be decreased by
connectionDropDecrease. The threshold is connectionMaxTokens *
connectionDecreaseRatio. The default is 0.002.connectionDecreaseRatio :
(Java system property: zookeeper.connection_throttle_decrease_ratio)
New in 3.6.0:
This is one of the parameters to tune the server-side connection throttler,
which is a token-based rate limiting mechanism with optional probabilistic
dropping. This parameter defines the threshold to decrease the dropping
probability. The default is 0.zookeeper.connection_throttle_weight_enabled :
(Java system property only)
New in 3.6.0:
Whether to consider connection weights when throttling. Only useful when connection throttle is enabled, that is, connectionMaxTokens is larger than 0. The default is false.zookeeper.connection_throttle_global_session_weight :
(Java system property only)
New in 3.6.0:
The weight of a global session. It is the number of tokens required for a global session request to get through the connection throttler. It has to be a positive integer no smaller than the weight of a local session. The default is 3.zookeeper.connection_throttle_local_session_weight :
(Java system property only)
New in 3.6.0:
The weight of a local session. It is the number of tokens required for a local session request to get through the connection throttler. It has to be a positive integer no larger than the weight of a global session or a renew session. The default is 1.zookeeper.connection_throttle_renew_session_weight :
(Java system property only)
New in 3.6.0:
The weight of renewing a session. It is also the number of tokens required for a reconnect request to get through the throttler. It has to be a positive integer no smaller than the weight of a local session. The default is 2.clientPortListenBacklog :
(No Java system property)
New in 3.4.14, 3.5.5, 3.6.0:
The socket backlog length for the ZooKeeper server socket. This controls
the number of requests that will be queued server-side to be processed
by the ZooKeeper server. Connections that exceed this length will receive
a network timeout (30s) which may cause ZooKeeper session expiry issues.
By default, this value is unset (-1) which, on Linux, uses a backlog of50. This value must be a positive number.serverCnxnFactory :
(Java system property: zookeeper.serverCnxnFactory)
Specifies ServerCnxnFactory implementation.
This should be set toNettyServerCnxnFactoryin order to use TLS based server communication.
Default isNIOServerCnxnFactory.flushDelay :
(Java system property: zookeeper.flushDelay)
Time in milliseconds to delay the flush of the commit log.
Does not affect the limit defined by maxBatchSize.
Disabled by default (with value 0). Ensembles with high write rates
may see throughput improved with a value of 10-20 ms.maxWriteQueuePollTime :
(Java system property: zookeeper.maxWriteQueuePollTime)
If flushDelay is enabled, this determines the amount of time in milliseconds
to wait before flushing when no new requests are being queued.
Set to flushDelay/3 by default (implicitly disabled by default).maxBatchSize :
(Java system property: zookeeper.maxBatchSize)
The number of transactions allowed in the server before a flush of the
commit log is triggered.
Does not affect the limit defined by flushDelay.
Default is 1000.enforceQuota :
(Java system property: zookeeper.enforceQuota)
New in 3.7.0:
Enforce the quota check. When enabled and the client exceeds the total bytes or children count hard quota under a znode, the server will reject the request and reply the client aQuotaExceededExceptionby force.
The default value is: false. Exploring quota feature for more details.requestThrottleLimit :
(Java system property: zookeeper.request_throttle_max_requests)
New in 3.6.0:
The total number of outstanding requests allowed before the RequestThrottler starts stalling. When set to 0, throttling is disabled. The default is 0.requestThrottleStallTime :
(Java system property: zookeeper.request_throttle_stall_time)
New in 3.6.0:
The maximum time (in milliseconds) for which a thread may wait to be notified that it may proceed processing a request. The default is 100.requestThrottleDropStale :
(Java system property: request_throttle_drop_stale)
New in 3.6.0:
When enabled, the throttler will drop stale requests rather than issue them to the request pipeline. A stale request is a request sent by a connection that is now closed, and/or a request that will have a request latency higher than the sessionTimeout. The default is true.requestStaleLatencyCheck :
(Java system property: zookeeper.request_stale_latency_check)
New in 3.6.0:
When enabled, a request is considered stale if the request latency is higher than its associated session timeout. Disabled by default.requestStaleConnectionCheck :
(Java system property: zookeeper.request_stale_connection_check)
New in 3.6.0:
When enabled, a request is considered stale if the request's connection has closed. Enabled by default.zookeeper.request_throttler.shutdownTimeout :
(Java system property only)
New in 3.6.0:
The time (in milliseconds) the RequestThrottler waits for the request queue to drain during shutdown before it shuts down forcefully. The default is 10000.advancedFlowControlEnabled :
(Java system property: zookeeper.netty.advancedFlowControl.enabled)
Using accurate flow control in netty based on the status of ZooKeeper
pipeline to avoid direct buffer OOM. It will disable the AUTO_READ in
Netty.enableEagerACLCheck :
(Java system property only: zookeeper.enableEagerACLCheck)
When set to "true", enables eager ACL check on write requests on each local
server before sending the requests to quorum. Default is "false".maxConcurrentSnapSyncs :
(Java system property: zookeeper.leader.maxConcurrentSnapSyncs)
The maximum number of snap syncs a leader or a follower can serve at the same
time. The default is 10.maxConcurrentDiffSyncs :
(Java system property: zookeeper.leader.maxConcurrentDiffSyncs)
The maximum number of diff syncs a leader or a follower can serve at the same
time. The default is 100.digest.enabled :
(Java system property only: zookeeper.digest.enabled)
New in 3.6.0:
The digest feature is added to detect the data inconsistency inside
ZooKeeper when loading database from disk, catching up and following
leader, its doing incrementally hash check for the DataTree based on
the adHash paper mentioned inhttps://cseweb.ucsd.edu/~daniele/papers/IncHash.pdf
The idea is simple, the hash value of DataTree will be updated incrementally
based on the changes to the set of data. When the leader is preparing the txn,
it will pre-calculate the hash of the tree based on the changes happened with
formula:current_hash = current_hash + hash(new node data) - hash(old node data)If it’s creating a new node, the hash(old node data) will be 0, and if it’s a
delete node op, the hash(new node data) will be 0.This hash will be associated with each txn to represent the expected hash value
after applying the txn to the data tree, it will be sent to followers with
original proposals. Learner will compare the actual hash value with the one in
the txn after applying the txn to the data tree, and report mismatch if it’s not
the same.These digest value will also be persisted with each txn and snapshot on the disk,
so when servers restarted and load data from disk, it will compare and see if
there is hash mismatch, which will help detect data loss issue on disk.For the actual hash function, we’re using CRC internally, it’s not a collisionless
hash function, but it’s more efficient compared to collisionless hash, and the
collision possibility is really really rare and can already meet our needs here.This feature is backward and forward compatible, so it can safely roll upgrade,
downgrade, enabled and later disabled without any compatible issue. Here are the
scenarios have been covered and tested:- When leader runs with new code while follower runs with old one, the digest will
be appended to the end of each txn, follower will only read header and txn data,
digest value in the txn will be ignored. It won't affect the follower reads and
processes the next txn. - When leader runs with old code while follower runs with new one, the digest won't
be sent with txn, when follower tries to read the digest, it will throw EOF which
is caught and handled gracefully with digest value set to null. - When loading old snapshot with new code, it will throw IOException when trying to
read the non-exist digest value, and the exception will be caught and digest will
be set to null, which means we won't compare digest when loading this snapshot,
which is expected to happen during rolling upgrade - When loading new snapshot with old code, it will finish successfully after deserializing
the data tree, the digest value at the end of snapshot file will be ignored - The scenarios of rolling restart with flags change are similar to the 1st and 2nd
scenarios discussed above, if the leader enabled but follower not, digest value will
be ignored, and follower won't compare the digest during runtime; if leader disabled
but follower enabled, follower will get EOF exception which is handled gracefully.
Note: the current digest calculation excluded nodes under /zookeeper
due to the potential inconsistency in the /zookeeper/quota stat node,
we can include that after that issue is fixed.By default, this feature is enabled, set "false" to disable it.
- When leader runs with new code while follower runs with old one, the digest will
snapshot.compression.method :
(Java system property: zookeeper.snapshot.compression.method)
New in 3.6.0:
This property controls whether or not ZooKeeper should compress snapshots
before storing them on disk (see ZOOKEEPER-3179).
Possible values are:- "": Disabled (no snapshot compression). This is the default behavior.
- "gz": See gzip compression.
- "snappy": See Snappy compression.
snapshot.trust.empty :
(Java system property: zookeeper.snapshot.trust.empty)
New in 3.5.6:
This property controls whether or not ZooKeeper should treat missing
snapshot files as a fatal state that can't be recovered from.
Set to true to allow ZooKeeper servers recover without snapshot
files. This should only be set during upgrading from old versions of
ZooKeeper (3.4.x, pre 3.5.3) where ZooKeeper might only have transaction
log files but without presence of snapshot files. If the value is set
during upgrade, we recommend setting the value back to false after upgrading
and restart ZooKeeper process so ZooKeeper can continue normal data
consistency check during recovery process.
Default value is false.audit.enable :
(Java system property: zookeeper.audit.enable)
New in 3.6.0:
By default audit logs are disabled. Set to "true" to enable it. Default value is "false".
See the ZooKeeper audit logs for more information.audit.impl.class :
(Java system property: zookeeper.audit.impl.class)
New in 3.6.0:
Class to implement the audit logger. By default logback based audit logger org.apache.zookeeper.audit
.Slf4jAuditLogger is used.
See the ZooKeeper audit logs for more information.largeRequestMaxBytes :
(Java system property: zookeeper.largeRequestMaxBytes)
New in 3.6.0:
The maximum number of bytes of all inflight large request. The connection will be closed if a coming large request causes the limit exceeded. The default is 100 * 1024 * 1024.largeRequestThreshold :
(Java system property: zookeeper.largeRequestThreshold)
New in 3.6.0:
The size threshold after which a request is considered a large request. If it is -1, then all requests are considered small, effectively turning off large request throttling. The default is -1.
multiRead.maxOps :
(Java system property: zookeeper.multiRead.maxOps)
New in 3.9.7:
The maximum number of read operations (getData / getChildren) permitted in a single
multiRead request. A multiRead can amplify a request that is small on the wire into a
very large in-memory response, because every sub-operation result is materialized and
held in memory before the response is serialized. This limit, together with
multiRead.maxResponseBytes, bounds that amplification. A multiRead exceeding this
count is rejected with a BadArguments (Code = BADARGUMENTS) error and is not executed.
Note that neither jute.maxbuffer nor largeRequestMaxBytes protects against this,
as both bound only the inbound request, not the response it generates. Set to 0 (or a
negative value) to disable the check. The default is 1000.multiRead.maxResponseBytes :
(Java system property: zookeeper.multiRead.maxResponseBytes)
New in 3.9.7:
The maximum cumulative size, in bytes, of the data materialized while serving a single
multiRead request. This is the primary guard against a multiRead response-amplification
denial of service. The server accumulates the size of each sub-operation result as the
request is processed and rejects the request with a BadArguments (Code = BADARGUMENTS)
error as soon as the running total exceeds this value, before the full response is built
in heap. Set to 0 (or a negative value) to disable the check. The default is 67108864
(64 * 1024 * 1024, i.e. 64 MB).
outstandingHandshake.limit
(Java system property only: zookeeper.netty.server.outstandingHandshake.limit)
The maximum in-flight TLS handshake connections could have in ZooKeeper,
the connections exceed this limit will be rejected before starting handshake.
This setting doesn't limit the max TLS concurrency, but helps avoid herd
effect due to TLS handshake timeout when there are too many in-flight TLS
handshakes. Set it to something like 250 is good enough to avoid herd effect.netty.server.earlyDropSecureConnectionHandshakes
(Java system property: zookeeper.netty.server.earlyDropSecureConnectionHandshakes)
If the ZooKeeper server is not fully started, drop TCP connections before performing the TLS handshake.
This is useful in order to prevent flooding the server with many concurrent TLS handshakes after a restart.
Please note that if you enable this flag the server won't answer to 'ruok' commands if it is not fully started.
The behaviour of dropping the connection has been introduced in ZooKeeper 3.7 and it was not possible to disable it.
Since 3.7.1 and 3.8.0 this feature is disabled by default.throttledOpWaitTime
(Java system property: zookeeper.throttled_op_wait_time)
The time in the RequestThrottler queue longer than which a request will be marked as throttled.
A throttled requests will not be processed other than being fed down the pipeline of the server it belongs
to preserve the order of all requests.
The FinalProcessor will issue an error response (new error code: ZTHROTTLEDOP) for these undigested requests.
The intent is for the clients not to retry them immediately.
When set to 0, no requests will be throttled. The default is 0.learner.closeSocketAsync
(Java system property: zookeeper.learner.closeSocketAsync)
(Java system property: learner.closeSocketAsync)(Added for backward compatibility)
New in 3.7.0:
When enabled, a learner will close the quorum socket asynchronously. This is useful for TLS connections where closing a socket might take a long time, block the shutdown process, potentially delay a new leader election, and leave the quorum unavailable. Closing the socket asynchronously avoids blocking the shutdown process despite the long socket closing time and a new leader election can be started while the socket being closed.
The default is false.leader.closeSocketAsync
(Java system property: zookeeper.leader.closeSocketAsync)
(Java system property: leader.closeSocketAsync)(Added for backward compatibility)
New in 3.7.0:
When enabled, the leader will close a quorum socket asynchronously. This is useful for TLS connections where closing a socket might take a long time. If disconnecting a follower is initiated in ping() because of a failed SyncLimitCheck then the long socket closing time will block the sending of pings to other followers. Without receiving pings, the other followers will not send session information to the leader, which causes sessions to expire. Setting this flag to true ensures that pings will be sent regularly.
The default is false.learner.asyncSending
(Java system property: zookeeper.learner.asyncSending)
(Java system property: learner.asyncSending)(Added for backward compatibility)
New in 3.7.0:
The sending and receiving packets in Learner were done synchronously in a critical section. An untimely network issue could cause the followers to hang (see ZOOKEEPER-3575 and ZOOKEEPER-4074). The new design moves sending packets in Learner to a separate thread and sends the packets asynchronously. The new design is enabled with this parameter (learner.asyncSending).
The default is false.forward_learner_requests_to_commit_processor_disabled
(Java system property: zookeeper.forward_learner_requests_to_commit_processor_disabled)
When this property is set, the requests from learners won't be enqueued to
CommitProcessor queue, which will help save the resources and GC time on
leader. The default value is false.serializeLastProcessedZxid.enabled
(Java system property: zookeeper.serializeLastProcessedZxid.enabled)
New in 3.9.0:
If enabled, ZooKeeper serializes the lastProcessedZxid when snapshot and deserializes it
when restore. Defaults to true. Needs to be enabled for performing snapshot and restore
via admin server commands, as there is no snapshot file name to extract the lastProcessedZxid.This feature is backward and forward compatible. Here are the different scenarios.
Snapshot triggered by server internally
- When loading old snapshot with new code, it will throw EOFException when trying to
read the non-exist lastProcessedZxid value, and the exception will be caught.
The lastProcessedZxid will be set using the snapshot file name. - When loading new snapshot with old code, it will finish successfully after deserializing
the digest value, the lastProcessedZxid at the end of snapshot file will be ignored.
The lastProcessedZxid will be set using the snapshot file name.
- When loading old snapshot with new code, it will throw EOFException when trying to
Sync up between leader and follower: The lastProcessedZxid will not be serialized by
leader and deserialized by follower in both new and old code. It will be set to the
lastProcessedZxid sent from leader via QuorumPacket.Snapshot triggered via admin server APIs: The feature flag need to be enabled for the
snapshot command to work.
Cluster Options
The options in this section are designed for use with an ensemble
of servers — that is, when deploying clusters of servers.
electionAlg :
(No Java system property)
Election implementation to use. A value of "1" corresponds to the
non-authenticated UDP-based version of fast leader election, "2"
corresponds to the authenticated UDP-based version of fast
leader election, and "3" corresponds to TCP-based version of
fast leader election. Algorithm 3 was made default in 3.2.0 and
prior versions (3.0.0 and 3.1.0) were using algorithm 1 and 2 as well.The implementations of leader election 1, and 2 were **deprecated** in 3.4.0. Since 3.6.0 only FastLeaderElection is available, in case of upgrade you have to shut down all of your servers and restart them with electionAlg=3 (or by removing the line from the configuration file). maxTimeToWaitForEpoch :
(Java system property: zookeeper.leader.maxTimeToWaitForEpoch)
New in 3.6.0:
The maximum time to wait for epoch from voters when activating
leader. If leader received a LOOKING notification from one of
its voters, and it hasn't received epoch packets from majority
within maxTimeToWaitForEpoch, then it will goto LOOKING and
elect leader again.
This can be tuned to reduce the quorum or server unavailable
time, it can be set to be much smaller than initLimit * tickTime.
In cross datacenter environment, it can be set to something
like 2s.initLimit :
(No Java system property)
Amount of time, in ticks (see tickTime), to allow followers to
connect and sync to a leader. Increased this value as needed, if
the amount of data managed by ZooKeeper is large.connectToLearnerMasterLimit :
(Java system property: zookeeper.connectToLearnerMasterLimit)
Amount of time, in ticks (see tickTime), to allow followers to
connect to the leader after leader election. Defaults to the value of initLimit.
Use when initLimit is high so connecting to learner master doesn't result in higher timeout.leaderServes :
(Java system property: zookeeper.leaderServes)
Leader accepts client connections. Default value is "yes".
The leader machine coordinates updates. For higher update
throughput at the slight expense of read throughput the leader
can be configured to not accept clients and focus on
coordination. The default to this option is yes, which means
that a leader will accept client connections.Turning on leader selection is highly recommended when you have more than three ZooKeeper servers in an ensemble. server.x=[hostname]:nnnnn[:nnnnn] etc :
(No Java system property)
Servers making up the ZooKeeper ensemble. When the server
starts up, it determines which server it is by looking for the
file myid in the data directory. That file contains the server number, in ASCII,
and it should match x in server.x in the left hand side of this setting.
The list of servers that make up ZooKeeper servers that is
used by the clients must match the list of ZooKeeper servers
that each ZooKeeper server has.
There are two port numbers nnnnn.
The first followers used to connect to the leader, and the second is for
leader election. If you want to test multiple servers on a single machine, then
different ports can be used for each server.Since ZooKeeper 3.6.0 it is possible to specify multiple addresses for each
ZooKeeper server (see ZOOKEEPER-3188).
To enable this feature, you must set the multiAddress.enabled configuration property
to true. This helps to increase availability and adds network level
resiliency to ZooKeeper. When multiple physical network interfaces are used
for the servers, ZooKeeper is able to bind on all interfaces and runtime switching
to a working interface in case a network error. The different addresses can be specified
in the config using a pipe ('|') character. A valid configuration using multiple addresses looks like:textserver.1=zoo1-net1:2888:3888|zoo1-net2:2889:3889 server.2=zoo2-net1:2888:3888|zoo2-net2:2889:3889 server.3=zoo3-net1:2888:3888|zoo3-net2:2889:3889By enabling this feature, the Quorum protocol (ZooKeeper Server-Server protocol) will change. The users will not notice this and when anyone starts a ZooKeeper cluster with the new config, everything will work normally. However, it's not possible to enable this feature and specify multiple addresses during a rolling upgrade if the old ZooKeeper cluster didn't support the *multiAddress* feature (and the new Quorum protocol). In case if you need this feature but you also need to perform a rolling upgrade from a ZooKeeper cluster older than *3.6.0*, then you first need to do the rolling upgrade without enabling the MultiAddress feature and later make a separate rolling restart with the new configuration where **multiAddress.enabled** is set to **true** and multiple addresses are provided. syncLimit :
(No Java system property)
Amount of time, in ticks (see tickTime), to allow followers to sync
with ZooKeeper. If followers fall too far behind a leader, they
will be dropped.group.x=nnnnn[:nnnnn] :
(No Java system property)
Enables a hierarchical quorum construction."x" is a group identifier
and the numbers following the "=" sign correspond to server identifiers.
The left-hand side of the assignment is a colon-separated list of server
identifiers. Note that groups must be disjoint and the union of all groups
must be the ZooKeeper ensemble.
You will find an example hereweight.x=nnnnn :
(No Java system property)
Used along with "group", it assigns a weight to a server when
forming quorums. Such a value corresponds to the weight of a server
when voting. There are a few parts of ZooKeeper that require voting
such as leader election and the atomic broadcast protocol. By default
the weight of server is 1. If the configuration defines groups, but not
weights, then a value of 1 will be assigned to all servers.
You will find an example herecnxTimeout :
(Java system property: zookeeper.cnxTimeout)
Sets the timeout value for opening connections for leader election notifications.
Only applicable if you are using electionAlg 3.Default value is 5 seconds. quorumCnxnTimeoutMs :
(Java system property: zookeeper.quorumCnxnTimeoutMs)
Sets the read timeout value for the connections for leader election notifications.
Only applicable if you are using electionAlg 3.Default value is -1, which will then use the syncLimit * tickTime as the timeout. standaloneEnabled :
(No Java system property)
New in 3.5.0:
When set to false, a single server can be started in replicated
mode, a lone participant can run with observers, and a cluster
can reconfigure down to one node, and up from one node. The
default is true for backwards compatibility. It can be set
using QuorumPeerConfig's setStandaloneEnabled method or by
adding "standaloneEnabled=false" or "standaloneEnabled=true"
to a server's config file.reconfigEnabled :
(No Java system property)
New in 3.5.3:
This controls the enabling or disabling of
Dynamic Reconfiguration feature. When the feature
is enabled, users can perform reconfigure operations through
the ZooKeeper client API or through ZooKeeper command line tools
assuming users are authorized to perform such operations.
When the feature is disabled, no user, including the super user,
can perform a reconfiguration. Any attempt to reconfigure will return an error.
"reconfigEnabled" option can be set as
"reconfigEnabled=false" or
"reconfigEnabled=true"
to a server's config file, or using QuorumPeerConfig's
setReconfigEnabled method. The default value is false.
If present, the value should be consistent across every server in
the entire ensemble. Setting the value as true on some servers and false
on other servers will cause inconsistent behavior depending on which server
is elected as leader. If the leader has a setting of
"reconfigEnabled=true", then the ensemble
will have reconfig feature enabled. If the leader has a setting of
"reconfigEnabled=false", then the ensemble
will have reconfig feature disabled. It is thus recommended having a consistent
value for "reconfigEnabled" across servers
in the ensemble.4lw.commands.whitelist :
(Java system property: zookeeper.4lw.commands.whitelist)
New in 3.5.3:
A list of comma separated Four Letter Words
commands that user wants to use. A valid Four Letter Words
command must be put in this list else ZooKeeper server will
not enable the command.
By default the whitelist only contains "srvr" command
which zkServer.sh uses. Additionally, if Read Only Mode is enabled by setting
Java system property readonlymode.enabled, then the "isro" command is
added to the whitelist. The rest of four-letter word commands are disabled
by default: attempting to use them will gain a response
".... is not executed because it is not in the whitelist."
Here's an example of the configuration that enables stat, ruok, conf, and isro
command while disabling the rest of Four Letter Words command:text4lw.commands.whitelist=stat, ruok, conf, isroIf you really need enable all four-letter word commands by default, you can use
the asterisk option so you don't have to include every command one by one in the list.
As an example, this will enable all four-letter word commands:text4lw.commands.whitelist=*tcpKeepAlive :
(Java system property: zookeeper.tcpKeepAlive)
New in 3.5.4:
Setting this to true sets the TCP keepAlive flag on the
sockets used by quorum members to perform elections.
This will allow for connections between quorum members to
remain up when there is network infrastructure that may
otherwise break them. Some NATs and firewalls may terminate
or lose state for long-running or idle connections.
Enabling this option relies on OS level settings to work
properly, check your operating system's options regarding TCP
keepalive for more information. Defaults to
false.clientTcpKeepAlive :
(Java system property: zookeeper.clientTcpKeepAlive)
New in 3.6.1:
Setting this to true sets the TCP keepAlive flag on the
client sockets. Some broken network infrastructure may lose
the FIN packet that is sent from closing client. These never
closed client sockets cause OS resource leak. Enabling this
option terminates these zombie sockets by idle check.
Enabling this option relies on OS level settings to work
properly, check your operating system's options regarding TCP
keepalive for more information. Defaults to false. Please
note the distinction between it and tcpKeepAlive. It is
applied for the client sockets while tcpKeepAlive is for
the sockets used by quorum members. Currently this option is
only available when defaultNIOServerCnxnFactoryis used.electionPortBindRetry :
(Java system property only: zookeeper.electionPortBindRetry)
Property set max retry count when Zookeeper server fails to bind
leader election port. Such errors can be temporary and recoverable,
such as DNS issue described in ZOOKEEPER-3320,
or non-retryable, such as port already in use.
In case of transient errors, this property can improve availability
of Zookeeper server and help it to self recover.
Default value 3. In container environment, especially in Kubernetes,
this value should be increased or set to 0(infinite retry) to overcome issues
related to DNS name resolving.observer.reconnectDelayMs :
(Java system property: zookeeper.observer.reconnectDelayMs)
When observer loses its connection with the leader, it waits for the
specified value before trying to reconnect with the leader so that
the entire observer fleet won't try to run leader election and reconnect
to the leader at once.
Defaults to 0 ms.observer.election.DelayMs :
(Java system property: zookeeper.observer.election.DelayMs)
Delay the observer's participation in a leader election upon disconnect
so as to prevent unexpected additional load on the voting peers during
the process. Defaults to 200 ms.localSessionsEnabled and localSessionsUpgradingEnabled :
New in 3.5:
Optional value is true or false. Their default values are false.
Turning on the local session feature by setting localSessionsEnabled=true. Turning on
localSessionsUpgradingEnabled can upgrade a local session to a global session automatically as required (e.g. creating ephemeral nodes),
which only matters when localSessionsEnabled is enabled.
Encryption, Authentication, Authorization Options
The options in this section allow control over
encryption/authentication/authorization performed by the service.
Beside this page, you can also find useful information about client side configuration in the
Programmers Guide.
The ZooKeeper Wiki also has useful pages about ZooKeeper SSL support,
and SASL authentication for ZooKeeper.
DigestAuthenticationProvider.enabled :
(Java system property: zookeeper.DigestAuthenticationProvider.enabled)
New in 3.7:
Determines whether thedigestauthentication provider is
enabled. The default value is true for backwards
compatibility, but it may be a good idea to disable this provider
if not used, as it can result in misleading entries appearing in
audit logs
(see ZOOKEEPER-3979)DigestAuthenticationProvider.superDigest :
(Java system property: zookeeper.DigestAuthenticationProvider.superDigest)
By default this feature is disabled
New in 3.2:
Enables a ZooKeeper ensemble administrator to access the
znode hierarchy as a "super" user. In particular no ACL
checking occurs for a user authenticated as
super.
org.apache.zookeeper.server.auth.DigestAuthenticationProvider
can be used to generate the superDigest, call it with
one parameter of"super:". Provide the
generated"super:<data>"as the system property value
when starting each server of the ensemble.
When authenticating to a ZooKeeper server (from a
ZooKeeper client) pass a scheme of"digest"and authdata
of"super:". Note that digest auth passes
the authdata in plaintext to the server, it would be
prudent to use this authentication method only on
localhost (not over the network) or over an encrypted
connection.DigestAuthenticationProvider.digestAlg :
(Java system property: zookeeper.DigestAuthenticationProvider.digestAlg)
New in 3.7.0:
Set ACL digest algorithm. The default value is:SHA1which will be deprecated in the future for security issues.Set this property the same value in all the servers.
How to support other more algorithms?
Modify the
java.securityconfiguration file under$JAVA_HOME/jre/lib/security/java.securityby specifyingsecurity.provider.<n>=.For example:
textset zookeeper.DigestAuthenticationProvider.digestAlg=RipeMD160 security.provider.3=org.bouncycastle.jce.provider.BouncyCastleProviderCopy the jar file to
$JAVA_HOME/jre/lib/ext/.For example:
textcopy bcprov-jdk18on-1.60.jar to $JAVA_HOME/jre/lib/ext/
How to migrate from one digest algorithm to another?
- Regenerate
superDigestwhen migrating to new algorithm. - Run
SetAclfor a znode which already had a digest auth of old algorithm.
- Regenerate
IPAuthenticationProvider.usexforwardedfor :
(Java system property: zookeeper.IPAuthenticationProvider.usexforwardedfor)New in 3.9.3:
IPAuthenticationProviderauthenticates clients based on their IP address. By
default, ZooKeeper determines the client IP using the standardHostHTTP header.
In certain reverse proxy or load balancer deployments, proxies may include theX-Forwarded-Forheader to indicate the originating client’s IP address.
Whenusexforwardedforis enabled, ZooKeeper will prefer theX-Forwarded-For
header over theHostheader when determining the client IP address for authentication
purposes.Default value is false
Enabling usexforwardedfor introduces significant security risks unless ZooKeeper
is deployed strictly behind trusted, controlled proxy infrastructure:
- ZooKeeper does not validate the
X-Forwarded-Forheader against the actual TCP
source IP address. - ZooKeeper does not enforce a trusted proxy allowlist or verify that the request
originated from an approved intermediary. - Any client capable of connecting to ZooKeeper can forge an arbitrary
X-Forwarded-For
header value. - A malicious client may impersonate any IP address, potentially bypassing IP-based
authentication and ZooKeeper ACL restrictions entirely.
Recommendation
Enable this setting only when:
- ZooKeeper is accessible exclusively through trusted reverse proxies or load balancers
- Direct client access is blocked at the network layer
- Proxy infrastructure sanitizes and overwrites incoming
X-Forwarded-Forheaders
For most deployments, leaving this property disabled is strongly recommended to preserve
the integrity of IP-based access controls.
X509AuthenticationProvider.superUser :
(Java system property: zookeeper.X509AuthenticationProvider.superUser)
The SSL-backed way to enable a ZooKeeper ensemble
administrator to access the znode hierarchy as a "super" user.
When this parameter is set to an X500 principal name, only an
authenticated client with that principal will be able to bypass
ACL checking and have full privileges to all znodes.zookeeper.superUser :
(Java system property: zookeeper.superUser)
Similar to zookeeper.X509AuthenticationProvider.superUser
but is generic for SASL based logins. It stores the name of
a user that can access the znode hierarchy as a "super" user.
You can specify multiple SASL super users using the
zookeeper.superUser.[suffix] notation, e.g.:zookeeper.superUser.1=....ssl.authProvider :
(Java system property: zookeeper.ssl.authProvider)
Specifies a subclass of org.apache.zookeeper.auth.X509AuthenticationProvider
to use for secure client authentication. This is useful in
certificate key infrastructures that do not use JKS. It may be
necessary to extend javax.net.ssl.X509KeyManager and javax.net.ssl.X509TrustManager
to get the desired behavior from the SSL stack. To configure the
ZooKeeper server to use the custom provider for authentication,
choose a scheme name for the custom AuthenticationProvider and
set the property zookeeper.authProvider.[scheme] to the fully-qualified class name of the custom
implementation. This will load the provider into the ProviderRegistry.
Then set this property zookeeper.ssl.authProvider=[scheme] and that provider
will be used for secure authentication.zookeeper.ensembleAuthName :
(Java system property only: zookeeper.ensembleAuthName)
New in 3.6.0:
Specify a list of comma-separated valid names/aliases of an ensemble. A client
can provide the ensemble name it intends to connect as the credential for scheme "ensemble". The EnsembleAuthenticationProvider will check the credential against
the list of names/aliases of the ensemble that receives the connection request.
If the credential is not in the list, the connection request will be refused.
This prevents a client accidentally connecting to a wrong ensemble.sessionRequireClientSASLAuth :
(Java system property: zookeeper.sessionRequireClientSASLAuth)
New in 3.6.0:
When set to true, ZooKeeper server will only accept connections and requests from clients
that have authenticated with server via SASL. Clients that are not configured with SASL
authentication, or configured with SASL but failed authentication (i.e. with invalid credential)
will not be able to establish a session with server. A typed error code (-124) will be delivered
in such case, both Java and C client will close the session with server thereafter,
without further attempts on retrying to reconnect.This configuration is shorthand for enforce.auth.enabled=true and enforce.auth.scheme=sasl
By default, this feature is disabled. Users who would like to opt-in can enable the feature
by setting sessionRequireClientSASLAuth to true.This feature overrules the zookeeper.allowSaslFailedClients option, so even if server is
configured to allow clients that fail SASL authentication to login, client will not be able to
establish a session with server if this feature is enabled.enforce.auth.enabled :
(Java system property : zookeeper.enforce.auth.enabled)
New in 3.7.0:
When set to true, ZooKeeper server will only accept connections and requests from clients
that have authenticated with server via configured auth scheme. Authentication schemes
can be configured using property enforce.auth.schemes. Clients that are not
configured with the any of the auth scheme configured at server or configured but failed authentication (i.e. with invalid credential)
will not be able to establish a session with server. A typed error code (-124) will be delivered
in such case, both Java and C client will close the session with server thereafter,
without further attempts on retrying to reconnect.By default, this feature is disabled. Users who would like to opt-in can enable the feature
by setting enforce.auth.enabled to true.When enforce.auth.enabled=true and enforce.auth.schemes=sasl then
zookeeper.allowSaslFailedClients configuration
is overruled. So even if server is configured to allow clients that fail SASL
authentication to login, client will not be able to establish a session with
server if this feature is enabled with sasl as authentication scheme.enforce.auth.schemes :
(Java system property : zookeeper.enforce.auth.schemes)
New in 3.7.0:
Comma separated list of authentication schemes. Clients must be authenticated with at least one
authentication scheme before doing any zookeeper operations.
This property is used only when enforce.auth.enabled is to true.sslQuorum :
(Java system property: zookeeper.sslQuorum)
New in 3.5.5:
Enables encrypted quorum communication. Default isfalse. When enabling this feature, please also consider enabling leader.closeSocketAsync
and learner.closeSocketAsync to avoid issues associated with the potentially long socket closing time when shutting down an SSL connection.ssl.keyStore.location and ssl.keyStore.password and ssl.quorum.keyStore.location and ssl.quorum.keyStore.password :
(Java system properties: zookeeper.ssl.keyStore.location and zookeeper.ssl.keyStore.password and
zookeeper.ssl.quorum.keyStore.location and zookeeper.ssl.quorum.keyStore.password)
New in 3.5.5:
Specifies the file path to a Java keystore containing the local
credentials to be used for client-server and quorum TLS connections, and the
password to unlock the file. This keystore is used for both the server role
(accepting incoming connections) and the client role (initiating outgoing
connections). When separateclient.keyStoreproperties are configured (see
below), this keystore is used only for the server role and the client role
uses the dedicated client keystore instead.ssl.keyStore.passwordPath and ssl.quorum.keyStore.passwordPath :
(Java system properties: zookeeper.ssl.keyStore.passwordPath and zookeeper.ssl.quorum.keyStore.passwordPath)
New in 3.8.0:
Specifies the file path that contains the keystore password. Reading the password from a file takes precedence over
the explicit password property.ssl.keyStore.type and ssl.quorum.keyStore.type :
(Java system properties: zookeeper.ssl.keyStore.type and zookeeper.ssl.quorum.keyStore.type)
New in 3.5.5:
Specifies the file format of client-server and quorum keystores. Values: JKS, PEM, PKCS12 or null (detect by filename).
Default: null.
New in 3.5.10, 3.6.3, 3.7.0:
The format BCFKS was added.ssl.client.keyStore.location and ssl.client.keyStore.password and ssl.quorum.client.keyStore.location and ssl.quorum.client.keyStore.password :
(Java system properties: zookeeper.ssl.client.keyStore.location and zookeeper.ssl.client.keyStore.password and
zookeeper.ssl.quorum.client.keyStore.location and zookeeper.ssl.quorum.client.keyStore.password)
New in 3.10.0:
Specifies the file path to a Java keystore containing the credentials to
be used when initiating outgoing connections (i.e. the client role in
client-server and quorum TLS connections), and the password to unlock the
file. This is only needed when using certificates with a single Extended Key
Usage (EKU): configure aclientAuth-only certificate here and aserverAuth-only certificate inssl.keyStore.location. When this property
is not set, the sharedssl.keyStore.locationkeystore is used for both
roles. See Single EKU certificate support.ssl.client.keyStore.passwordPath and ssl.quorum.client.keyStore.passwordPath :
(Java system properties: zookeeper.ssl.client.keyStore.passwordPath and zookeeper.ssl.quorum.client.keyStore.passwordPath)
New in 3.10.0:
Specifies the file path that contains the client keystore password. Reading the password from a file takes precedence over
the explicit password property. See Single EKU certificate support.ssl.client.keyStore.type and ssl.quorum.client.keyStore.type :
(Java system properties: zookeeper.ssl.client.keyStore.type and zookeeper.ssl.quorum.client.keyStore.type)
New in 3.10.0:
Specifies the file format of the client keystores. Values: JKS, PEM, PKCS12, BCFKS or null (detect by filename).
Default: null. See Single EKU certificate support.ssl.trustStore.location and ssl.trustStore.password and ssl.quorum.trustStore.location and ssl.quorum.trustStore.password :
(Java system properties: zookeeper.ssl.trustStore.location and zookeeper.ssl.trustStore.password and zookeeper.ssl.quorum.trustStore.location and zookeeper.ssl.quorum.trustStore.password)
New in 3.5.5:
Specifies the file path to a Java truststore containing the remote
credentials to be used for client-server and quorum TLS connections, and the
password to unlock the file. This truststore is used for both the client
role (verifying servers) and the server role (verifying clients during
mTLS). When separateserver.trustStoreproperties are configured (see
below), this truststore is used only for the client role and the server role
uses the dedicated server truststore instead.ssl.trustStore.passwordPath and ssl.quorum.trustStore.passwordPath :
(Java system properties: zookeeper.ssl.trustStore.passwordPath and zookeeper.ssl.quorum.trustStore.passwordPath)
New in 3.8.0:
Specifies the file path that contains the truststore password. Reading the password from a file takes precedence over
the explicit password property.ssl.trustStore.type and ssl.quorum.trustStore.type :
(Java system properties: zookeeper.ssl.trustStore.type and zookeeper.ssl.quorum.trustStore.type)
New in 3.5.5:
Specifies the file format of client-server and quorum trustStores. Values: JKS, PEM, PKCS12 or null (detect by filename).
Default: null.
New in 3.5.10, 3.6.3, 3.7.0:
The format BCFKS was added.ssl.server.trustStore.location and ssl.server.trustStore.password and ssl.quorum.server.trustStore.location and ssl.quorum.server.trustStore.password :
(Java system properties: zookeeper.ssl.server.trustStore.location and zookeeper.ssl.server.trustStore.password
and zookeeper.ssl.quorum.server.trustStore.location and zookeeper.ssl.quorum.server.trustStore.password)
New in 3.10.0:
Specifies the file path to a Java truststore containing the credentials to
be used when accepting incoming connections (i.e. the server role in
client-server and quorum TLS connections), and the password to unlock the
file. This is only needed when using certificates with a single Extended Key
Usage (EKU): configure a truststore containingserverAuth-only CA
certificates here and a truststore containingclientAuth-only CA
certificates inssl.trustStore.location. When this property is not set,
the sharedssl.trustStore.locationtruststore is used for both roles.
See Single EKU certificate support.ssl.server.trustStore.passwordPath and ssl.quorum.server.trustStore.passwordPath :
(Java system properties: zookeeper.ssl.server.trustStore.passwordPath and zookeeper.ssl.quorum.server.trustStore.passwordPath)
New in 3.10.0:
Specifies the file path that contains the server truststore password. Reading the password from a file takes precedence over
the explicit password property. See Single EKU certificate support.ssl.server.trustStore.type and ssl.quorum.server.trustStore.type :
(Java system properties: zookeeper.ssl.server.trustStore.type and zookeeper.ssl.quorum.server.trustStore.type)
New in 3.10.0:
Specifies the file format of the server truststores. Values: JKS, PEM, PKCS12, BCFKS or null (detect by filename).
Default: null.
See Single EKU certificate support.ssl.protocol and ssl.quorum.protocol :
(Java system properties: zookeeper.ssl.protocol and zookeeper.ssl.quorum.protocol)
New in 3.5.5:
Specifies to protocol to be used in client and quorum TLS negotiation.
Default: TLSv1.3 or TLSv1.2 depending on Java runtime version being used.ssl.enabledProtocols and ssl.quorum.enabledProtocols :
(Java system properties: zookeeper.ssl.enabledProtocols and zookeeper.ssl.quorum.enabledProtocols)
New in 3.5.5:
Specifies the enabled protocols in client and quorum TLS negotiation.
Default: TLSv1.3, TLSv1.2 if value ofprotocolproperty is TLSv1.3. TLSv1.2 ifprotocolis TLSv1.2.ssl.ciphersuites and ssl.quorum.ciphersuites :
(Java system properties: zookeeper.ssl.ciphersuites and zookeeper.ssl.quorum.ciphersuites)
New in 3.5.5:
Specifies the enabled cipher suites to be used in client and quorum TLS negotiation.
Default: JDK defaults since 3.10.0, and hard coded cipher suites for 3.9 and earlier versions. See TLS Cipher Suites.ssl.context.supplier.class and ssl.quorum.context.supplier.class :
(Java system properties: zookeeper.ssl.context.supplier.class and zookeeper.ssl.quorum.context.supplier.class)
New in 3.5.5:
Specifies the class to be used for creating SSL context in client and quorum SSL communication.
This allows you to use custom SSL context and implement the following scenarios: 1. Use hardware keystore, loaded in using PKCS11 or something similar. 2. You don't have access to the software keystore, but can retrieve an already-constructed SSLContext from their container.
Default: nullssl.hostnameVerification and ssl.quorum.hostnameVerification :
(Java system properties: zookeeper.ssl.hostnameVerification and zookeeper.ssl.quorum.hostnameVerification)
New in 3.5.5:
Specifies whether the hostname verification is enabled in client and quorum TLS negotiation process.
Disabling it only recommended for testing purposes.
Default: truessl.clientHostnameVerification and ssl.quorum.clientHostnameVerification :
(Java system properties: zookeeper.ssl.clientHostnameVerification and zookeeper.ssl.quorum.clientHostnameVerification)
New in 3.9.4:
Specifies whether the client's hostname verification is enabled in client and quorum TLS negotiation process.
This option requires the corresponding hostnameVerification option to betrue, or it will be ignored.
Default: true for quorum, false for clientsssl.allowReverseDnsLookup and ssl.quorum.allowReverseDnsLookup :
(Java system properties: zookeeper.ssl.allowReverseDnsLookup and zookeeper.ssl.quorum.allowReverseDnsLookup)
New in 3.9.5:
Allow reverse DNS lookup in both server- and client hostname verifications if the hostname verification is enabled inZKTrustManager. Supported in both quorum and client TLS protocols. Not supported in FIPS mode. Reverse DNS lookups are
expensive and unnecessary in most cases. Make sure that certificates are created with all required Subject Alternative
Names (SAN) for successful identity verification. It's recommended to add SAN:IP entries for identity verification
of client certificates.
Default: falsessl.crl and ssl.quorum.crl :
(Java system properties: zookeeper.ssl.crl and zookeeper.ssl.quorum.crl)
New in 3.5.5:
Specifies whether Certificate Revocation List is enabled in client and quorum TLS protocols.
Default: jvm property "com.sun.net.ssl.checkRevocation" since 3.10.0, false otherwisessl.ocsp and ssl.quorum.ocsp :
(Java system properties: zookeeper.ssl.ocsp and zookeeper.ssl.quorum.ocsp)
New in 3.5.5:
Specifies whether Online Certificate Status Protocol is enabled in client and quorum TLS protocols.
Changed in 3.10.0:
Before 3.10.0, ssl.ocsp and ssl.quorum.ocsp implies ssl.crl and ssl.quorum.crl correspondingly.
After 3.10.0, one has to setup both ssl.crl and ssl.ocsp (or ssl.quorum.crl and ssl.quorum.ocsp)
to enable OCSP. This is consistent with jdk's method of Setting up a Java Client to use Client-Driven OCSP.
Default: jvm security property "ocsp.enable" since 3.10.0, false otherwisessl.clientAuth and ssl.quorum.clientAuth :
(Java system properties: zookeeper.ssl.clientAuth and zookeeper.ssl.quorum.clientAuth)
Added in 3.5.5, but broken until 3.5.7:
Specifies options to authenticate ssl connections from clients. Valid values aretext* "none": server will not request client authentication * "want": server will "request" client authentication * "need": server will "require" client authentication Default: "need"ssl.handshakeDetectionTimeoutMillis and ssl.quorum.handshakeDetectionTimeoutMillis :
(Java system properties: zookeeper.ssl.handshakeDetectionTimeoutMillis and zookeeper.ssl.quorum.handshakeDetectionTimeoutMillis)
New in 3.5.5:
TBDssl.sslProvider :
(Java system property: zookeeper.ssl.sslProvider)
New in 3.9.0:
Allows to select SSL provider in the client-server communication when TLS is enabled. Netty-tcnative native library
has been added to ZooKeeper in version 3.9.0 which allows us to use native SSL libraries like OpenSSL on supported
platforms. See the available options in Netty-tcnative documentation. Default value is "JDK".sslQuorumReloadCertFiles :
(No Java system property)
New in 3.5.5, 3.6.0:
Allows Quorum SSL keyStore and trustStore reloading when the certificates on the filesystem change without having to restart the ZK process. Default: falseclient.certReload :
(Java system property: zookeeper.client.certReload)
New in 3.7.2, 3.8.1, 3.9.0:
Allows client SSL keyStore and trustStore reloading when the certificates on the filesystem change without having to restart the ZK process. Default: falseclient.portUnification:
(Java system property: zookeeper.client.portUnification)
Specifies that the client port should accept SSL connections
(using the same configuration as the secure client port).
Default: falseauthProvider:
(Java system property: zookeeper.authProvider)
You can specify multiple authentication provider classes for ZooKeeper.
Usually you use this parameter to specify the SASL authentication provider
like:authProvider.1=org.apache.zookeeper.server.auth.SASLAuthenticationProviderkerberos.removeHostFromPrincipal
(Java system property: zookeeper.kerberos.removeHostFromPrincipal)
You can instruct ZooKeeper to remove the host from the client principal name during authentication.
(e.g. the zk/[email protected] client principal will be authenticated in ZooKeeper as [email protected])
Default: falsekerberos.removeRealmFromPrincipal
(Java system property: zookeeper.kerberos.removeRealmFromPrincipal)
You can instruct ZooKeeper to remove the realm from the client principal name during authentication.
(e.g. the zk/[email protected] client principal will be authenticated in ZooKeeper as zk/myhost)
Default: falsekerberos.canonicalizeHostNames
(Java system property: zookeeper.kerberos.canonicalizeHostNames)
New in 3.7.0:
Instructs ZooKeeper to canonicalize server host names extracted from server.x lines.
This allows using e.g.CNAMErecords to reference servers in configuration files, while still enabling SASL Kerberos authentication between quorum members.
It is essentially the quorum equivalent of the zookeeper.sasl.client.canonicalize.hostname property for clients.
The default value is false for backwards compatibility.kerberos.shutdownTimeoutMs
(Java system property: zookeeper.kerberos.shutdownTimeoutMs)
New in 3.10.0:
The time in milliseconds ZooKeeper waits for the Kerberos TGT renewal thread to exit while shutting down.
If the thread is still alive after that, ZooKeeper logs a warning and completes the shutdown.
Set it to 0 to wait without a timeout, which is how ZooKeeper behaved before this setting existed.
Default: 5000multiAddress.enabled :
(Java system property: zookeeper.multiAddress.enabled)
New in 3.6.0:
Since ZooKeeper 3.6.0 you can also specify multiple addresses
for each ZooKeeper server instance (this can increase availability when multiple physical
network interfaces can be used parallel in the cluster). Setting this parameter to
true will enable this feature. Please note, that you can not enable this feature
during a rolling upgrade if the version of the old ZooKeeper cluster is prior to 3.6.0.
The default value is false.multiAddress.reachabilityCheckTimeoutMs :
(Java system property: zookeeper.multiAddress.reachabilityCheckTimeoutMs)
New in 3.6.0:
Since ZooKeeper 3.6.0 you can also specify multiple addresses
for each ZooKeeper server instance (this can increase availability when multiple physical
network interfaces can be used parallel in the cluster). ZooKeeper will perform ICMP ECHO requests
or try to establish a TCP connection on port 7 (Echo) of the destination host in order to find
the reachable addresses. This happens only if you provide multiple addresses in the configuration.
In this property you can set the timeout in milliseconds for the reachability check. The check happens
in parallel for the different addresses, so the timeout you set here is the maximum time will be taken
by checking the reachability of all addresses.
The default value is 1000.This parameter has no effect, unless you enable the MultiAddress feature by setting multiAddress.enabled=true.
fips-mode :
(Java system property: zookeeper.fips-mode)
New in 3.8.2:
Enable FIPS compatibility mode in ZooKeeper. If enabled, the following things will be changed in order to comply
with FIPS requirements:- Custom trust manager (
ZKTrustManager) that is used for hostname verification will be disabled. As a consequence,
hostname verification is not available in the Quorum protocol, but still can be set in client-server communication. - DIGEST-MD5 Sasl auth mechanism will be disabled in Quorum and ZooKeeper Sasl clients. Only GSSAPI (Kerberos)
can be used.
Default: true (3.9.0+), false (3.8.x)
- Custom trust manager (
Single EKU certificate support
New in 3.10.0.
When TLS is configured, by default, ZooKeeper uses a single keystore and a single truststore for
both sides of every TLS connection. This works when each certificate carries
both the clientAuth and serverAuth Extended Key Usage (EKU) extensions
(or no EKU restriction at all).
In order to support single EKU certificates: one certificate for the client role
(clientAuth only) and a separate certificate for the server role
(serverAuth only), ZooKeeper allows configuring dedicated stores for each role.
Client-server TLS (ssl. prefix):
| Role | KeyStore property | TrustStore property | Certificate EKU |
|---|---|---|---|
| Server (accepting connections) | ssl.keyStore.location |
ssl.server.trustStore.location |
serverAuth |
| Client (initiating connections) | ssl.client.keyStore.location |
ssl.trustStore.location |
clientAuth |
Quorum TLS (ssl.quorum. prefix):
| Role | KeyStore property | TrustStore property | Certificate EKU |
|---|---|---|---|
| Server (accepting connections) | ssl.quorum.keyStore.location |
ssl.quorum.server.trustStore.location |
serverAuth |
| Client (initiating connections) | ssl.quorum.client.keyStore.location |
ssl.quorum.trustStore.location |
clientAuth |
When the dedicated client.keyStore or server.trustStore properties are
not set, ZooKeeper falls back to the shared keyStore and trustStore
for both roles, which is the pre-3.10.0 behavior.
TLS Cipher Suites
From 3.5.5 to 3.9 a hard coded default cipher list was used, with the ordering
dependent on whether it was run Java 8 or a later version.
Since 3.10 there is no hardcoded list, and the JDK defaults are used.
Experimental Options/Features
New features that are currently considered experimental.
Read Only Mode Server :
(Java system property: readonlymode.enabled)
New in 3.4.0:
Setting this value to true enables Read Only Mode server
support (disabled by default).
localSessionsEnabled has to be activated to serve clients.
A downgrade of an existing connections is currently not supported.
ROM allows clients sessions which requested ROM support to connect to the
server even when the server might be partitioned from
the quorum. In this mode ROM clients can still read
values from the ZK service, but will be unable to write
values and see changes from other clients. See
ZOOKEEPER-784 for more details.zookeeper.follower.skipLearnerRequestToNextProcessor :
(Java system property: zookeeper.follower.skipLearnerRequestToNextProcessor)
When our cluster has observers which are connected with ObserverMaster, then turning on this flag might help
you reduce some memory pressure on the Observer Master. If your cluster doesn't have any observers or
they are not connected with ObserverMaster or your Observer's don't make much writes, then using this flag
won't help you.
Currently the change here is guarded behind the flag to help us get more confidence around the memory gains.
In Long run, we might want to remove this flag and set its behavior as the default codepath.
Unsafe Options
The following options can be useful, but be careful when you use
them. The risk of each is explained along with the explanation of what
the variable does.
forceSync :
(Java system property: zookeeper.forceSync)
Requires updates to be synced to media of the transaction
log before finishing processing the update. If this option is
set to no, ZooKeeper will not require updates to be synced to
the media.jute.maxbuffer :
(Java system property:jute.maxbuffer).- This option can only be set as a Java system property.
There is no zookeeper prefix on it. It specifies the maximum
size of the data that can be stored in a znode. The unit is: byte. The default is
0xfffff(1048575) bytes, or just under 1M. - If this option is changed, the system property must be set on all servers and clients otherwise
problems will arise. - When jute.maxbuffer in the client side is greater than the server side, the client wants to write the data
exceeds jute.maxbuffer in the server side, the server side will get java.io.IOException: Len error - When jute.maxbuffer in the client side is less than the server side, the client wants to read the data
exceeds jute.maxbuffer in the client side, the client side will get java.io.IOException: Unreasonable length
or Packet len is out of range! - This is really a sanity check. ZooKeeper is designed to store data on the order of kilobytes in size.
In the production environment, increasing this property to exceed the default value is not recommended for the following reasons: - Large size znodes cause unwarranted latency spikes, worsen the throughput
- Large size znodes make the synchronization time between leader and followers unpredictable and non-convergent(sometimes timeout), cause the quorum unstable
- This option can only be set as a Java system property.
jute.maxbuffer.extrasize:
(Java system property: zookeeper.jute.maxbuffer.extrasize)
New in 3.5.7:
While processing client requests ZooKeeper server adds some additional information into
the requests before persisting it as a transaction. Earlier this additional information size
was fixed to 1024 bytes. For many scenarios, specially scenarios where jute.maxbuffer value
is more than 1 MB and request type is multi, this fixed size was insufficient.
To handle all the scenarios additional information size is increased from 1024 byte
to same as jute.maxbuffer size and also it is made configurable through jute.maxbuffer.extrasize.
Generally this property is not required to be configured as default value is the most optimal value.skipACL :
(Java system property: zookeeper.skipACL)
Skips ACL checks. This results in a boost in throughput,
but opens up full access to the data tree to everyone.quorumListenOnAllIPs :
When set to true the ZooKeeper server will listen
for connections from its peers on all available IP addresses,
and not only the address configured in the server list of the
configuration file. It affects the connections handling the
ZAB protocol and the Fast Leader Election protocol. Default
value is false.multiAddress.reachabilityCheckEnabled :
(Java system property: zookeeper.multiAddress.reachabilityCheckEnabled)
New in 3.6.0:
Since ZooKeeper 3.6.0 you can also specify multiple addresses
for each ZooKeeper server instance (this can increase availability when multiple physical
network interfaces can be used parallel in the cluster). ZooKeeper will perform ICMP ECHO requests
or try to establish a TCP connection on port 7 (Echo) of the destination host in order to find
the reachable addresses. This happens only if you provide multiple addresses in the configuration.
The reachable check can fail if you hit some ICMP rate-limitation, (e.g. on macOS) when you try to
start a large (e.g. 11+) ensemble members cluster on a single machine for testing.Default value is true. By setting this parameter to 'false' you can disable the reachability checks.
Please note, disabling the reachability check will cause the cluster not to be able to reconfigure
itself properly during network problems, so the disabling is advised only during testing.This parameter has no effect, unless you enable the MultiAddress feature by setting multiAddress.enabled=true.
Disabling data directory autocreation
New in 3.5: The default
behavior of a ZooKeeper server is to automatically create the
data directory (specified in the configuration file) when
started if that directory does not already exist. This can be
inconvenient and even dangerous in some cases. Take the case
where a configuration change is made to a running server,
wherein the dataDir parameter
is accidentally changed. When the ZooKeeper server is
restarted it will create this non-existent directory and begin
serving - with an empty znode namespace. This scenario can
result in an effective "split brain" situation (i.e. data in
both the new invalid directory and the original valid data
store). As such is would be good to have an option to turn off
this autocreate behavior. In general for production
environments this should be done, unfortunately however the
default legacy behavior cannot be changed at this point and
therefore this must be done on a case by case basis. This is
left to users and to packagers of ZooKeeper distributions.
When running zkServer.sh autocreate can be disabled
by setting the environment variable ZOO_DATADIR_AUTOCREATE_DISABLE to 1.
When running ZooKeeper servers directly from class files this
can be accomplished by setting zookeeper.datadir.autocreate=false on
the java command line, i.e. -Dzookeeper.datadir.autocreate=false
When this feature is disabled, and the ZooKeeper server
determines that the required directories do not exist it will
generate an error and refuse to start.
A new script zkServer-initialize.sh is provided to
support this new feature. If autocreate is disabled it is
necessary for the user to first install ZooKeeper, then create
the data directory (and potentially txnlog directory), and
then start the server. Otherwise as mentioned in the previous
paragraph the server will not start. Running zkServer-initialize.sh will create the
required directories, and optionally set up the myid file
(optional command line parameter). This script can be used
even if the autocreate feature itself is not used, and will
likely be of use to users as this (setup, including creation
of the myid file) has been an issue for users in the past.
Note that this script ensures the data directories exist only,
it does not create a config file, but rather requires a config
file to be available in order to execute.
Enabling db existence validation
New in 3.6.0: The default
behavior of a ZooKeeper server on startup when no data tree
is found is to set zxid to zero and join the quorum as a
voting member. This can be dangerous if some event (e.g. a
rogue 'rm -rf') has removed the data directory while the
server was down since this server may help elect a leader
that is missing transactions. Enabling db existence validation
will change the behavior on startup when no data tree is
found: the server joins the ensemble as a non-voting participant
until it is able to sync with the leader and acquire an up-to-date
version of the ensemble data. To indicate an empty data tree is
expected (ensemble creation), the user should place a file
'initialize' in the same directory as 'myid'. This file will
be detected and deleted by the server on startup.
Initialization validation can be enabled when running
ZooKeeper servers directly from class files by setting
zookeeper.db.autocreate=false
on the java command line, i.e.
-Dzookeeper.db.autocreate=false.
Running zkServer-initialize.sh
will create the required initialization file.
Performance Tuning Options
New in 3.5.0: Several subsystems have been reworked
to improve read throughput. This includes multi-threading of the NIO communication subsystem and
request processing pipeline (Commit Processor). NIO is the default client/server communication
subsystem. Its threading model comprises 1 acceptor thread, 1-N selector threads and 0-M
socket I/O worker threads. In the request processing pipeline the system can be configured
to process multiple read request at once while maintaining the same consistency guarantee
(same-session read-after-write). The Commit Processor threading model comprises 1 main
thread and 0-N worker threads.
The default values are aimed at maximizing read throughput on a dedicated ZooKeeper machine.
Both subsystems need to have sufficient amount of threads to achieve peak read throughput.
zookeeper.nio.numSelectorThreads :
(Java system property only: zookeeper.nio.numSelectorThreads)
New in 3.5.0:
Number of NIO selector threads. At least 1 selector thread required.
It is recommended to use more than one selector for large numbers
of client connections. The default value is sqrt( number of cpu cores / 2 ).zookeeper.nio.numWorkerThreads :
(Java system property only: zookeeper.nio.numWorkerThreads)
New in 3.5.0:
Number of NIO worker threads. If configured with 0 worker threads, the selector threads
do the socket I/O directly. The default value is 2 times the number of cpu cores.zookeeper.commitProcessor.numWorkerThreads :
(Java system property only: zookeeper.commitProcessor.numWorkerThreads)
New in 3.5.0:
Number of Commit Processor worker threads. If configured with 0 worker threads, the main thread
will process the request directly. The default value is the number of cpu cores.zookeeper.commitProcessor.maxReadBatchSize :
(Java system property only: zookeeper.commitProcessor.maxReadBatchSize)
Max number of reads to process from queuedRequests before switching to processing commits.
If the value < 0 (default), we switch whenever we have a local write, and pending commits.
A high read batch size will delay commit processing, causing stale data to be served.
If reads are known to arrive in fixed size batches then matching that batch size with
the value of this property can smooth queue performance. Since reads are handled in parallel,
one recommendation is to set this property to match zookeeper.commitProcessor.numWorkerThread
(default is the number of cpu cores) or lower.zookeeper.commitProcessor.maxCommitBatchSize :
(Java system property only: zookeeper.commitProcessor.maxCommitBatchSize)
Max number of commits to process before processing reads. We will try to process as many
remote/local commits as we can till we reach this count. A high commit batch size will delay
reads while processing more commits. A low commit batch size will favor reads.
It is recommended to only set this property when an ensemble is serving a workload with a high
commit rate. If writes are known to arrive in a set number of batches then matching that
batch size with the value of this property can smooth queue performance. A generic
approach would be to set this value to equal the ensemble size so that with the processing
of each batch the current server will probabilistically handle a write related to one of
its direct clients.
Default is "1". Negative and zero values are not supported.znode.container.checkIntervalMs :
(Java system property only)
New in 3.6.0: The
time interval in milliseconds for each check of candidate container
and ttl nodes. Default is "60000".znode.container.maxPerMinute :
(Java system property only)
New in 3.6.0: The
maximum number of container and ttl nodes that can be deleted per
minute. This prevents herding during container deletion.
Default is "10000".znode.container.maxNeverUsedIntervalMs :
(Java system property only)
New in 3.6.0: The
maximum interval in milliseconds that a container that has never had
any children is retained. Should be long enough for your client to
create the container, do any needed work and then create children.
Default is "300000"(a.k.a. 5 minutes) since 3.10.0, for earlier versions,
it is "0" which is used to indicate that containers that have never had
any children are never deleted.
Debug Observability Configurations
New in 3.6.0: The following options are introduced to make zookeeper easier to debug.
zookeeper.messageTracker.BufferSize :
(Java system property only)
Controls the maximum number of messages stored in MessageTracker. Value should be positive
integers. The default value is 10. MessageTracker is introduced in 3.6.0 to record the
last set of messages between a server (follower or observer) and a leader, when a server
disconnects with leader. These set of messages will then be dumped to zookeeper's log file,
and will help reconstruct the state of the servers at the time of the disconnection and
will be useful for debugging purpose.zookeeper.messageTracker.Enabled :
(Java system property only)
When set to "true", will enable MessageTracker to track and record messages. Default value
is "false".
AdminServer configuration
New in 3.10.0: The AdminServer will use the following existing properties:
- ssl.quorum.ciphersuites :
(Java system property: zookeeper.ssl.quorum.ciphersuites)
The enabled cipher suites to be used in TLS negotiation for AdminServer.
Default: Jetty default. - ssl.quorum.enabledProtocols :
(Java system property: zookeeper.ssl.quorum.enabledProtocols)
The enabled protocols to be used in TLS negotiation for AdminServer.
Default: Jetty default.
New in 3.9.0: The following
options are used to configure the AdminServer.
admin.rateLimiterIntervalInMS :
(Java system property: zookeeper.admin.rateLimiterIntervalInMS)
The time interval for rate limiting admin command to protect the server.
Defaults to 5 mins.admin.snapshot.enabled :
(Java system property: zookeeper.admin.snapshot.enabled)
The flag for enabling the snapshot command. Defaults to true.admin.restore.enabled :
(Java system property: zookeeper.admin.restore.enabled)
The flag for enabling the restore command. Defaults to true.admin.needClientAuth :
(Java system property: zookeeper.admin.needClientAuth)
The flag to control whether client auth is needed. Using x509 auth requires true.
Defaults to false.New in 3.7.1: The following
options are used to configure the AdminServer.admin.forceHttps :
(Java system property: zookeeper.admin.forceHttps)
Force AdminServer to use SSL, thus allowing only HTTPS traffic.
Defaults to disabled.
Overwrites admin.portUnification settings.New in 3.6.0: The following
options are used to configure the AdminServer.admin.portUnification :
(Java system property: zookeeper.admin.portUnification)
Enable the admin port to accept both HTTP and HTTPS traffic.
Defaults to disabled.New in 3.5.0: The following
options are used to configure the AdminServer.admin.enableServer :
(Java system property: zookeeper.admin.enableServer)
Set to "true" to enable the AdminServer. By default, the
AdminServer is disabled.admin.serverAddress :
(Java system property: zookeeper.admin.serverAddress)
The address the embedded Jetty server listens on. Defaults to 0.0.0.0.admin.serverPort :
(Java system property: zookeeper.admin.serverPort)
The port the embedded Jetty server listens on. Defaults to 8080.admin.idleTimeout :
(Java system property: zookeeper.admin.idleTimeout)
Set the maximum idle time in milliseconds that a connection can wait
before sending or receiving data. Defaults to 30000 ms.admin.commandURL :
(Java system property: zookeeper.admin.commandURL)
The URL for listing and issuing commands relative to the
root URL. Defaults to "/commands".
Zookeeper Website App Pages Docs Docs Mdx Admin Ops Administrators Guide Data File Management (`zookeeper-website/app/pages/_docs/docs/_mdx/admin-ops/administrators-guide/data-file-management.mdx`)
title: "Data File Management"
ZooKeeper stores its data in a data directory and its transaction
log in a transaction log directory. By default these two directories are
the same. The server can (and should) be configured to store the
transaction log files in a separate directory than the data files.
Throughput increases and latency decreases when transaction logs reside
on a dedicated log devices.
The Data Directory
This directory has two or three files in it:
- myid - contains a single integer in
human readable ASCII text that represents the server id. - initialize - presence indicates lack of
data tree is expected. Cleaned up once data tree is created. - snapshot.<zxid> - holds the fuzzy
snapshot of a data tree.
Each ZooKeeper server has a unique id. This id is used in two
places: the myid file and the configuration file.
The myid file identifies the server that
corresponds to the given data directory. The configuration file lists
the contact information for each server identified by its server id.
When a ZooKeeper server instance starts, it reads its id from the
myid file and then, using that id, reads from the
configuration file, looking up the port on which it should
listen.
The snapshot files stored in the data
directory are fuzzy snapshots in the sense that during the time the
ZooKeeper server is taking the snapshot, updates are occurring to the
data tree. The suffix of the snapshot file names
is the zxid, the ZooKeeper transaction id, of the
last committed transaction at the start of the snapshot. Thus, the
snapshot includes a subset of the updates to the data tree that
occurred while the snapshot was in process. The snapshot, then, may
not correspond to any data tree that actually existed, and for this
reason we refer to it as a fuzzy snapshot. Still, ZooKeeper can
recover using this snapshot because it takes advantage of the
idempotent nature of its updates. By replaying the transaction log
against fuzzy snapshots ZooKeeper gets the state of the system at the
end of the log.
The Log Directory
The Log Directory contains the ZooKeeper transaction logs.
Before any update takes place, ZooKeeper ensures that the transaction
that represents the update is written to non-volatile storage. A new
log file is started when the number of transactions written to the
current log file reaches a (variable) threshold. The threshold is
computed using the same parameter which influences the frequency of
snapshotting (see snapCount and snapSizeLimitInKb above). The log file's
suffix is the first zxid written to that log.
File Management
The format of snapshot and log files does not change between
standalone ZooKeeper servers and different configurations of
replicated ZooKeeper servers. Therefore, you can pull these files from
a running replicated ZooKeeper server to a development machine with a
stand-alone ZooKeeper server for troubleshooting.
Using older log and snapshot files, you can look at the previous
state of ZooKeeper servers and even restore that state.
The ZooKeeper server creates snapshot and log files, but
never deletes them. The retention policy of the data and log
files is implemented outside of the ZooKeeper server. The
server itself only needs the latest complete fuzzy snapshot, all log
files following it, and the last log file preceding it. The latter
requirement is necessary to include updates which happened after this
snapshot was started but went into the existing log file at that time.
This is possible because snapshotting and rolling over of logs
proceed somewhat independently in ZooKeeper. See the
maintenance section
for more details on setting a retention policy
and maintenance of ZooKeeper storage.
Recovery - TxnLogToolkit
More details can be found in this
Zookeeper Website App Pages Docs Docs Mdx Admin Ops Administrators Guide Deployment (`zookeeper-website/app/pages/_docs/docs/_mdx/admin-ops/administrators-guide/deployment.mdx`)
title: "Deployment"
This section contains information about deploying Zookeeper and
covers these topics:
The first two sections assume you are interested in installing
ZooKeeper in a production environment such as a datacenter. The final
section covers situations in which you are setting up ZooKeeper on a
limited basis - for evaluation, testing, or development - but not in a
production environment.
System Requirements
Supported Platforms
ZooKeeper consists of multiple components. Some components are
supported broadly, and other components are supported only on a smaller
set of platforms.
- Client is the Java client
library, used by applications to connect to a ZooKeeper ensemble. - Server is the Java server
that runs on the ZooKeeper ensemble nodes. - Native Client is a client
implemented in C, similar to the Java client, used by applications
to connect to a ZooKeeper ensemble. - Contrib refers to multiple
optional add-on components.
The following matrix describes the level of support committed for
running each component on different operating system platforms.
Support Matrix
| Operating System | Client | Server | Native Client | Contrib |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| GNU/Linux | Development and Production | Development and Production | Development and Production | Development and Production |
| Solaris | Development and Production | Development and Production | Not Supported | Not Supported |
| FreeBSD | Development and Production | Development and Production | Not Supported | Not Supported |
| Windows | Development and Production | Development and Production | Not Supported | Not Supported |
| Mac OS X | Development Only | Development Only | Not Supported | Not Supported |
For any operating system not explicitly mentioned as supported in
the matrix, components may or may not work. The ZooKeeper community
will fix obvious bugs that are reported for other platforms, but there
is no full support.
Required Software
ZooKeeper runs in Java.
It requires Java 17 or greater
(JDK 17 LTS, JDK 21 LTS, JDK 25 LTS - other Java versions are not supported).
It runs as an ensemble of ZooKeeper servers. Three
ZooKeeper servers is the minimum recommended size for an
ensemble, and we also recommend that they run on separate
machines. At Yahoo!, ZooKeeper is usually deployed on
dedicated RHEL boxes, with dual-core processors, 2GB of RAM,
and 80GB IDE hard drives.
Clustered (Multi-Server) Setup
For reliable ZooKeeper service, you should deploy ZooKeeper in a
cluster known as an ensemble. As long as a majority
of the ensemble are up, the service will be available. Because Zookeeper
requires a majority, it is best to use an
odd number of machines. For example, with four machines ZooKeeper can
only handle the failure of a single machine; if two machines fail, the
remaining two machines do not constitute a majority. However, with five
machines ZooKeeper can handle the failure of two machines.
Usually three servers is more than enough for a production
install, but for maximum reliability during maintenance, you may
wish to install five servers. With three servers, if you perform
maintenance on one of them, you are vulnerable to a failure on one
of the other two servers during that maintenance. If you have five
of them running, you can take one down for maintenance, and know
that you're still OK if one of the other four suddenly fails.
Your redundancy considerations should include all aspects of
your environment. If you have three ZooKeeper servers, but their
network cables are all plugged into the same network switch, then
the failure of that switch will take down your entire ensemble.
Here are the steps to set a server that will be part of an
ensemble. These steps should be performed on every host in the
ensemble:
tickTime=2000
dataDir=/var/lib/zookeeper/
clientPort=2181
initLimit=5
syncLimit=2
server.1=zoo1:2888:3888
server.2=zoo2:2888:3888
server.3=zoo3:2888:3888You can find the meanings of these and other configuration settings in the section
[Configuration Parameters](/admin-ops/administrators-guide/configuration-parameters). Every machine that is part of the ZooKeeper
ensemble should know about every other machine in the ensemble. You accomplish this with the
series of lines of the form **server.id=host:port:port**. (The parameters **host** and **port**
are straightforward; for each server you need to specify first a Quorum port then a dedicated
port for ZooKeeper leader election). Since ZooKeeper 3.6.0 you can also
specify multiple addresses for each ZooKeeper server instance (this can
increase availability when multiple physical network interfaces can be used parallel in the
cluster). You attribute the server id to each machine by creating a file named _myid_, one for
each server, which resides in that server's data directory, as specified by the configuration
file parameter **dataDir**.$ java -cp zookeeper.jar:lib/*:conf org.apache.zookeeper.server.quorum.QuorumPeerMain zoo.confQuorumPeerMain starts a ZooKeeper server; [JMX](http://java.sun.com/javase/technologies/core/mntr-mgmt/javamanagement/)
management beans are also registered which allows management through a JMX management console.
The [ZooKeeper JMX document](/admin-ops/jmx) contains details on managing ZooKeeper with JMX.
See the script _bin/zkServer.sh_, which is included in the release, for an example of starting
server instances.$ bin/zkCli.sh -server 127.0.0.1:2181Single Server and Developer Setup
If you want to set up ZooKeeper for development purposes, you will
probably want to set up a single server instance of ZooKeeper, and then
install either the Java or C client-side libraries and bindings on your
development machine.
The steps to setting up a single server instance are the similar
to the above, except the configuration file is simpler. You can find the
complete instructions in the Installing and
Running ZooKeeper in Single Server Mode section of the ZooKeeper Getting Started
Guide.
For information on installing the client side libraries, refer to
the Bindings
section of the ZooKeeper
Programmer's Guide.
Designing a ZooKeeper Deployment
The reliability of ZooKeeper rests on two basic assumptions.
- Only a minority of servers in a deployment
will fail. Failure in this context
means a machine crash, or some error in the network that
partitions a server off from the majority. - Deployed machines operate correctly. To
operate correctly means to execute code correctly, to have
clocks that work properly, and to have storage and network
components that perform consistently.
The sections below contain considerations for ZooKeeper
administrators to maximize the probability for these assumptions
to hold true. Some of these are cross-machines considerations,
and others are things you should consider for each and every
machine in your deployment.
Cross Machine Requirements
For the ZooKeeper service to be active, there must be a
majority of non-failing machines that can communicate with
each other. For a ZooKeeper ensemble with N servers,
if N is odd, the ensemble is able to tolerate up to N/2
server failures without losing any znode data;
if N is even, the ensemble is able to tolerate up to N/2-1
server failures.
For example, if we have a ZooKeeper ensemble with 3 servers,
the ensemble is able to tolerate up to 1 (3/2) server failures.
If we have a ZooKeeper ensemble with 5 servers,
the ensemble is able to tolerate up to 2 (5/2) server failures.
If the ZooKeeper ensemble with 6 servers, the ensemble
is also able to tolerate up to 2 (6/2-1) server failures
without losing data and prevent the "brain split" issue.
ZooKeeper ensemble is usually has odd number of servers.
This is because with the even number of servers,
the capacity of failure tolerance is the same as
the ensemble with one less server
(2 failures for both 5-node ensemble and 6-node ensemble),
but the ensemble has to maintain extra connections and
data transfers for one more server.
To achieve the highest probability of tolerating a failure
you should try to make machine failures independent. For
example, if most of the machines share the same switch,
failure of that switch could cause a correlated failure and
bring down the service. The same holds true of shared power
circuits, cooling systems, etc.
Single Machine Requirements
If ZooKeeper has to contend with other applications for
access to resources like storage media, CPU, network, or
memory, its performance will suffer markedly. ZooKeeper has
strong durability guarantees, which means it uses storage
media to log changes before the operation responsible for the
change is allowed to complete. You should be aware of this
dependency then, and take great care if you want to ensure
that ZooKeeper operations aren’t held up by your media. Here
are some things you can do to minimize that sort of
degradation:
- ZooKeeper's transaction log must be on a dedicated
device. (A dedicated partition is not enough.) ZooKeeper
writes the log sequentially, without seeking Sharing your
log device with other processes can cause seeks and
contention, which in turn can cause multi-second
delays. - Do not put ZooKeeper in a situation that can cause a
swap. In order for ZooKeeper to function with any sort of
timeliness, it simply cannot be allowed to swap.
Therefore, make certain that the maximum heap size given
to ZooKeeper is not bigger than the amount of real memory
available to ZooKeeper. For more on this, see
Things to Avoid
in the Best Practices guide.
Zookeeper Website App Pages Docs Docs Mdx Admin Ops Administrators Guide Meta.Json (`zookeeper-website/app/pages/_docs/docs/_mdx/admin-ops/administrators-guide/meta.json`)
{
"title": "Administrator's Guide",
"pages": [
"deployment",
"administration",
"configuration-parameters",
"communication-using-the-netty-framework",
"commands",
"data-file-management",
"best-practices"
]
}
Zookeeper Website App Pages Docs Docs Mdx Developer Programmers Guide Access Control Using Acls (`zookeeper-website/app/pages/_docs/docs/_mdx/developer/programmers-guide/access-control-using-acls.mdx`)
title: "Access Control using ACLs"
ZooKeeper uses ACLs to control access to its znodes (the
data nodes of a ZooKeeper data tree). The ACL implementation is
quite similar to UNIX file access permissions: it employs
permission bits to allow/disallow various operations against a
node and the scope to which the bits apply. Unlike standard UNIX
permissions, a ZooKeeper node is not limited by the three standard
scopes for user (owner of the file), group, and world
(other). ZooKeeper does not have a notion of an owner of a
znode. Instead, an ACL specifies sets of ids and permissions that
are associated with those ids.
Note also that an ACL pertains only to a specific znode. In
particular it does not apply to children. For example, if
/app is only readable by ip:172.16.16.1 and
/app/status is world readable, anyone will
be able to read /app/status; ACLs are not
recursive.
ZooKeeper supports pluggable authentication schemes. Ids are
specified using the form scheme:expression,
where scheme is the authentication scheme
that the id corresponds to. The set of valid expressions are defined
by the scheme. For example, ip:172.16.16.1 is
an id for a host with the address 172.16.16.1
using the ip scheme, whereas digest:bob:password
is an id for the user with the name of bob using
the digest scheme.
When a client connects to ZooKeeper and authenticates
itself, ZooKeeper associates all the ids that correspond to a
client with the clients connection. These ids are checked against
the ACLs of znodes when a client tries to access a node. ACLs are
made up of pairs of (scheme:expression,
perms). The format of
the expression is specific to the scheme. For
example, the pair (ip:19.22.0.0/16, READ)
gives the READ permission to any clients with
an IP address that starts with 19.22.
ACL Permissions
ZooKeeper supports the following permissions:
- CREATE: you can create a child node
- READ: you can get data from a node and list its children.
- WRITE: you can set data for a node
- DELETE: you can delete a child node
- ADMIN: you can set permissions
The CREATE
and DELETE permissions have been broken out
of the WRITE permission for finer grained
access controls. The cases for CREATE
and DELETE are the following:
You want A to be able to do a set on a ZooKeeper node, but
not be able to CREATE
or DELETE children.
CREATE
without DELETE: clients create requests by
creating ZooKeeper nodes in a parent directory. You want all
clients to be able to add, but only request processor can
delete. (This is kind of like the APPEND permission for
files.)
Also, the ADMIN permission is there
since ZooKeeper doesn’t have a notion of file owner. In some
sense the ADMIN permission designates the
entity as the owner. ZooKeeper doesn’t support the LOOKUP
permission (execute permission bit on directories to allow you
to LOOKUP even though you can't list the directory). Everyone
implicitly has LOOKUP permission. This allows you to stat a
node, but nothing more. (The problem is, if you want to call
zoo_exists() on a node that doesn't exist, there is no
permission to check.)
ADMIN permission also has a special role in terms of ACLs:
in order to retrieve ACLs of a znode user has to have READ or ADMIN
permission, but without ADMIN permission, digest hash values will be
masked out.
As of versions 3.9.2 / 3.8.4 / 3.7.3 the exists() call will now verify ACLs
on nodes that exist and the client must have READ permission otherwise
'Insufficient permission' error will be raised.
Builtin ACL Schemes
ZooKeeper has the following built in schemes:
- world has a
single id, anyone, that represents
anyone. - auth is a special
scheme which ignores any provided expression and instead uses the current user,
credentials, and scheme. Any expression (whether user like with SASL
authentication or user:password like with DIGEST authentication) provided is ignored
by the ZooKeeper server when persisting the ACL. However, the expression must still be
provided in the ACL because the ACL must match the form scheme:expression:perms.
This scheme is provided as a convenience as it is a common use-case for
a user to create a znode and then restrict access to that znode to only that user.
If there is no authenticated user, setting an ACL with the auth scheme will fail. - digest uses
a username:password string to generate
MD5 hash which is then used as an ACL ID
identity. Authentication is done by sending
the username:password in clear text. When
used in the ACL the expression will be
the username:base64
encoded SHA1
password digest. - ip uses the
client host IP as an ACL ID identity. The ACL expression is of
the form addr/bits where the most
significant bits
of addr are matched against the most
significant bits of the client host
IP. - x509 uses the client
X500 Principal as an ACL ID identity. The ACL expression is the exact
X500 Principal name of a client. When using the secure port, clients
are automatically authenticated and their auth info for the x509 scheme
is set.
ZooKeeper C client API
The following constants are provided by the ZooKeeper C
library:
- const int ZOO_PERM_READ; //can read node’s value and list its children
- const int ZOO_PERM_WRITE;// can set the node’s value
- const int ZOO_PERM_CREATE; //can create children
- const int ZOO_PERM_DELETE;// can delete children
- const int ZOO_PERM_ADMIN; //can execute set_acl()
- const int ZOO_PERM_ALL;// all of the above flags OR’d together
The following are the standard ACL IDs:
- struct Id ZOO_ANYONE_ID_UNSAFE; //(‘world’,’anyone’)
- struct Id ZOO_AUTH_IDS;// (‘auth’,’’)
ZOO_AUTH_IDS empty identity string should be interpreted as “the identity of the creator”.
ZooKeeper client comes with three standard ACLs:
- struct ACL_vector ZOO_OPEN_ACL_UNSAFE; //(ZOO_PERM_ALL,ZOO_ANYONE_ID_UNSAFE)
- struct ACL_vector ZOO_READ_ACL_UNSAFE;// (ZOO_PERM_READ, ZOO_ANYONE_ID_UNSAFE)
- struct ACL_vector ZOO_CREATOR_ALL_ACL; //(ZOO_PERM_ALL,ZOO_AUTH_IDS)
The ZOOOPEN_ACL_UNSAFE is completely open free for all
ACL: any application can execute any operation on the node and
can create, list and delete its children. The
ZOO_READ_ACL_UNSAFE is read-only access for any
application. CREATE_ALL_ACL grants all permissions to the
creator of the node. The creator must have been authenticated by
the server (for example, using “_digest”
scheme) before it can create nodes with this ACL.
The following ZooKeeper operations deal with ACLs:
int zoo_add_auth
(zhandlet *zh,_const char__
scheme,const char
cert, int certLen, voidcompletion_t
completion, _const void
*data);The application uses the zoo_add_auth function to
authenticate itself to the server. The function can be called
multiple times if the application wants to authenticate using
different schemes and/or identities.int zoo_create
(zhandlet *zh, _const char
*path, const char
*value,int
valuelen, const struct
ACLvector *acl, _int
flags,char
*realpath, int
max_realpath_len);zoo_create(...) operation creates a new node. The acl
parameter is a list of ACLs associated with the node. The parent
node must have the CREATE permission bit set.int zoo_get_acl
(zhandlet *zh, _const char
*path,struct ACLvector
*acl, _struct Stat *stat);This operation returns a node’s ACL info. The node must have READ or ADMIN
permission set. Without ADMIN permission, the digest hash values will be masked out.int zoo_set_acl
(zhandlet *zh, _const char
*path, int
version,const struct
ACL_vector *acl);This function replaces node’s ACL list with a new one. The
node must have the ADMIN permission set.
Here is a sample code that makes use of the above APIs to
authenticate itself using the “foo” scheme
and create an ephemeral node “/xyz” with create-only
permissions.
/* Detailed source-code truncated for AI context efficiency. */Zookeeper Website App Pages Docs Docs Mdx Developer Programmers Guide Bindings (`zookeeper-website/app/pages/_docs/docs/_mdx/developer/programmers-guide/bindings.mdx`)
title: "Bindings"
The ZooKeeper client libraries come in two languages: Java and C.
The following sections describe these.
Java Binding
There are two packages that make up the ZooKeeper Java binding:
org.apache.zookeeper and org.apache.zookeeper.data. The rest of the
packages that make up ZooKeeper are used internally or are part of the
server implementation. The org.apache.zookeeper.data package is made up of
generated classes that are used simply as containers.
The main class used by a ZooKeeper Java client is the ZooKeeper class. Its two constructors differ only
by an optional session id and password. ZooKeeper supports session
recovery across instances of a process. A Java program may save its
session id and password to stable storage, restart, and recover the
session that was used by the earlier instance of the program.
When a ZooKeeper object is created, two threads are created as
well: an IO thread and an event thread. All IO happens on the IO thread
(using Java NIO). All event callbacks happen on the event thread.
Session maintenance such as reconnecting to ZooKeeper servers and
maintaining heartbeat is done on the IO thread. Responses for
synchronous methods are also processed in the IO thread. All responses
to asynchronous methods and watch events are processed on the event
thread. There are a few things to notice that result from this
design:
- All completions for asynchronous calls and watcher callbacks
will be made in order, one at a time. The caller can do any
processing they wish, but no other callbacks will be processed
during that time. - Callbacks do not block the processing of the IO thread or the
processing of the synchronous calls. - Synchronous calls may not return in the correct order. For
example, assume a client does the following processing: issues an
asynchronous read of node /a with
watch set to true, and then in the completion
callback of the read it does a synchronous read of /a. (Maybe not good practice, but not illegal
either, and it makes for a simple example.)
Note that if there is a change to /a between the asynchronous read and the
synchronous read, the client library will receive the watch event
saying /a changed before the
response for the synchronous read, but because of the completion
callback blocking the event queue, the synchronous read will
return with the new value of /a
before the watch event is processed.
Finally, the rules associated with shutdown are straightforward:
once a ZooKeeper object is closed or receives a fatal event
(SESSION_EXPIRED and AUTH_FAILED), the ZooKeeper object becomes invalid.
On a close, the two threads shut down and any further access on zookeeper
handle is undefined behavior and should be avoided.
Client Configuration Parameters
The following list contains configuration properties for the Java client. You can set any
of these properties using Java system properties. For server properties, please check the
Server configuration section of the Admin Guide.
The ZooKeeper Wiki also has useful pages about
ZooKeeper SSL support,
and SASL authentication for ZooKeeper.
zookeeper.sasl.client :
Set the value to false to disable
SASL authentication. Default is true.zookeeper.sasl.clientconfig :
Specifies the context key in the JAAS login file. Default is "Client".zookeeper.server.principal :
Specifies the server principal to be used by the client for authentication, while connecting to the zookeeper
server, when Kerberos authentication is enabled. If this configuration is provided, then
the ZooKeeper client will NOT USE any of the following parameters to determine the server principal:propertieszookeeper.sasl.client.username, zookeeper.sasl.client.canonicalize.hostname, zookeeper.server.realm Note: this config parameter is working only for ZooKeeper 3.5.7+, 3.6.0+zookeeper.sasl.client.username :
Traditionally, a principal is divided into three parts: the primary, the instance, and the realm.
The format of a typical Kerberos V5 principal is primary/instance@REALM.
zookeeper.sasl.client.username specifies the primary part of the server principal. Default
is "zookeeper". Instance part is derived from the server IP. Finally server's principal is
username/IP@realm, where username is the value of zookeeper.sasl.client.username, IP is
the server IP, and realm is the value of zookeeper.server.realm.zookeeper.sasl.client.canonicalize.hostname :
Expecting the zookeeper.server.principal parameter is not provided, the ZooKeeper client will try to
determine the 'instance' (host) part of the ZooKeeper server principal. First it takes the hostname provided
as the ZooKeeper server connection string. Then it tries to 'canonicalize' the address by getting
the fully qualified domain name belonging to the address. You can disable this 'canonicalization'
by setting: zookeeper.sasl.client.canonicalize.hostname=falsezookeeper.sasl.client.allowReverseDnsLookup :
New in 3.9.5:
Controls whether reverse DNS lookup is enabled when constructing the server principal for the SASL client.
Default: falsezookeeper.server.realm :
Realm part of the server principal. By default it is the client principal realm.zookeeper.kerberos.shutdownTimeoutMs :
New in 3.10.0:
The time in milliseconds a client waits for the Kerberos TGT renewal thread to exit while closing.
If the thread is still alive after that, the client logs a warning and completes the close.
Set it to 0 to wait without a timeout, which is how the client behaved before this setting existed.
Default: 5000zookeeper.disableAutoWatchReset :
This switch controls whether automatic watch resetting is enabled. Clients automatically
reset watches during session reconnect by default, this option allows the client to turn off
this behavior by setting zookeeper.disableAutoWatchReset to true.zookeeper.client.secure :
New in 3.5.5:
If you want to connect to the server secure client port, you need to set this property to
true
on the client. This will connect to server using SSL with specified credentials. Note that
it requires the Netty client.zookeeper.clientCnxnSocket :
Specifies which ClientCnxnSocket to be used. Possible values are
org.apache.zookeeper.ClientCnxnSocketNIO
and
org.apache.zookeeper.ClientCnxnSocketNetty
. Default is
org.apache.zookeeper.ClientCnxnSocketNIO
. If you want to connect to server's secure client port, you need to set this property to
org.apache.zookeeper.ClientCnxnSocketNetty
on client.zookeeper.ssl.keyStore.location and zookeeper.ssl.keyStore.password :
New in 3.5.5:
Specifies the file path to a JKS containing the local credentials to be used for SSL connections,
and the password to unlock the file.zookeeper.ssl.keyStore.passwordPath :
New in 3.8.0:
Specifies the file path which contains the keystore passwordzookeeper.ssl.trustStore.location and zookeeper.ssl.trustStore.password :
New in 3.5.5:
Specifies the file path to a JKS containing the remote credentials to be used for SSL connections,
and the password to unlock the file.zookeeper.ssl.trustStore.passwordPath :
New in 3.8.0:
Specifies the file path which contains the truststore passwordzookeeper.ssl.keyStore.type and zookeeper.ssl.trustStore.type:
New in 3.5.5:
Specifies the file format of keys/trust store files used to establish TLS connection to the ZooKeeper server.
Values: JKS, PEM, PKCS12 or null (detect by filename). Default: null.
New in 3.6.3, 3.7.0:
The format BCFKS was added.jute.maxbuffer :
In the client side, it specifies the maximum size of the incoming data from the server. The default is 0xfffff(1048575) bytes,
or just under 1M. This is really a sanity check. The ZooKeeper server is designed to store and send
data on the order of kilobytes. If incoming data length is more than this value, an IOException
is raised. This value of client side should keep same with the server side(Setting System.setProperty("jute.maxbuffer", "xxxx") in the client side will work),
otherwise problems will arise.zookeeper.kinit :
Specifies path to kinit binary. Default is "/usr/bin/kinit".zookeeper.shuffleDnsResponse :
New in 3.10.0:
Specifies whether ZooKeeper client should randomly pick an IP address from the DNS lookup query result when resolving
server addresses or not. This is a feature flag in order to keep the old behavior of the default DNS resolver inStaticHostProvider, because we disabled it by default. The reason behind that is shuffling the response of DNS queries
shadows JVM network propertyjava.net.preferIPv6Addresses(default: false). This property controls whether JVM's built-in
resolver should prioritize v4 (false value) or v6 (true value) addresses when putting together the list of IP addresses
in the result. In other words the above Java system property was completely ineffective in the case of ZooKeeper server host
resolution protocol and this must have been fixed. In a dual stack environment one might want to prefer one stack over
the other which, in case of Java processes, should be controlled by JVM network properties and ZooKeeper must honor
these settings. Since the old behavior has been with us since day zero, we introduced this feature flag in case you
need it. Such case could be when you have a buggy DNS server which responds IP addresses always in the same order and
you want to randomize that.
Default: falsezookeeper.hostProvider.dnsSrvRefreshIntervalSeconds :
New in 3.10.0:
Specifies the refresh interval in seconds for DNS SRV record lookups when using DnsSrvHostProvider.
A value of 0 disables periodic refresh.
Default: 60 seconds
C Binding
The C binding has a single-threaded and multi-threaded library.
The multi-threaded library is easiest to use and is most similar to the
Java API. This library will create an IO thread and an event dispatch
thread for handling connection maintenance and callbacks. The
single-threaded library allows ZooKeeper to be used in event driven
applications by exposing the event loop used in the multi-threaded
library.
The package includes two shared libraries: zookeeperst and
zookeeper_mt. The former only provides the asynchronous APIs and
callbacks for integrating into the application's event loop. The only
reason this library exists is to support the platforms were a
_pthread library is not available or is unstable
(i.e. FreeBSD 4.x). In all other cases, application developers should
link with zookeeper_mt, as it includes support for both Sync and Async
API.
Installation
If you're building the client from a check-out from the Apache
repository, follow the steps outlined below. If you're building from a
project source package downloaded from apache, skip to step 3.
- Run
mvn compilein zookeeper-jute directory (.../trunk/zookeeper-jute).
This will create a directory named "generated" under
.../trunk/zookeeper-client/zookeeper-client-c. - Change directory to the*.../trunk/zookeeper-client/zookeeper-client-c*
and runautoreconf -ifto bootstrap autoconf, automake and libtool. Make sure you have autoconf version 2.59 or greater installed.
Skip to step4. - If you are building from a project source package,
unzip/untar the source tarball and cd to the*
zookeeper-x.x.x/zookeeper-client/zookeeper-client-c* directory. - Run
./configure <your-options>to
generate the makefile. Here are some of options the configure utility supports that can be
useful in this step:
--enable-debug
Enables optimization and enables debug info compiler
options. (Disabled by default.)--without-syncapi
Disables Sync API support; zookeeper_mt library won't be
built. (Enabled by default.)--disable-static
Do not build static libraries. (Enabled by
default.)--disable-shared
Do not build shared libraries. (Enabled by
default.)See INSTALL for general information about running **configure**. 1. Run `make` or `make install` to build the libraries and install them. 1. To generate doxygen documentation for the ZooKeeper API, run `make doxygen-doc`. All documentation will be placed in a new subfolder named docs. By default, this command only generates HTML. For information on other document formats, run `./configure --help`
Building Your Own C Client
In order to be able to use the ZooKeeper C API in your application
you have to remember to
- Include ZooKeeper header:
#include <zookeeper/zookeeper.h> - If you are building a multithreaded client, compile with
-DTHREADEDcompiler flag to enable the multi-threaded version of
the library, and then link against the
zookeeper_mt library. If you are building a
single-threaded client, do not compile with-DTHREADED, and be
sure to link against the_zookeeper_st_library.
Zookeeper Website App Pages Docs Docs Mdx Developer Programmers Guide Building Blocks A Guide To Zookeeper Operations (`zookeeper-website/app/pages/_docs/docs/_mdx/developer/programmers-guide/building-blocks-a-guide-to-zookeeper-operations.mdx`)
title: "Building Blocks: A Guide to ZooKeeper Operations"
This section surveys all the operations a developer can perform
against a ZooKeeper server. It is lower level information than the earlier
concepts chapters in this manual, but higher level than the ZooKeeper API
Reference.
Handling Errors
Both the Java and C client bindings may report errors. The Java client binding does so by throwing KeeperException, calling code() on the exception will return the specific error code. The C client binding returns an error code as defined in the enum ZOO_ERRORS. API callbacks indicate result code for both language bindings. See the API documentation (javadoc for Java, doxygen for C) for full details on the possible errors and their meaning.
Connecting to ZooKeeper
Before we begin, you will have to set up a running Zookeeper server so that we can start developing the client. For C client bindings, we will be using the multithreaded library(zookeepermt) with a simple example written in C. To establish a connection with Zookeeper server, we make use of C API - _zookeeper_init with the following signature:
int zookeeper_init(const char *host, watcher_fn fn, int recv_timeout, const clientid_t *clientid, void *context, int flags);
- *host :
Connection string to zookeeper server in the format of host:port. If there are multiple servers, use comma as separator after specifying the host:port pairs. Eg: "127.0.0.1:2181,127.0.0.1:3001,127.0.0.1:3002" - fn :
Watcher function to process events when a notification is triggered. - recv_timeout :
Session expiration time in milliseconds. - *clientid :
We can specify 0 for a new session. If a session has already establish previously, we could provide that client ID and it would reconnect to that previous session. - *context :
Context object that can be associated with the zkhandle_t handler. If it is not used, we can set it to 0. - flags :
In an initiation, we can leave it for 0.
We will demonstrate client that outputs "Connected to Zookeeper" after successful connection or an error message otherwise. Let's call the following code zkClient.cc:
#include <stdio.h>
#include <zookeeper/zookeeper.h>
#include <errno.h>
using namespace std;
// Keeping track of the connection state
static int connected = 0;
static int expired = 0;
// *zkHandler handles the connection with Zookeeper
static zhandle_t *zkHandler;
// watcher function would process events
void watcher(zhandle_t *zkH, int type, int state, const char *path, void *watcherCtx)
{
if (type == ZOO_SESSION_EVENT) {
// state refers to states of zookeeper connection.
// To keep it simple, we would demonstrate these 3: ZOO_EXPIRED_SESSION_STATE, ZOO_CONNECTED_STATE, ZOO_NOTCONNECTED_STATE
// If you are using ACL, you should be aware of an authentication failure state - ZOO_AUTH_FAILED_STATE
if (state == ZOO_CONNECTED_STATE) {
connected = 1;
} else if (state == ZOO_NOTCONNECTED_STATE ) {
connected = 0;
} else if (state == ZOO_EXPIRED_SESSION_STATE) {
expired = 1;
connected = 0;
zookeeper_close(zkH);
}
}
}
int main(){
zoo_set_debug_level(ZOO_LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG);
// zookeeper_init returns the handler upon a successful connection, null otherwise
zkHandler = zookeeper_init("localhost:2181", watcher, 10000, 0, 0, 0);
if (!zkHandler) {
return errno;
}else{
printf("Connection established with Zookeeper. \n");
}
// Close Zookeeper connection
zookeeper_close(zkHandler);
return 0;
}Compile the code with the multithreaded library mentioned before.
> g++ -Iinclude/ zkClient.cpp -lzookeeper_mt -o Client
Run the client.
> ./Client
From the output, you should see "Connected to Zookeeper" along with Zookeeper's DEBUG messages if the connection is successful.
Zookeeper Website App Pages Docs Docs Mdx Developer Programmers Guide Consistency Guarantees (`zookeeper-website/app/pages/_docs/docs/_mdx/developer/programmers-guide/consistency-guarantees.mdx`)
title: "Consistency Guarantees"
ZooKeeper is a high performance, scalable service. Both reads and
write operations are designed to be fast, though reads are faster than
writes. The reason for this is that in the case of reads, ZooKeeper can
serve older data, which in turn is due to ZooKeeper's consistency
guarantees:
Sequential Consistency :
Updates from a client will be applied in the order that they
were sent.Atomicity :
Updates either succeed or fail — there are no partial
results.Single System Image :
A client will see the same view of the service regardless of
the server that it connects to. i.e., a client will never see an
older view of the system even if the client fails over to a
different server with the same session.Reliability :
Once an update has been applied, it will persist from that
time forward until a client overwrites the update. This guarantee
has two corollaries:- If a client gets a successful return code, the update will
have been applied. On some failures (communication errors,
timeouts, etc) the client will not know if the update has
applied or not. We take steps to minimize the failures, but the
guarantee is only present with successful return codes.
(This is called the monotonicity condition in Paxos.) - Any updates that are seen by the client, through a read
request or successful update, will never be rolled back when
recovering from server failures.
- If a client gets a successful return code, the update will
Timeliness :
The clients view of the system is guaranteed to be up-to-date
within a certain time bound (on the order of tens of seconds).
Either system changes will be seen by a client within this bound, or
the client will detect a service outage.
Using these consistency guarantees it is easy to build higher level
functions such as leader election, barriers, queues, and read/write
revocable locks solely at the ZooKeeper client (no additions needed to
ZooKeeper). See Recipes and Solutions
for more details.
Zookeeper Website App Pages Docs Docs Mdx Developer Programmers Guide Data Model (`zookeeper-website/app/pages/_docs/docs/_mdx/developer/programmers-guide/data-model.mdx`)
title: "Data Model"
ZooKeeper has a hierarchal namespace, much like a distributed file
system. The only difference is that each node in the namespace can have
data associated with it as well as children. It is like having a file
system that allows a file to also be a directory. Paths to nodes are
always expressed as canonical, absolute, slash-separated paths; there are
no relative reference. Any unicode character can be used in a path subject
to the following constraints:
- The null character (\u0000) cannot be part of a path name. (This
causes problems with the C binding.) - The following characters can't be used because they don't
display well, or render in confusing ways: \u0001 - \u001F and \u007F - \u009F.
- The following characters are not allowed: \ud800 - uF8FF,
\uFFF0 - uFFFF. - The "." character can be used as part of another name, but "."
and ".." cannot alone be used to indicate a node along a path,
because ZooKeeper doesn't use relative paths. The following would be
invalid: "/a/b/./c" or "/a/b/../c". - The token "zookeeper" is reserved.
ZNodes
Every node in a ZooKeeper tree is referred to as a
znode. Znodes maintain a stat structure that
includes version numbers for data changes, acl changes. The stat
structure also has timestamps. The version number, together with the
timestamp, allows ZooKeeper to validate the cache and to coordinate
updates. Each time a znode's data changes, the version number increases.
For instance, whenever a client retrieves data, it also receives the
version of the data. And when a client performs an update or a delete,
it must supply the version of the data of the znode it is changing. If
the version it supplies doesn't match the actual version of the data,
the update will fail. (This behavior can be overridden.)
Znodes are the main entity that a programmer access. They have
several characteristics that are worth mentioning here.
Watches
Clients can set watches on znodes. Changes to that znode trigger
the watch and then clear the watch. When a watch triggers, ZooKeeper
sends the client a notification. More information about watches can be
found in the section
ZooKeeper Watches.
Data Access
The data stored at each znode in a namespace is read and written
atomically. Reads get all the data bytes associated with a znode and a
write replaces all the data. Each node has an Access Control List
(ACL) that restricts who can do what.
ZooKeeper was not designed to be a general database or large
object store. Instead, it manages coordination data. This data can
come in the form of configuration, status information, rendezvous, etc.
A common property of the various forms of coordination data is that
they are relatively small: measured in kilobytes.
The ZooKeeper client and the server implementations have sanity checks
to ensure that znodes have less than 1M of data, but the data should
be much less than that on average. Operating on relatively large data
sizes will cause some operations to take much more time than others and
will affect the latencies of some operations because of the extra time
needed to move more data over the network and onto storage media. If
large data storage is needed, the usual pattern of dealing with such
data is to store it on a bulk storage system, such as NFS or HDFS, and
store pointers to the storage locations in ZooKeeper.
Ephemeral Nodes
ZooKeeper also has the notion of ephemeral nodes. These znodes
exists as long as the session that created the znode is active. When
the session ends the znode is deleted. Because of this behavior
ephemeral znodes are not allowed to have children. The list of ephemerals
for the session can be retrieved using getEphemerals() api.
getEphemerals()
Retrieves the list of ephemeral nodes created by the session for the
given path. If the path is empty, it will list all the ephemeral nodes
for the session.
Use Case - A sample use case might be, if the list of ephemeral
nodes for the session needs to be collected for duplicate data entry check
and the nodes are created in a sequential manner so you do not know the name
for duplicate check. In that case, getEphemerals() api could be used to
get the list of nodes for the session. This might be a typical use case
for service discovery.
Sequence Nodes — Unique Naming
When creating a znode you can also request that
ZooKeeper append a monotonically increasing counter to the end
of path. This counter is unique to the parent znode. The
counter has a format of %010d — that is 10 digits with 0
(zero) padding (the counter is formatted in this way to
simplify sorting), i.e. "0000000001". See
Queue
Recipe for an example use of this feature. Note: the
counter used to store the next sequence number is a signed int
(4bytes) maintained by the parent node, the counter will
overflow when incremented beyond 2147483647 (resulting in a
name "-2147483648").
Container Nodes
Added in 3.5.3
ZooKeeper has the notion of container znodes. Container znodes are
special purpose znodes useful for recipes such as leader, lock, etc.
When the last child of a container is deleted, the container becomes
a candidate to be deleted by the server at some point in the future.
Given this property, you should be prepared to get
KeeperException.NoNodeException when creating children inside of
container znodes. i.e. when creating child znodes inside of container znodes
always check for KeeperException.NoNodeException and recreate the container
znode when it occurs.
TTL Nodes
Added in 3.5.3
When creating PERSISTENT or PERSISTENT_SEQUENTIAL znodes,
you can optionally set a TTL in milliseconds for the znode. If the znode
is not modified within the TTL and has no children it will become a candidate
to be deleted by the server at some point in the future.
Note: TTL Nodes must be enabled via System property as they
are disabled by default. See the Administrator's Guide for
details. If you attempt to create TTL Nodes without the
proper System property set the server will throw
KeeperException.UnimplementedException.
Time in ZooKeeper
ZooKeeper tracks time multiple ways:
- Zxid
Every change to the ZooKeeper state receives a stamp in the
form of a zxid (ZooKeeper Transaction Id).
This exposes the total ordering of all changes to ZooKeeper. Each
change will have a unique zxid and if zxid1 is smaller than zxid2
then zxid1 happened before zxid2. - Version numbers
Every change to a node will cause an increase to one of the
version numbers of that node. The three version numbers are version
(number of changes to the data of a znode), cversion (number of
changes to the children of a znode), and aversion (number of changes
to the ACL of a znode). - Ticks
When using multi-server ZooKeeper, servers use ticks to define
timing of events such as status uploads, session timeouts,
connection timeouts between peers, etc. The tick time is only
indirectly exposed through the minimum session timeout (2 times the
tick time); if a client requests a session timeout less than the
minimum session timeout, the server will tell the client that the
session timeout is actually the minimum session timeout. - Real time
ZooKeeper doesn't use real time, or clock time, at all except
to put timestamps into the stat structure on znode creation and
znode modification.
ZooKeeper Stat Structure
The Stat structure for each znode in ZooKeeper is made up of the
following fields:
- czxid
The zxid of the change that caused this znode to be
created. - mzxid
The zxid of the change that last modified this znode. - pzxid
The zxid of the change that last modified children of this znode. - ctime
The time in milliseconds from epoch when this znode was
created. - mtime
The time in milliseconds from epoch when this znode was last
modified. - version
The number of changes to the data of this znode. - cversion
The number of changes to the children of this znode. - aversion
The number of changes to the ACL of this znode. - ephemeralOwner
The session id of the owner of this znode if the znode is an
ephemeral node. If it is not an ephemeral node, it will be
zero. - dataLength
The length of the data field of this znode. - numChildren
The number of children of this znode.
Zookeeper Website App Pages Docs Docs Mdx Developer Programmers Guide Gotchas Common Problems And Troubleshooting (`zookeeper-website/app/pages/_docs/docs/_mdx/developer/programmers-guide/gotchas-common-problems-and-troubleshooting.mdx`)
title: "Gotchas: Common Problems and Troubleshooting"
So now you know ZooKeeper. It's fast, simple, your application
works, but wait ... something's wrong. Here are some pitfalls that
ZooKeeper users fall into:
- If you are using watches, you must look for the connected watch
event. When a ZooKeeper client disconnects from a server, you will
not receive notification of changes until reconnected. If you are
watching for a znode to come into existence, you will miss the event
if the znode is created and deleted while you are disconnected. - You must test ZooKeeper server failures. The ZooKeeper service
can survive failures as long as a majority of servers are active. The
question to ask is: can your application handle it? In the real world
a client's connection to ZooKeeper can break. (ZooKeeper server
failures and network partitions are common reasons for connection
loss.) The ZooKeeper client library takes care of recovering your
connection and letting you know what happened, but you must make sure
that you recover your state and any outstanding requests that failed.
Find out if you got it right in the test lab, not in production - test
with a ZooKeeper service made up of a several of servers and subject
them to reboots. - The list of ZooKeeper servers used by the client must match the
list of ZooKeeper servers that each ZooKeeper server has. Things can
work, although not optimally, if the client list is a subset of the
real list of ZooKeeper servers, but not if the client lists ZooKeeper
servers not in the ZooKeeper cluster. - Be careful where you put that transaction log. The most
performance-critical part of ZooKeeper is the transaction log.
ZooKeeper must sync transactions to media before it returns a
response. A dedicated transaction log device is key to consistent good
performance. Putting the log on a busy device will adversely effect
performance. If you only have one storage device, put trace files on
NFS and increase the snapshotCount; it doesn't eliminate the problem,
but it can mitigate it. - Set your Java max heap size correctly. It is very important to
avoid swapping. Going to disk unnecessarily will
almost certainly degrade your performance unacceptably. Remember, in
ZooKeeper, everything is ordered, so if one request hits the disk, all
other queued requests hit the disk.
To avoid swapping, try to set the heapsize to the amount of
physical memory you have, minus the amount needed by the OS and cache.
The best way to determine an optimal heap size for your configurations
is to run load tests. If for some reason you
can't, be conservative in your estimates and choose a number well
below the limit that would cause your machine to swap. For example, on
a 4G machine, a 3G heap is a conservative estimate to start
with.
Zookeeper Website App Pages Docs Docs Mdx Developer Programmers Guide Meta.Json (`zookeeper-website/app/pages/_docs/docs/_mdx/developer/programmers-guide/meta.json`)
{
"title": "Programmer's Guide",
"pages": [
"data-model",
"sessions",
"watches",
"consistency-guarantees",
"access-control-using-acls",
"pluggable-authentication",
"bindings",
"building-blocks-a-guide-to-zookeeper-operations",
"gotchas-common-problems-and-troubleshooting"
]
}
Zookeeper Website App Pages Docs Docs Mdx Developer Programmers Guide Pluggable Authentication (`zookeeper-website/app/pages/_docs/docs/_mdx/developer/programmers-guide/pluggable-authentication.mdx`)
title: "Pluggable Authentication"
ZooKeeper runs in a variety of different environments with
various different authentication schemes, so it has a completely
pluggable authentication framework. Even the builtin authentication
schemes use the pluggable authentication framework.
To understand how the authentication framework works, first you must
understand the two main authentication operations. The framework
first must authenticate the client. This is usually done as soon as
the client connects to a server and consists of validating information
sent from or gathered about a client and associating it with the connection.
The second operation handled by the framework is finding the entries in an
ACL that correspond to client. ACL entries are `` pairs. The idspec may be
a simple string match against the authentication information associated
with the connection or it may be a expression that is evaluated against that
information. It is up to the implementation of the authentication plugin
to do the match. Here is the interface that an authentication plugin must
implement:
public interface AuthenticationProvider {
String getScheme();
KeeperException.Code handleAuthentication(ServerCnxn cnxn, byte authData[]);
boolean isValid(String id);
boolean matches(String id, String aclExpr);
boolean isAuthenticated();
}The first method getScheme returns the string
that identifies the plugin. Because we support multiple methods of authentication,
an authentication credential or an idspec will always be
prefixed with scheme:. The ZooKeeper server uses the scheme
returned by the authentication plugin to determine which ids the scheme
applies to.
handleAuthentication is called when a client
sends authentication information to be associated with a connection. The
client specifies the scheme to which the information corresponds. The
ZooKeeper server passes the information to the authentication plugin whose
getScheme matches the scheme passed by the client. The
implementor of handleAuthentication will usually return
an error if it determines that the information is bad, or it will associate information
with the connection using cnxn.getAuthInfo().add(new Id(getScheme(), data)).
The authentication plugin is involved in both setting and using ACLs. When an
ACL is set for a znode, the ZooKeeper server will pass the id part of the entry to
the isValid(String id) method. It is up to the plugin to verify
that the id has a correct form. For example, ip:172.16.0.0/16
is a valid id, but ip:host.com is not. If the new ACL includes
an "auth" entry, isAuthenticated is used to see if the
authentication information for this scheme that is associated with the connection
should be added to the ACL. Some schemes
should not be included in auth. For example, the IP address of the client is not
considered as an id that should be added to the ACL if auth is specified.
ZooKeeper invokes matches(String id, String aclExpr) when checking an ACL. It
needs to match authentication information of the client against the relevant ACL
entries. To find the entries which apply to the client, the ZooKeeper server will
find the scheme of each entry and if there is authentication information
from that client for that scheme, matches(String id, String aclExpr)
will be called with id set to the authentication information
that was previously added to the connection by handleAuthentication and
aclExpr set to the id of the ACL entry. The authentication plugin
uses its own logic and matching scheme to determine if id is included
in aclExpr.
There are two built in authentication plugins: ip and
digest. Additional plugins can adding using system properties. At
startup the ZooKeeper server will look for system properties that start with
"zookeeper.authProvider." and interpret the value of those properties as the class name
of an authentication plugin. These properties can be set using the
-Dzookeeper.authProvider.X=com.f.MyAuth or adding entries such as
the following in the server configuration file:
authProvider.1=com.f.MyAuth
authProvider.2=com.f.MyAuth2Care should be taking to ensure that the suffix on the property is unique. If there are
duplicates such as -Dzookeeper.authProvider.X=com.f.MyAuth -Dzookeeper.authProvider.X=com.f.MyAuth2,
only one will be used. Also all servers must have the same plugins defined, otherwise clients using
the authentication schemes provided by the plugins will have problems connecting to some servers.
Added in 3.6.0: An alternate abstraction is available for pluggable
authentication. It provides additional arguments.
public abstract class ServerAuthenticationProvider implements AuthenticationProvider {
public abstract KeeperException.Code handleAuthentication(ServerObjs serverObjs, byte authData[]);
public abstract boolean matches(ServerObjs serverObjs, MatchValues matchValues);
}Instead of implementing AuthenticationProvider you extend ServerAuthenticationProvider. Your handleAuthentication()
and matches() methods will then receive the additional parameters (via ServerObjs and MatchValues).
- ZooKeeperServer
The ZooKeeperServer instance - ServerCnxn
The current connection - path
The ZNode path being operated on (or null if not used) - perm
The operation value or 0 - setAcls
When the setAcl() method is being operated on, the list of ACLs that are being set
Zookeeper Website App Pages Docs Docs Mdx Developer Programmers Guide Sessions (`zookeeper-website/app/pages/_docs/docs/_mdx/developer/programmers-guide/sessions.mdx`)
title: "Sessions"
A ZooKeeper client establishes a session with the ZooKeeper
service by creating a handle to the service using a language
binding. Once created, the handle starts off in the CONNECTING state
and the client library tries to connect to one of the servers that
make up the ZooKeeper service at which point it switches to the
CONNECTED state. During normal operation the client handle will be in one of these
two states. If an unrecoverable error occurs, such as session
expiration or authentication failure, or if the application explicitly
closes the handle, the handle will move to the CLOSED state.
The following figure shows the possible state transitions of a
ZooKeeper client:
To create a client session the application code must provide
a connection string containing a comma separated list of host:port pairs,
each corresponding to a ZooKeeper server (e.g. "127.0.0.1:4545" or
"127.0.0.1:3000,127.0.0.1:3001,127.0.0.1:3002"). The ZooKeeper
client library will pick an arbitrary server and try to connect to
it. If this connection fails, or if the client becomes
disconnected from the server for any reason, the client will
automatically try the next server in the list, until a connection
is (re-)established.
Added in 3.2.0: An
optional "chroot" suffix may also be appended to the connection
string. This will run the client commands while interpreting all
paths relative to this root (similar to the unix chroot
command). If used the example would look like:
"127.0.0.1:4545/app/a" or
"127.0.0.1:3000,127.0.0.1:3001,127.0.0.1:3002/app/a" where the
client would be rooted at "/app/a" and all paths would be relative
to this root - ie getting/setting/etc... "/foo/bar" would result
in operations being run on "/app/a/foo/bar" (from the server
perspective). This feature is particularly useful in multi-tenant
environments where each user of a particular ZooKeeper service
could be rooted differently. This makes re-use much simpler as
each user can code his/her application as if it were rooted at
"/", while actual location (say /app/a) could be determined at
deployment time.
When a client gets a handle to the ZooKeeper service,
ZooKeeper creates a ZooKeeper session, represented as a 64-bit
number, that it assigns to the client. If the client connects to a
different ZooKeeper server, it will send the session id as a part
of the connection handshake. As a security measure, the server
creates a password for the session id that any ZooKeeper server
can validate.The password is sent to the client with the session
id when the client establishes the session. The client sends this
password with the session id whenever it reestablishes the session
with a new server.
One of the parameters to the ZooKeeper client library call
to create a ZooKeeper session is the session timeout in
milliseconds. The client sends a requested timeout, the server
responds with the timeout that it can give the client. The current
implementation requires that the timeout be a minimum of 2 times
the tickTime (as set in the server configuration) and a maximum of
20 times the tickTime. The ZooKeeper client API allows access to
the negotiated timeout.
When a client (session) becomes partitioned from the ZK
serving cluster it will begin searching the list of servers that
were specified during session creation. Eventually, when
connectivity between the client and at least one of the servers is
re-established, the session will either again transition to the
"connected" state (if reconnected within the session timeout
value) or it will transition to the "expired" state (if
reconnected after the session timeout). It is not advisable to
create a new session object (a new ZooKeeper.class or zookeeper
handle in the c binding) for disconnection. The ZK client library
will handle reconnect for you. In particular we have heuristics
built into the client library to handle things like "herd effect",
etc... Only create a new session when you are notified of session
expiration (mandatory).
Session expiration is managed by the ZooKeeper cluster
itself, not by the client. When the ZK client establishes a
session with the cluster it provides a "timeout" value detailed
above. This value is used by the cluster to determine when the
client's session expires. Expirations happens when the cluster
does not hear from the client within the specified session timeout
period (i.e. no heartbeat). At session expiration the cluster will
delete any/all ephemeral nodes owned by that session and
immediately notify any/all connected clients of the change (anyone
watching those znodes). At this point the client of the expired
session is still disconnected from the cluster, it will not be
notified of the session expiration until/unless it is able to
re-establish a connection to the cluster. The client will stay in
disconnected state until the TCP connection is re-established with
the cluster, at which point the watcher of the expired session
will receive the "session expired" notification.
Example state transitions for an expired session as seen by
the expired session's watcher:
- 'connected' : session is established and client
is communicating with cluster (client/server communication is
operating properly) - .... client is partitioned from the
cluster - 'disconnected' : client has lost connectivity
with the cluster - .... time elapses, after 'timeout' period the
cluster expires the session, nothing is seen by client as it is
disconnected from cluster - .... time elapses, the client regains network
level connectivity with the cluster - 'expired' : eventually the client reconnects to
the cluster, it is then notified of the
expiration
Another parameter to the ZooKeeper session establishment
call is the default watcher. Watchers are notified when any state
change occurs in the client. For example if the client loses
connectivity to the server the client will be notified, or if the
client's session expires, etc... This watcher should consider the
initial state to be disconnected (i.e. before any state changes
events are sent to the watcher by the client lib). In the case of
a new connection, the first event sent to the watcher is typically
the session connection event.
The session is kept alive by requests sent by the client. If
the session is idle for a period of time that would timeout the
session, the client will send a PING request to keep the session
alive. This PING request not only allows the ZooKeeper server to
know that the client is still active, but it also allows the
client to verify that its connection to the ZooKeeper server is
still active. The timing of the PING is conservative enough to
ensure reasonable time to detect a dead connection and reconnect
to a new server.
Once a connection to the server is successfully established
(connected) there are basically two cases where the client lib generates
connectionloss (the result code in c binding, exception in Java — see
the API documentation for binding specific details) when either a synchronous or
asynchronous operation is performed and one of the following holds:
- The application calls an operation on a session that is no
longer alive/valid - The ZooKeeper client disconnects from a server when there
are pending operations to that server, i.e., there is a pending asynchronous call.
Added in 3.2.0 — SessionMovedException. There is an internal
exception that is generally not seen by clients called the SessionMovedException.
This exception occurs because a request was received on a connection for a session
which has been reestablished on a different server. The normal cause of this error is
a client that sends a request to a server, but the network packet gets delayed, so
the client times out and connects to a new server. When the delayed packet arrives at
the first server, the old server detects that the session has moved, and closes the
client connection. Clients normally do not see this error since they do not read
from those old connections. (Old connections are usually closed.) One situation in which this
condition can be seen is when two clients try to reestablish the same connection using
a saved session id and password. One of the clients will reestablish the connection
and the second client will be disconnected (causing the pair to attempt to re-establish
its connection/session indefinitely).
Updating the list of servers. We allow a client to
update the connection string by providing a new comma separated list of host:port pairs,
each corresponding to a ZooKeeper server. The function invokes a probabilistic load-balancing
algorithm which may cause the client to disconnect from its current host with the goal
to achieve expected uniform number of connections per server in the new list.
In case the current host to which the client is connected is not in the new list
this call will always cause the connection to be dropped. Otherwise, the decision
is based on whether the number of servers has increased or decreased and by how much.
For example, if the previous connection string contained 3 hosts and now the list contains
these 3 hosts and 2 more hosts, 40% of clients connected to each of the 3 hosts will
move to one of the new hosts in order to balance the load. The algorithm will cause the client
to drop its connection to the current host to which it is connected with probability 0.4 and in this
case cause the client to connect to one of the 2 new hosts, chosen at random.
Another example — suppose we have 5 hosts and now update the list to remove 2 of the hosts,
the clients connected to the 3 remaining hosts will stay connected, whereas all clients connected
to the 2 removed hosts will need to move to one of the 3 hosts, chosen at random. If the connection
is dropped, the client moves to a special mode where he chooses a new server to connect to using the
probabilistic algorithm, and not just round robin.
In the first example, each client decides to disconnect with probability 0.4 but once the decision is
made, it will try to connect to a random new server and only if it cannot connect to any of the new
servers will it try to connect to the old ones. After finding a server, or trying all servers in the
new list and failing to connect, the client moves back to the normal mode of operation where it picks
an arbitrary server from the connectString and attempts to connect to it. If that fails, it will continue
trying different random servers in round robin. (see above the algorithm used to initially choose a server)
Local session. Added in 3.5.0, mainly implemented by ZOOKEEPER-1147.
- Background: The creation and closing of sessions are costly in ZooKeeper because they need quorum confirmations,
they become the bottleneck of a ZooKeeper ensemble when it needs to handle thousands of client connections.
So after 3.5.0, we introduce a new type of session: local session which doesn't have a full functionality of a normal(global) session, this feature
will be available by turning on localSessionsEnabled.
when localSessionsUpgradingEnabled is disable:
Local sessions cannot create ephemeral nodes
Once a local session is lost, users cannot re-establish it using the session-id/password, the session and its watches are gone for good.
Note: Losing the tcp connection does not necessarily imply that the session is lost. If the connection can be reestablished with the same zk server
before the session timeout then the client can continue (it simply cannot move to another server).When a local session connects, the session info is only maintained on the zookeeper server that it is connected to. The leader is not aware of the creation of such a session and
there is no state written to disk.The pings, expiration and other session state maintenance are handled by the server which current session is connected to.
when localSessionsUpgradingEnabled is enable:
A local session can be upgraded to the global session automatically.
When a new session is created it is saved locally in a wrapped LocalSessionTracker. It can subsequently be upgraded
to a global session as required (e.g. create ephemeral nodes). If an upgrade is requested the session is removed from local
collections while keeping the same session ID.Currently, Only the operation: create ephemeral node needs a session upgrade from local to global.
The reason is that the creation of ephemeral node depends heavily on a global session. If local session can create ephemeral
node without upgrading to global session, it will cause the data inconsistency between different nodes.
The leader also needs to know about the lifespan of a session in order to clean up ephemeral nodes on close/expiry.
This requires a global session as the local session is tied to its particular server.A session can be both a local and global session during upgrade, but the operation of upgrade cannot be called concurrently by two thread.
ZooKeeperServer(Standalone) uses SessionTrackerImpl; LeaderZookeeper uses LeaderSessionTracker which holds
SessionTrackerImpl(global) and LocalSessionTracker(if enable); FollowerZooKeeperServer and ObserverZooKeeperServer
use LearnerSessionTracker which holds LocalSessionTracker.
The UML Graph of Classes about session:text
/* Detailed source-code truncated for AI context efficiency. */
## Q&A [!toc]
- _What's the reason for having the config option to disable local session upgrade?_
- In a large deployment which wants to handle a very large number of clients, we know that clients connecting via the observers
which is supposed to be local session only. So this is more like a safeguard against someone accidentally creates lots of ephemeral nodes and global sessions.
- _When is the session created?_
- In the current implementation, it will try to create a local session when processing _ConnectRequest_ and when
_createSession_ request reaches _FinalRequestProcessor_.
- _What happens if the create for session is sent at server A and the client disconnects to some other server B
which ends up sending it again and then disconnects and connects back to server A?_
- When a client reconnects to B, its sessionId won’t exist in B’s local session tracker. So B will send validation packet.
If CreateSession issued by A is committed before validation packet arrive the client will be able to connect.
Otherwise, the client will get session expired because the quorum hasn’t know about this session yet.
If the client also tries to connect back to A again, the session is already removed from local session tracker.
So A will need to send a validation packet to the leader. The outcome should be the same as B depending on the timing of the request.
---
### Zookeeper Website App Pages Docs Docs Mdx Developer Programmers Guide Watches (`zookeeper-website/app/pages/_docs/docs/_mdx/developer/programmers-guide/watches.mdx`)
---
title: "Watches"
---
All of the read operations in ZooKeeper - **getData()**, **getChildren()**, and **exists()** - have the option of setting a watch as a
side effect. Here is ZooKeeper's definition of a watch: a watch event is
one-time trigger, sent to the client that set the watch, which occurs when
the data for which the watch was set changes. There are three key points
to consider in this definition of a watch:
- **One-time trigger**
One watch event will be sent to the client when the data has changed.
For example, if a client does a getData("/znode1", true) and later the
data for /znode1 is changed or deleted, the client will get a watch
event for /znode1. If /znode1 changes again, no watch event will be
sent unless the client has done another read that sets a new
watch.
- **Sent to the client**
This implies that an event is on the way to the client, but may
not reach the client before the successful return code to the change
operation reaches the client that initiated the change. Watches are
sent asynchronously to watchers. ZooKeeper provides an ordering
guarantee: a client will never see a change for which it has set a
watch until it first sees the watch event. Network delays or other
factors may cause different clients to see watches and return codes
from updates at different times. The key point is that everything seen
by the different clients will have a consistent order.
- **The data for which the watch was
set**
This refers to the different ways a node can change. It
helps to think of ZooKeeper as maintaining two lists of
watches: data watches and child watches. getData() and
exists() set data watches. getChildren() sets child
watches. Alternatively, it may help to think of watches being
set according to the kind of data returned. getData() and
exists() return information about the data of the node,
whereas getChildren() returns a list of children. Thus,
setData() will trigger data watches for the znode being set
(assuming the set is successful). A successful create() will
trigger a data watch for the znode being created and a child
watch for the parent znode. A successful delete() will trigger
both a data watch and a child watch (since there can be no
more children) for a znode being deleted as well as a child
watch for the parent znode.
Watches are maintained locally at the ZooKeeper server to which the
client is connected. This allows watches to be lightweight to set,
maintain, and dispatch. When a client connects to a new server, the watch
will be triggered for any session events. Watches will not be received
while disconnected from a server. When a client reconnects, any previously
registered watches will be reregistered and triggered if needed. In
general this all occurs transparently. There is one case where a watch
may be missed: a watch for the existence of a znode not yet created will
be missed if the znode is created and deleted while disconnected.
**New in 3.6.0:** Clients can also set
permanent, recursive watches on a znode that are not removed when triggered
and that trigger for changes on the registered znode as well as any children
znodes recursively.
## Semantics of Watches
We can set watches with the three calls that read the state of
ZooKeeper: exists, getData, and getChildren. The following list details
the events that a watch can trigger and the calls that enable them:
- **Created event:**
Enabled with a call to exists.
- **Deleted event:**
Enabled with a call to exists, getData, and getChildren.
- **Changed event:**
Enabled with a call to exists and getData.
- **Child event:**
Enabled with a call to getChildren.
## Persistent, Recursive Watches
**New in 3.6.0:** There is now a variation on the standard
watch described above whereby you can set a watch that does not get removed when triggered.
Additionally, these watches trigger the event types _NodeCreated_, _NodeDeleted_, and _NodeDataChanged_
and, optionally, recursively for all znodes starting at the znode that the watch is registered for. Note
that _NodeChildrenChanged_ events are not triggered for persistent recursive watches as it would be redundant.
Persistent watches are set using the method _addWatch()_. The triggering semantics and guarantees
(other than one-time triggering) are the same as standard watches. The only exception regarding events is that
recursive persistent watchers never trigger child changed events as they are redundant.
Persistent watches are removed using _removeWatches()_ with watcher type _WatcherType.Any_.
## Remove Watches
We can remove the watches registered on a znode with a call to
removeWatches. Also, a ZooKeeper client can remove watches locally even
if there is no server connection by setting the local flag to true. The
following list details the events which will be triggered after the
successful watch removal.
- **Child Remove event:**
Watcher which was added with a call to getChildren.
- **Data Remove event:**
Watcher which was added with a call to exists or getData.
- **Persistent Remove event:**
Watcher which was added with a call to add a persistent watch.
## What ZooKeeper Guarantees about Watches
With regard to watches, ZooKeeper maintains these
guarantees:
- Watches are ordered with respect to other events, other
watches, and asynchronous replies. The ZooKeeper client libraries
ensures that everything is dispatched in order.
- A client will see a watch event for a znode it is watching
before seeing the new data that corresponds to that znode.
- The order of watch events from ZooKeeper corresponds to the
order of the updates as seen by the ZooKeeper service.
## Things to Remember about Watches
- Standard watches are one time triggers; if you get a watch event and
you want to get notified of future changes, you must set another
watch.
- Because standard watches are one time triggers and there is latency
between getting the event and sending a new request to get a watch
you cannot reliably see every change that happens to a node in
ZooKeeper. Be prepared to handle the case where the znode changes
multiple times between getting the event and setting the watch
again. (You may not care, but at least realize it may
happen.)
- A watch object, or function/context pair, will only be
triggered once for a given notification. For example, if the same
watch object is registered for an exists and a getData call for the
same file and that file is then deleted, the watch object would
only be invoked once with the deletion notification for the file.
- When you disconnect from a server (for example, when the
server fails), you will not get any watches until the connection
is reestablished. For this reason session events are sent to all
outstanding watch handlers. Use session events to go into a safe
mode: you will not be receiving events while disconnected, so your
process should act conservatively in that mode.
---
--- METRICS ---
- Files Extracted: 47
- Estimated Token Budget: ~123415 tokens
- Canonical Reference: https://codewiki.google/github.com/apache/zookeeper